Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 2017

Registration No. 333-218950

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

YogaWorks, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7299   47-1219105
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

5780 Uplander Way

Culver City, California 90230

(310) 664-6470

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Rosanna McCollough

Chief Executive Officer

YogaWorks, Inc.

5780 Uplander Way

Culver City, California 90230

(310) 664-6470

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

Steven B. Stokdyk, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

355 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

(213) 485-1234

 

Kurt Donnell, Esq.

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

YogaWorks, Inc.

5780 Uplander Way

Culver City, California 90230

(310) 664-6470

 

Christopher C. Paci, Esq.

Ann Lawrence, Esq.

DLA Piper LLP (US)

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

(212) 335-4500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer       Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)     

Smaller reporting company 

     Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
  Amount to be
Registered(1)
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
    Proposed Maximum  
Aggregate Offering
Price
 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  5,750,000   $14.00   $80,500,000.00   $9,330.00

 

 

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) The registrant previously paid this amount in connection with prior filings of its Registration Statement.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 17, 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

5,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of YogaWorks, Inc. We are offering 5,000,000 shares of our common stock. We estimate that the initial public offering price per share will be between $12.00 and $14.00. For a detailed description of our common stock, see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock”.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “YOGA”.

Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., Great Hill Investors, LLC and their affiliated companies, which we refer to collectively as “Great Hill Partners,” or controlling stockholder, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $10.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering, which we refer to as the “Great Hill Shares”, at the initial public offering price. However, as indications of interest are not binding agreements to purchase, the underwriters may elect to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may elect to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary – Implication of Being an Emerging Growth Company”. We will also be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance standards for NASDAQ listed companies and will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements of the rules. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock”.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 21.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial Public Offering Price

   $               $           

Underwriting Discount(1)

   $      $  

Proceeds Before Expenses

   $      $  

(1) See “Underwriting”.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days following the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares of common stock solely to cover overallotments, if any, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about            , 2017 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

Cowen   Stephens Inc.   Guggenheim Securities

 

Roth Capital Partners   Imperial Capital

 

 

Prospectus dated            , 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Diverse, High-Quality Yoga Classes for Everybody Uplifting Local Community Empowered Personal Journey Teaching Authority Since 1990 Complementary Digital Offering


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     21  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     43  

Use of Proceeds

     45  

Dividend Policy

     46  

Capitalization

     47  

Dilution

     49  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     52  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     57  

Business

     76  

Management

     98  

Executive Compensation

     107  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     120  

Principal Stockholders

     122  

Description of Capital Stock

     124  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     128  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     131  

Underwriting

     135  

Legal Matters

     142  

Experts

     142  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     142  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Trademarks, Trade Names and Service Marks

YogaWorks, MyYogaWorks, Yoga Tree and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of YogaWorks, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries. Other trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks used in this prospectus.

Market, Industry and Other Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on reports from various sources. Because this information

 

i


Table of Contents

involves a number of assumptions and limitations, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. The content of the sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein. Certain statements in this prospectus regarding market and industry data of the yoga industry is based on information from the 2016 Yoga in America Study conducted by Yoga Journal and Yoga Alliance. Yoga Alliance is a non-profit association of yoga schools and teachers dedicated to the promotion of yoga education and training, of which we are a paying member. The 2016 Yoga in America study conducted by Yoga Journal and Yoga Alliance is referred to throughout this prospectus as the 2016 Yoga in America Study.

In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “YogaWorks,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to YogaWorks, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and the term “Great Hill Partners” refers collectively to Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., Great Hill Investors, LLC and their affiliated companies.

Our Mission

YogaWorks is a healthy lifestyle brand focused on enriching and transforming lives through yoga. We strive to honor and empower our students’ journey toward personal growth and well-being, no matter their age or physical ability, in an inclusive and community-oriented environment.

YogaWorks for Everybody

We are one of the largest and fastest growing providers of high quality yoga instruction in the U.S., with almost 3 million student visits in 2016 and 50 company-owned studios as well as our Internet-based digital media service, MyYogaWorks.com. YogaWorks is the only national, multi-discipline yoga instruction company, and our highly recognizable brand is present in six geographically dispersed U.S. markets—Los Angeles, Orange County (California), New York City, Northern California, Boston and Baltimore/Washington D.C. Our teachers taught more than 180,000 classes in our conveniently located studios and attracted more than 225,000 students in 2016. Since 1990, we have offered the YogaWorks teacher training program, which we believe is the gold standard within the yoga community and respected across the globe for instructing teachers on how to teach yoga to a broad population of students. We believe our YogaWorks teacher training program extends our brand beyond our current six markets and that many of our 11,000 graduates serve as ambassadors of the YogaWorks brand and help us identify new markets.

We strive to make yoga accessible to everyone and offer a lifestyle approach that can be applied on and off the mat. We help people improve their physical and mental well-being through the 5,000 year old tradition of yoga, which we practice as a community-oriented experience. Our classes are designed to safely challenge practitioners of all levels, making yoga accessible to a diverse population ranging from beginners and casual practitioners to seasoned yogis and professional athletes. We are told some students find yoga to be the only form of exercise they need or wish to do. Others enjoy how yoga complements their other exercise routines, as yoga can enhance performance and reduce injuries by helping people stretch to increase flexibility, strength, balance and focus.

Our student experience centers on three key benefits:

Connection : Our first goal is to help our students connect their bodies with their minds. In fact, the word “yoga” means to unite or join. We offer our students a variety of class options ranging from rigorous physical exertion to classes that provide a deep stretch that is low-impact. Each class requires a student to connect breathing with movement, necessitating tremendous focus. This concentration, in turn, helps our students to tune out their worries, cares and distractions. We believe that healthy physical strengthening and stretching

 



 

1


Table of Contents

combined with meditation can lead to a feeling of centered positivity and relief from stress that so many seek.

Community : Our open and inviting atmosphere fosters a supportive environment so that students can work toward their fitness and mindfulness goals and meet others with similar interests. Our inviting studios and inclusive, non-judgmental approach provide a non-intimidating environment to make students feel accepted and respected when walking through our doors. While each studio has a unique look and feel, all of our studios are unified by a common brand, community-oriented mission, value system and focus on quality teaching and welcoming customer service.

Calm : From the moment a student enters our studio, we strive to create a tranquil space. Our practice rooms prepare students for a completely different experience geared towards mind-body balance. The highlight of the YogaWorks experience is the class work, which is designed to help students strengthen their mind and body as well as find a sense of connection with their own center. As an additional benefit, most of our classes end with five to ten minutes of deep relaxation, or savasana , to engender a sense of calm that our students can take back with them to their everyday lives, after leaving our studios.

Since 1990, we have offered our own teacher training program that derives its inspiration from combining three different respected yoga styles to create a unique YogaWorks approach. We believe our teacher training program is respected within the yoga community for training teachers how to tailor and curate classes, have a presence in the room and truly teach rather than focusing on memorizing and repeating rote sequences of postures. More than 11,000 teachers have graduated from our program since its inception.

In addition to our in-studio instruction and teacher training programs, YogaWorks has developed, and markets and sells online subscriptions to, MyYogaWorks.com, an on-demand video library of over 1,000 proprietary instructional classes that allows students to practice yoga anytime, anywhere. We believe our MyYogaWorks.com classes are complementary to our in-studio classes as students can focus on a particular pose, hone a skill or continue their practice between visits. Our video classes are expertly taught by YogaWorks-trained teachers. MyYogaWorks.com streamed almost 700,000 classes to over 18,000 users in more than 145 countries in 2016.

Strong Financial Performance

As a result of our quality class offerings, talented teachers and solid brand reputation, we have achieved a strong historical financial performance. We derive our revenues from multiple sources, including in-studio instruction and retail sales, teacher training, workshops and subscriptions to MyYogaWorks.com. We believe our compelling value proposition to our students, consisting of competitive pricing for high-quality instruction, has also driven our growth throughout a variety of economic cycles and conditions since we were founded in 1987.

Our significant growth is reflected in:

 

  49 studios at December 31, 2016 reflecting a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR of 19.5%, from 24 studios at December 31, 2012 (primarily related to our acquisition of 17 studios in 2015);

 



 

2


Table of Contents
  2.9 million visits in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 13.6%, from 1.8 million visits in 2012; and

 

  Net revenues of $55.1 million in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 10.9%, from $36.4 million in 2012.

 

LOGO

Our recent growth has been driven by our strategy of adding studios primarily through acquisitions and selectively building new studios. Through acquisitions, we believe we can quickly gain students, grow our market share and build on the operating momentum of these acquired businesses. Our acquisition strategy also allows us to immediately gain a strong presence in targeted markets and local communities.

We have developed a multi-factor evaluation system that allows us to quickly assess potential acquisition candidates and continually add qualified new targets to our active outreach process. We have also built an efficient due diligence review workflow, and a proven post-acquisition integration methodology that is designed to facilitate a seamless student, teacher and staff transition to the YogaWorks operating model. In addition, we have a proven history of retaining and improving the student and teacher focus of each studio or chain of studios acquired. Our acquired studios have experienced positive results under our ownership, benefiting from being part of our brand and implementing our best practices.

Our Market Opportunity

Benefits of Yoga

We believe that helping students connect their breathing and movement can yield a powerful result. From increasing strength and flexibility to reduction of stress to clarity of mind, the noted benefits of yoga are many and meaningful. Our students tell us about how calm they feel after class and how they turn to yoga to help them reach their health and wellness goals, manage difficult situations and relieve stress. These benefits are part of the reason that yoga adoption is increasing across all segments of the population, and it is why word-of-mouth is such a major marketing source for us, as students share the benefits of yoga.

Market Awareness, Yoga Participation and Spend

The practice of yoga in the United States is gaining popularity. According to a report published by IBISWorld in November 2016 discussing pilates and yoga studios in the U.S., which is referred to throughout this prospectus as the IBISWorld Report, approximately 37 million Americans practiced yoga in 2016, up from approximately 20 million in 2012, representing 80% growth. According to the Sports Club Advisors, Inc. Industry Snap Shot from April 2016, the number of yoga practitioners is expected to grow to 55.1 million Americans in 2020, representing 50% more participants than 2016. Yoga awareness among Americans has increased from 75% in 2012 to 90% in 2016, according to the 2016 Yoga in America Study. According to the same study, in 2016, yoga practitioners spent over $16 billion on instruction, apparel, equipment and yoga accessories; over one-third of that figure, or

 



 

3


Table of Contents

approximately $5.8 billion, was spent on instruction in 2016. At $16 billion in 2016, spend on yoga has increased by $6 billion since 2012.

 

LOGO

Source: 2016 Yoga in America Study .

Student Profile

Yoga is practiced by a number of desirable consumer demographics and YogaWorks is well positioned to reach a broad population due to our inclusive, multi-discipline and broad program offerings. According to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association (IHRSA) over 40% of yoga practitioners are part of “Generation Y,” also known as “Millennials”, who are increasingly focused on wellness and are generally willing to spend more on personal enrichment and authentic and meaningful experiences. Yoga appeals to people of all incomes and education levels. Approximately 60% of practitioners have college degrees and earn over $75,000 in annual income.

What Sets YogaWorks Apart

We believe we have a number of core competencies that distinguish YogaWorks from other yoga studio operators.

Market Defining Lifestyle Brand Focused on Healthy Living

We believe we are viewed as a trusted authority on the growing yoga movement and have a reputation for being the place where top teachers go to learn and teach. Today we are one of the largest branded operators of yoga studios in the U.S. by number of studios and number of students, with more than 225,000 practicing students and almost 3 million student visits in 2016. We believe our positioning as a lifestyle brand has resulted in attractive student economics for us. Driven in part by the large number of students that are referred to us by our teachers or existing students, we have been able to achieve a “lifetime value” per student of more than ten times our marketing cost to acquire a new student.

Appeal to Broad Demographic

We offer a high-quality fitness experience throughout our entire yoga studio network that appeals to a broad student demographic at attractive price points. The variety of classes and styles we teach distinguishes us from our competition and allows us to accommodate students from a wide variety of backgrounds. Our student base is approximately 80% female and 20% male with over 60% of the students earning over $75,000. In addition, our student base is widely and relatively evenly distributed in age ranging from 25 to 64 years old, with the majority of our students having attended or graduated college.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

High Quality Yoga Experience

Our classes are about peace of mind as well as physical challenge. We provide our students with a welcoming feeling beginning with our clean, bright and aesthetically pleasing studios. As an example, our studios tend not to have mirrors so our students can focus inwards on themselves and their experience and not compare themselves to others. Our classes feature our unique YogaWorks approach: safe, compassionate and skillful teaching. Many classes at YogaWorks offer themes from physical focal points such as releasing the hips or strengthening the upper body to more subtle themes like quieting the mind or opening the heart center.

The Gold Standard of Yoga Teacher Training

We differentiate our brand through our world-renowned and well established teacher training programs in which teachers are taught how to teach safe, inspiring yoga classes and engage students on an individual level. Our innovative and proven teaching program, originally created in 1990, is well-rounded and focuses on providing yoga teachers with the tools to sequence classes and teach skillfully rather than emphasizing memorization of set sequences. This enables our teacher graduates to be comfortable and well-trained to effectively teach anywhere and to any class composition. We have graduated over 11,000 teachers in the program’s 27 year history, across more than 25 countries. We believe we have trained and qualified more advanced yoga teachers than any other yoga operator in the country.

Strong Studio-Level Economics

We seek to generate attractive studio-level margins by increasing the average number of students per class which in turn provides better return on our fixed costs, such as teacher salaries and rent. We target studios with average annual revenues between $500,000 to $700,000 and a return on our invested capital to be within two to four years of opening a new studio. We approach our acquisition targets seeking similar returns. We believe that our strong studio-level economics are important for us to grow our studio base and successfully execute our acquisition strategy.

Acquirer of Choice with History of Successful Acquisitions

We believe that acquisitions can be an effective and profitable way for us to enter new regional markets and gain a thriving student base rather than build new studios that ramp up slowly over time. We have a history of successful yoga studio acquisitions and expect to continue to execute regional growth through acquisitions in the future. In 2015, we acquired 17 studios through four acquisitions (Be Yoga, Yoga Tree, Back Bay Yoga Studio and Charm City Yoga) for aggregate consideration of $12.2 million. These studios contributed $11.7 million of net revenue in 2016. With the integration of our operations, programming and instruction best practices, total visits in the studios acquired from these acquisitions increased more than 7% in 2016, our first full fiscal year of operating these studios, over 2015.

We believe we are uniquely positioned to grow via acquisition due to our (i) well-respected brand among studio operators, (ii) our multi-discipline approach to yoga that allows us to cohesively integrate studios teaching nearly any style of yoga, (iii) our leverageable infrastructure, (iv) our experienced management team, (v) our studio acquisition experience and (vi) our tested integration procedures. With each acquisition, we further refine our selection criteria and integration methodology, enabling us to preserve the acquired studio’s unique appeal to its local community while successfully increasing visits and net revenues under our ownership.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Inspired Culture and Passionate Team

Since our founding in 1987, we have cultivated a positive culture that permeates all aspects of our organization. The core tenets of our culture include a belief in the benefits of yoga practice, transparency, a focus on performance, providing a compelling studio experience and a team-based customer service approach. We strive to recruit candidates into our organization who demonstrate a passion for healthy living and an understanding of the benefits of yoga. We continuously emphasize the need to communicate openly with our students and fellow employees; this transparency is also reflected in our pricing strategy. We believe our culture helps build and support a consistent and motivated group of team members that are passionate about providing a high-quality experience to our students.

Proven and Experienced Senior Management Team

We have assembled a proven and experienced senior management team that is aligned by the same vision and strategic direction for YogaWorks and continues to drive our growth and protect our culture. Our senior management team brings a wealth of experience across a broad range of business disciplines, including consumer products, retail and service operations, education, e-commerce and digital media, direct consumer marketing, brand development, finance, real estate and information technology. Additionally, our management team has extensive experience building consumer lifestyle brands. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our growth strategy.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we have significant opportunities to enhance our leadership in the yoga studio industry and improve profitability through strategic acquisitions and organic growth. This growth will fuel our ability to continue to make high-quality yoga accessible to everyone—dedicated yogis and beginners alike. Key elements of our growth strategy are as follows:

Grow our Studio Base

We believe we are ideally positioned to consolidate the highly fragmented yoga studio market. We plan to strengthen our presence in existing markets and selectively enter new markets predominantly by acquiring independently owned yoga studios. Based upon internal and third-party analysis of the number of currently existing yoga studios throughout the U.S., and assuming sufficient access to capital and successful execution of our business plan, we believe we have the opportunity to increase our studio count to over 250 studios in the next several years. We believe that acquisitions of existing studios and their thriving student bases can be an effective, profitable and risk-mitigating way to enter a new regional market versus building a new studio and waiting for attendance to ramp up over time. We will, however, selectively open new YogaWorks studios to complement existing and acquired regional studio clusters where there is sufficient density of population to support more of our studios.

Over the past 14 years, we have successfully integrated numerous acquisitions. In 2003, we acquired 3 studios located in Orange County, California. In 2004, we acquired 2 studios in the Los Angeles area and 4 studios in the New York City area (6 studios total). In 2007, we acquired one studio in the Los Angeles area. In 2008, we acquired 3 studios in the Northern California area. In 2013, we acquired 2 more studios in the Los Angeles area. In 2015, we acquired Be Yoga in the Palo Alto area (one studio), Yoga Tree in the San Francisco area (7 studios), Back Bay Yoga Studio in the Boston area (2 studios), and Charm City Yoga in the Baltimore/Washington D.C. area (7 studios). Generally, we have seen revenues and visits increase across acquired studios since their acquisitions. To date, 60% of our existing studios have become part of our studio base through acquisitions. We believe our significant experience in identifying attractive acquisition targets, our industry reputation, our proven

 



 

6


Table of Contents

integration process and solid operational infrastructure create a compelling platform for growth through acquisitions. Through future acquisitions, we can leverage our corporate infrastructure to grow our brand in both new and existing markets by quickly tapping into the thriving yoga communities that already exist in nearly every city in the U.S.

Through a combination of acquisitions and new studio openings, we plan to add more than 35 yoga studios over the next eighteen months. Our studio growth will likely include expansion into new geographic markets as well as an enhanced presence in existing markets.

Drive Increased Visits, Net Revenues and Regional Market Share

We remain focused on developing and offering high-quality yoga programming supported by our industry-leading teacher training to drive increased visits, net revenues and regional market share. Specifically, we intend to generate growth in visits, net revenues and market share by executing on the following strategies:

 

    Increase our Brand Awareness . We will continue to increase YogaWorks’ brand awareness and consumer loyalty through new and innovative marketing outreach, studio acquisitions, new studio openings and expansion of our digital presence. Our marketing efforts reflect our authentic and localized brand characteristics, and are comprised of grassroots and word-of-mouth marketing that include local events to enhance our unique profile in the communities where we operate. Our ability to engage with consumers across six regional markets demonstrates the effectiveness of our nationally-managed, but locally-focused marketing spend.

 

    Expand Teacher Training and Workshops. As the most recognized and accredited teacher training program in yoga, we plan to continue investing in the continuing education of our students and teachers, thereby driving the profitable revenues that the teacher training program brings to our company. Workshops, primarily used to deepen our students’ practice, have also been an incremental revenue opportunity by utilizing excess studio room capacity.

 

    Grow MyYogaWorks.com. We plan to continue investing in adding quality content for MyYogaWorks.com, improving the user experience and increasing the site’s functionality, including potentially adding live streaming. We are launching several initiatives to cross-sell consumers who use MyYogaWorks.com to join us in our studios for live instruction and hands-on one-on-one attention from our teachers. We are also exploring relationships with companies and complementary brands to drive growth and increase awareness of the MyYogaWorks.com platform.

Leverage our Infrastructure

In preparation for our continued growth, we have built out our corporate infrastructure over the past several years. We now have the corporate, regional and studio-level management personnel in place, as well as the information technology platform, to support our future growth and acquisition strategy, without significant new investments in corporate infrastructure. As our studio base grows, expenses for our corporate and regional overhead should become a smaller percentage of our net revenues and profitability. We will also continue to benefit from our strategy of “clustering” studios in distinct geographic regions. By building scale in existing markets, we will increase our local brand awareness and consumer engagement without spending incrementally more on marketing costs as a percentage of net revenues.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Pursue Brand Extension Opportunities

We intend to extend and monetize the YogaWorks brand in the following areas:

 

    Corporate Relationships. We believe we can capitalize on our position as an industry authority on high-quality, multi-discipline yoga to establish relationships with large corporations, health insurers and other institutions to incorporate YogaWorks classes into their employee wellness programs and encourage them to promote the usage of YogaWorks studios.

 

    Retail. We believe that our retail and merchandise offerings contribute to a high quality in-studio environment for our students and better enable them to live the YogaWorks lifestyle. In addition, there is considerable opportunity to expand our retail and merchandising offerings going forward, including the launch of YogaWorks-branded apparel and accessories as well as offering select merchandise to be sold via e-commerce.

 

    Licensing. We believe we have an opportunity to license the YogaWorks brand into new complementary healthy lifestyle categories that would benefit from our brand reputation and market recognition. Examples include licensing MyYogaWorks.com content to media companies and content providers and through alternative online distribution channels.

 

    Publishing of Digital Content . We also see an opportunity to publish our yoga class content and stream live classes through MyYogaWorks.com which will help us maintain our industry leadership position and increase the additional revenue that could be generated through our planned e-commerce platform.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    our incurrence of losses in the past and expectation of incurring losses in the future;

 

    our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brand;

 

    negative publicity, particularly through social media, which could hurt our brand;

 

    our ability to implement our growth strategy or successfully integrate the studios we acquire to achieve our growth strategy;

 

    our inability to achieve sales and operating levels for our recently acquired and opened studios that is consistent with our existing studios;

 

    our expansion into new markets;

 

    our inability to manage our growth effectively;

 

    our inability to renew or replace our current studio leases on favorable terms;

 

    an economic downturn or the occurrence of economic uncertainty in our markets;

 

    unexpected increases in our operating expenses, including labor costs and overhead; and

 

    changes in government regulations or our inability to comply with them.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

Recapitalization Transactions

On March 24, 2017, we undertook the following transactions:

 

    the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock, all beneficially owned by Great Hill Partners, into 7,426,169 shares of our common stock;

 

    the conversion of all of our then existing convertible notes held by Great Hill Partners, the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes, into 1,407,632 shares of our common stock;

 

    after effecting the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock and conversion of all then-existing convertible notes, effecting a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock and a proportional adjustment to the exercise price of then-existing stock option awards;

 

    the approval of the issuance of new convertible notes to Great Hill Partners, or the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $8.40 per share of common stock;

 

    an increase in the number of shares that may be issued under our 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or our 2014 Plan, to 1,695,484 shares of our common stock; and

 

    the award of stock option grants to our employees and consultants to purchase up to 1,425,641 shares in the aggregate of our common stock.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to undertake the following transactions:

 

    a 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock and a proportional adjustment to the exercise price of then outstanding stock option awards; and

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with our initial public offering.

We refer to the foregoing as the Recapitalization Transactions.

Recent Developments

Preliminary Second Quarter Results

Our financial statements for the quarter ended June 30, 2017 are not yet available and our independent registered public accounting firm, BDO USA, LLP, has not completed its review of any financial statements for such period. Our expectations with respect to our unaudited results for the period discussed below are based upon management estimates.

The results below are preliminary and subject to revision based upon the completion of our quarter-end financial closing process and are not meant to be comprehensive for this period. Following the completion of our quarter-end financial closing process and review by our independent registered public accounting firm, we may report financial results that could differ from these estimates, and the differences could be material.

While we believe that the following information and estimates are based on reasonable assumptions, our actual results may vary, and such variations may be material. Factors that could cause the preliminary financial data and estimates to differ include, but are not limited to: (i) additional adjustments in the calculation of, or application of accounting principles for, the financial results for the

 



 

9


Table of Contents

quarter ended June 30, 2017; (ii) discovery of new information that affects accounting estimates and management’s judgment underlying these estimated results; and (iii) the completion of the review by our independent registered public accounting firm of our financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2017.

We are providing the following estimated results for the quarter ended June 30, 2017:

 

    Net revenues of between $12.3 million and $12.6 million; and

 

    Visits of between 700,000 and 720,000.

The decrease in net revenues from $13.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 was primarily due to a larger portion of our sales for the quarter ended June 30, 2017 being recognized as deferred revenue. The increase in deferred revenue was driven by our initiation of a more flexible pricing strategy in July 2016 that, as expected, has resulted in a shift in sales toward class packages which require recognition of revenue over a longer time period than other sales options. This sales mix shift resulted in less revenue being recognized during the second quarter of 2017 than the same quarter in 2016, in which we had a higher percentage of monthly membership revenue.

Our decision to offer class packages at all of our studios also impacted our number of visits, as students on class packages tend to visit studios less than students with memberships, which primarily led to the decrease from 754,567 visits for the quarter ended June 30, 2016. We anticipate this trend to continue at a decreasing rate over time as students in our existing studios purchase class packages more frequently than memberships and as we acquire and open additional studios, and expect a more balanced mix between class packages and memberships over time. While our strategy to sell more class packages has had an impact on both our net revenues and visits during the transition period, we believe the implementation of this strategy allows us to better serve our students and will draw a broader student base as consumers favor more flexible pricing options.

Studio Acquisition Activity

As of the date of this prospectus, we have entered into letters of intent to acquire 11 studios and are in late-stage negotiations to acquire 3 additional studios for an aggregate purchase price in cash of between $5 million and $6 million, including earnout payments. In total, we have contacted owners of over 250 additional studios regarding a potential acquisition, of which we have entered into confidentiality agreements with respect to more than 125 studios that we are evaluating. We believe each of the potential acquisitions subject to the letters of intent is consistent with our growth strategy and intend to fund any purchase price with cash, but may also decide to issue stock as consideration or compensation to new employees. There can be no assurance that we will enter definitive agreements based on the letters of intent, consummate any such acquisitions or acquire any additional studios. Furthermore, our acquisitions are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including as to when, whether and to what extent the anticipated benefits and cost savings of a particular acquisition will be realized. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our growth strategy is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify and acquire studio targets and integrate their operations with ours.”

Our Sponsor and Controlled Company Status

Great Hill Partners, L.P., one of the affiliates of Great Hill Partners, is a private equity firm that has raised over $5 billion in commitments since inception through six funds to finance the expansion, recapitalization or acquisition of companies in a wide range of sectors in business-to-business and business-to-consumer industries including software, financial and healthcare technology, consumer

 



 

10


Table of Contents

retail, digital media, e-commerce and internet infrastructure. Based in Boston, funds advised by Great Hill Partners, L.P. have invested in over 50 companies, targeting investments in established companies that are leaders in their markets with strong management teams. Great Hill Partners, L.P. supports these companies by providing board-level oversight of company management, capital structure, and growth strategy, including strategic acquisitions. In addition to YogaWorks, representative current and former consumer/retail portfolio companies include Wayfair, The Shade Store, and Vitacost.

We were acquired by Great Hill Partners in July 2014 for $45.6 million in cash. The terms of the acquisition, including the purchase price, were determined based on arms’ length negotiations between Great Hill Partners, YogaWorks and the prior majority shareholder of YogaWorks, Highland Capital Partners. Net of the $9.6 million liabilities assumed, $12.0 million of the purchase price was allocated to net tangible assets, $25.2 million of the purchase price was allocated to specific identifiable intangible assets and $18.0 million of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill.

Following this offering, assuming the purchase of the Great Hill Shares, Great Hill Partners will control approximately 70% of our common stock (or 66% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares). As a result, Great Hill Partners will control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors (which will control our management and affairs), the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets. Because Great Hill Partners will control more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock, we will be considered a controlled company under the NASDAQ rules. As such, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of compliance with certain corporate governance requirements. Accordingly, stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. See “Risk Factors—We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. As a result, we qualify for, and intend to continue to rely on, exemptions from corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.”

Corporate Information

We launched our principal operations in 1987. We are a Delaware corporation and our principal executive offices are located at 5780 Uplander Way, Culver City, California 90230, and our telephone number is (310) 664-6470. Our website address is www.yogaworks.com. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any such information as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as “emerging growth companies”. We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, requirements related to compliance with new or revised accounting standards, requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and the requirement that we hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute

 



 

11


Table of Contents

payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.0 billion or more in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

For risks related to our status as an emerging growth company, see the disclosure elsewhere in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors” below.

 



 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by YogaWorks

   5,000,000 shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering

   13,909,081 shares

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from YogaWorks

   750,000 shares

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $58.5 million based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
   The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes of approximately $3.3 million, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our existing loan agreement with Deerpath Funding, LP, referred to herein as our Loan Agreement, of approximately $6.9 million (including prepayment premiums), fund future acquisitions of individual yoga studios or businesses with multiple studios, investments or capital expenditures and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Although we have no binding obligations to enter into any acquisitions, we have entered into letters of intent or are in late-state negotiations to acquire up to 14 additional studios for an aggregate purchase price in cash of between $5 million and $6 million, including earnout payments. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Dividend Policy

   We currently do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general

 



 

13


Table of Contents
   business conditions, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. See “Dividend Policy” for further information.

Voting Rights

   Shares of common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See the section captioned “Description of Capital Stock”. Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, following this offering, outstanding shares of common stock held by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock will represent approximately 64% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 70% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, assuming the purchase of the Great Hill Shares).

Controlled Company

   Immediately following completion of this offering, Great Hill Partners will control approximately 70% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock, assuming the purchase of the Great Hill Shares. As a result, Great Hill Partners will be able to control the outcome of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including, for example, the election of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and mergers or other business combinations. See “Description of Capital Stock”. In addition, we currently intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemption under the NASDAQ corporate governance rules, and so you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Proposed trading symbol on The NASDAQ Global Market

   “YOGA”.

Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $10.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

The total number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering includes 13,909,081 shares, and excludes, in each case as of March 31, 2017:

 

    an aggregate of 1,289,013 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $8.40 per share;

 



 

14


Table of Contents
    1,901,598 shares of common stock, subject to annual increases, reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2017 Incentive Award Plan, or our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering (plus an additional number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan and which are forfeited or lapse unexercised thereafter), including an aggregate of 398,643 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options expected to be granted under the 2017 Plan in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

    conversion of the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes into shares of our common stock (we intend to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in connection with the closing of this offering); and

 

    shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units to be granted to our non-employee directors under the 2017 Plan in connection with this offering and our Director Compensation Program (see “Management—Director Compensation”).

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes as of March 31, 2017:

 

    the Recapitalization Transactions; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares of common stock from us to cover overallotments, if any.

 



 

15


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

The terms “Predecessor” and “Successor” used below and throughout this prospectus refer to the periods prior and subsequent to the acquisition of us by Great Hill Partners in July 2014. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Sponsor and Controlled Company Status.” The unaudited combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 represents the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and the Successor’s results of operations from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The consolidated statements of operations data for the period from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 are each derived from financial statements not included in this prospectus.

You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the information under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and results for any interim period below are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

 

    Unaudited
Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Unaudited
Non-GAAP

Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    Period from
July 11, 2014
to December 31,
2014
(Successor)
                Period from
January 1, 2014
to July 10, 2014
(Predecessor)
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands
except per share data)
  2017     2016     2016     2015            

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                 

Net revenues

  $ 13,990     $ 15,092     $ 55,090     $ 48,506     $ 44,102     $ 21,094         $ 23,008  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

                 

Cost of revenues

    5,129       5,318       20,535       17,105       14,955       7,152           7,803  

Center operations

    5,687       5,563       22,469       19,859       27,549       11,559           15,990  

General and administrative expenses

    3,010       3,178       11,067       12,556       6,598       3,210           3,388  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,201       2,181       8,893       6,515       3,146       2,180           966  

Goodwill impairment

   

 

 

 

 

   

 
          927                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

   

 

 

16,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,240

 

 

 

    62,964       56,962       52,248       24,101           28,147  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

16


Table of Contents
    Unaudited
Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Unaudited
Non-GAAP

Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    Period from
July 11, 2014
to December 31,
2014
(Successor)
                Period from
January 1, 2014
to July 10, 2014
(Predecessor)
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands
except per share data)
  2017     2016     2016     2015            

Loss from operations

  $ (2,037   $ (1,148   $ (7,874   $ (8,456   $ (8,146   $ (3,007       $ (5,139

Interest expense, net

    562       391       1,587       746       90       47           43  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (2,599     (1,539     (9,461     (9,202     (8,236     (3,054         (5,182

Provision for income taxes

    18       7       43       13       28       13           15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546     (9,504     (9,215     (8,264     (3,067         (5,197

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

                      (411               (411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to YogaWorks

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504   $ (9,215   $ (8,675   $ (3,067       $ (5,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

  $ (14.81   $ (36.80   $ (191.60   $ (189.96          

Diluted

   
(14.81

    (36.80     (191.60     (189.96          

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

    243,848       72,735       73,796       71,244            

Diluted

    243,848       72,735       73,796       71,244            

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

  $ (0.41     $ (1.59            

Diluted

   
(0.41

      (1.59            

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

    8,908,233         8,907,597              

Diluted

    8,908,233         8,907,597              

 



 

17


Table of Contents
     Unaudited
As of
March 31, 2017
     As of December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)       2016     2015     2014  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,456      $ 1,912     $ 3,773     $ 4,511  

Total assets

     57,537        57,148       65,000       56,052  

Total long term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,553        6,769       7,201       1,428  

2015 GHP Convertible Notes

     3,203        11,635       10,728        

Redeemable preferred stock

            61,393       56,758       52,436  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     38,656        (32,632     (18,534     (5,014

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,      Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2016      2015      2014  

Other Information:

              

Studios (period end)

     50        49        49        47        29  

Student visits

     760,707        789,677        2,946,807        2,439,469        2,165,073  

Studio classes

     45,154        44,772        181,796        146,846        120,895  

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016      2015  

Other Financial Information:

        

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 841     $ 1,245     $ 1,699      $ 361  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)

    6.0     8.2     3.1      0.7

Studio-Level EBITDA(3)

  $ 3,205     $ 4,392     $ 12,373      $ 12,398  

Studio-Level EBITDA Margin(4)

    22.9     29.1     22.5      25.6

Average Unit Volume(5)

      $ 1,126      $ 1,338  
    Unaudited
Three Months Ended March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016      2015  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:

        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 783     $ (779   $ 762      $ (888

Net cash used in investing activities

    (196     (923     (2,097      (15,124

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,956             (526      15,273  

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue

    (115     (980     (650      427  

 

(1) The unaudited non-GAAP combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 represents the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and the Successor’s results of operations from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The presentation of combined financial information for the year ended December 31, 2014 is not consistent with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, or with the pro forma requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X, and may yield results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis. The financial information for the two periods was prepared on different accounting bases for the Successor and Predecessor and the combined financial information does not include any pro forma adjustments to make them comparable.
(2)

See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common

 



 

18


Table of Contents
  stockholders. Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred on July 14, 2017. Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss for the applicable period by the weighted average number of shares for the applicable period. The weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 gives effect to, (i) the conversion of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock into 7,426,169 shares of our common stock; (ii) the conversion of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes into 1,407,632 shares of our common stock; (iii) the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred on July 14, 2017; and (iv) stock option grants to our employees and consultants to purchase up to 1,425,641 shares in the aggregate of our common stock that occurred after December 31, 2016 in connection with the Recapitalization Transactions.
(3) In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016     2015  

Net loss

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504   $ (9,215

Interest expense, net

    562       391       1,587       746  

Provision for income taxes

    18       7       43       13  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,201       2,181       8,893       6,515  

Goodwill impairment

                      927  

Deferred rent(a)

    31       181       276       803  

Stock based compensation(b)

    539       7       23       17  

Acquisition professional expenses(c)

                      263  

Severance(d)

    82             225       99  

Executive recruiting(e)

                56       93  

Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees(f)

    25       25       100       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 841     $ 1,246     $ 1,699     $ 361  

Other general and administrative expenses(g)

    2,364       3,147       10,674       12,037  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Studio-Level EBITDA

  $ 3,205     $ 4,393     $ 12,373     $ 12,398  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Reflects the extent to which our rent expense for the period has been above or below our cash rent payments.
(b) Non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on timing of awards and forfeitures.
(c) Professional expenses incurred in connection with studio acquisitions, including legal and advisory fees.
(d) Severance expenses incurred in the period related to the termination of studio and non-studio employees.
(e) Executive recruiting expenses incurred in connection with the recruitment and hiring of members of our executive management team, Mmes. McCollough (2015) and Dawson (2016) and Mr. Chang (2016).

 



 

19


Table of Contents
(f) Represents expense reimbursement fees incurred in connection with our Expense Reimbursement Agreement with Great Hill Partners, which we expect to terminate upon completion of this offering.
(g) Represents general and administrative expenses that are corporate and regional expenses and not incurred by our studios, and which are primarily comprised of expenses related to (i) wages and benefits of corporate and regional employees, (ii) non-studio rent, utilities and maintenance, (iii) corporate and regional marketing and advertising and (iv) corporate professional fees. Other general and administrative expenses excludes any general and administrative expenses related to deferred rent, stock based compensation, acquisition professional expenses, executive recruiting, severance, the Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees or any other general and administrative expenses that are included in the reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

We use Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to understand and evaluate our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our core business operations. Studio-Level EBITDA is a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our studios. Accordingly, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

    although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA are not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not reflect: (i) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (ii) debt service requirements; (iii) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (iv) other cash costs that may recur in the future;

 

    Studio-Level EBITDA is not a measure of our overall profitability but a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our studios. While Studio-Level EBITDA excludes regional and corporate general and administrative expenses that are not necessary to operate our studios, these excluded expenses are essential to support the operation and development of our studios; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Studio-Level EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities, net loss and our other GAAP financial results.

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Studio-Level EBITDA Margin are each calculated as Adjusted EBITDA or Studio-Level EBITDA, as applicable, divided by net revenues.
(5) Average Unit Volume, or AUV, for any 12-month period is calculated by dividing total net revenues by the number of studios open during that period. For studios that are not open for the entire period, we make fractional adjustments to the number of studios open such that it corresponds to the period of associated net revenues.

 



 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are unaware, or that we currently deem immaterial also may become important factors that affect us.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have incurred losses in the past, expect to incur losses in the future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We incurred a net loss of $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. We had an accumulated deficit of $36.3 million as of March 31, 2017 and negative working capital of $3.4 million at March 31, 2017. We incurred a net loss of $9.5 million in 2016 and $9.2 million in 2015 and had negative operating cash flow of $0.9 million in 2015. In addition, we had accumulated deficits of $32.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and $18.6 million as of December 31, 2015 and negative working capital of $3.7 million at December 31, 2016 and $14.4 million at December 31, 2015. We expect our operating expenses to increase in the future as we expand our operations. As a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If our net revenues do not grow at a greater rate than our expenses, we will not be able to achieve and maintain profitability. We may incur significant losses in the future for many reasons, including the other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. We may also encounter unforeseen expenses, operating delays or other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If our net revenues do not grow faster than our expenses, we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

If we are unable to maintain the value and reputation of our brand, our business will be harmed.

The YogaWorks name is integral to our business as well as to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our ability to provide a consistent, high-quality student experience, our marketing, merchandising and community-building efforts and successfully integrating studios acquired pursuant to our growth strategy. We believe that we have built our reputation on the high quality of our in-studio classes, our commitment to our students, our strong employee culture and the atmosphere and design of our studios, and we must protect and grow the value of our brand in order for us to continue to be successful. We rely on social media and digital marketing, as some of our marketing strategies, to have a positive impact on both our brand value and reputation. Our brand could be adversely affected if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Any incident that erodes student loyalty for our brand could significantly reduce its value and damage our business. Additionally, while we devote considerable efforts and resources to protecting our intellectual property, if these efforts are not successful, the value of our brand may be harmed. Our failure to maintain the value and reputation of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and growth.

Our growth strategy is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify and acquire studio targets and integrate their operations with ours.

Our growth strategy primarily contemplates expansion through targeted acquisitions of other yoga studio businesses. Implementing this strategy depends on our ability to successfully identify

 

21


Table of Contents

opportunities that complement our businesses, share our business and company philosophy and operate in markets that are complementary to our operations and the communities in which we operate. We will also need to assess and mitigate the risk of any target opportunity, to acquire targets on favorable terms and to successfully integrate their operations with ours. We may not be able to successfully identify opportunities that meet these criteria, or, if we do, we may not be able to successfully negotiate, finance, acquire and integrate them. Even if we enter into confidentiality agreements or letters of intent with potential studios, we may not be able to complete the acquisition. If we are unable to identify and acquire suitable studios, our revenue growth rate and financial performance may fall short of our expectations. If we are successful in acquiring studio targets, we may not be able to successfully integrate the operations of these studios with ours, to execute the growth objectives of our combined operations or to realize the revenue opportunities or cost savings that may be assumed. In addition, any such opportunity may require us to raise additional capital, which may be dilutive to our existing shareholders, or require us to incur additional indebtedness. If our analysis of the suitability of a studio or group of studios for acquisition is incorrect, we may not be able to recover our capital investment in acquiring such studios.

Our recently acquired or newly opened studios may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term, and may not achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our existing studios on a timely basis, or at all.

We have actively pursued new studio growth, primarily through acquisitions, and plan to continue doing so in the future. Many of our studios are still relatively new as YogaWorks-branded studios, as we have opened or acquired 23 studios since January 1, 2015. We cannot assure you that our recently acquired or newly opened studios will be successful or reach the sales and profitability levels of our existing studios. New studio acquisitions may negatively impact our financial results in the short term due to the effect of studio conversion costs, loss of students or teachers at the acquired studios, lower class package and drop-in class sales and lower contribution to overall profitability during the initial period following an acquisition. Acquired and newly opened studios require a transition period to build their sales volume and their student base and, as a result, generally have lower margins and higher operating expenses, as a percentage of net revenues, when initially acquired or opened. Newly acquired and opened studios may not achieve membership levels, class package and drop-in class sales and operating levels consistent with our existing studio base on a timely basis, or at all. We cannot assure you that our recently acquired or newly opened studios will generate revenue, cash flow or profitability levels comparable with those generated by our existing studios. These risks may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and growth rate.

Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks, which could affect our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

As part of our growth strategy, we plan to enter markets where we have little or no operating experience. Studios that we operate in new markets may take longer to reach expected studio sales and profit levels on a consistent basis and may be less profitable than studios we open in existing markets. New markets may have competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns that are more difficult to predict or satisfy than our existing markets. We may need to make greater investments than we originally planned in advertising and promotional activity in new markets to build brand awareness. We may find it more difficult in new markets to hire, motivate and keep qualified employees who share our values. We may also incur higher costs from entering new markets if, for example, we assign regional managers to manage comparatively fewer studios than we assign in more developed markets. Also, until we attain a critical mass in a market, the studios we do operate will have reduced operating leverage. As a result, these new studios may be less successful or may achieve target studio-level operating profit margins at a slower rate, if ever. If we do not successfully

 

22


Table of Contents

execute our plans to enter new markets, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Acquiring or opening new studios in close proximity to existing studios may negatively impact our existing studios’ revenues and profitability.

We currently operate studios in six markets across the U.S. and, in line with our growth strategy, we plan to acquire and open many new studios in the future, some of which will be in existing markets. Acquiring or opening new studios in close proximity to existing studios may attract some students away from existing studios, which may lead to diminished revenues and profitability for us rather than increased market share.

We expect to make capital expenditures to pursue our growth strategy, which may be significant and will adversely impact our cash flow.

Our growth strategy will require capital expenditures to acquire additional studios and open new studios. These expenditures may at times be significant and may adversely impact cash flows during the periods when incurred. As we increase our number of studios, we may also open studios in higher-cost geographies, which could entail greater lease payments and construction costs, among other things. We may also need to incur significant expenditures to remodel existing or acquired studios and replace equipment, furniture or fixtures. Our cash flows used in investing activities totaled $15.1 million in 2015 and $2.1 million in 2016 and are expected to increase as we pursue our acquisition and growth strategy. In particular, as we acquire and open additional studios, we intend to use net proceeds of this offering to fund those acquisitions and studio openings.

To finance our growth strategy, we may have to incur additional indebtedness or issue new equity securities and, if we are not able to obtain additional capital, our ability to operate or expand our business may be impaired and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

We will require significant levels of capital to finance our acquisitions and to open new studios. If cash from available sources, such as our credit facility, is insufficient or unavailable, or if cash is used for unanticipated needs, we may require additional capital sooner than anticipated. In the event that we are required or choose to raise additional funds, we may be unable to do so on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, the cost of debt financing could significantly increase, making it cost-prohibitive to borrow, which could force us to issue new equity securities. If we issue new equity securities, existing shareholders may experience additional dilution or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of common stock. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to execute our current growth plans, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures. Any inability to raise additional capital when required could have an adverse effect on our business plans and operating results.

Any debt financing we may incur after this offering could restrict our operational and financial flexibility, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

We intend to repay the outstanding debt under the Loan Agreement with a portion of the proceeds of this offering and cancel that facility. Any debt financing we may incur after the consummation of this offering would likely contain covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to grant liens, incur additional debt, pay dividends, cause our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us, make investments and engage in merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. A failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios contained in such debt financing could result in an event of default, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our

 

23


Table of Contents

operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such debt financing to be due and payable and exercise the remedies as set forth thereunder. If the indebtedness under such debt financing were to be accelerated, our future financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In 2015 and in 2016 we were not in compliance with certain Loan Agreement covenants. Our lenders waived any default or event of default related to any such non-compliance. During the quarter ended December 31, 2016, we were not able to comply with our senior debt to EBITDA ratio financial covenant due to slower than expected growth of newly opened studios. Our lenders under the Loan Agreement agreed to waive any default for such failure to comply and agreed to not require testing of any of our financial covenant ratios under the Loan Agreement for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017.

We have grown rapidly in recent years and have limited operating experience at our current scale of operations. Our growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.

We have expanded our operations rapidly and have limited operating experience at our current size. If our operations continue to grow, we will be required to continue to expand our sales and marketing team, to upgrade our management information systems and other processes and to obtain more space for our expanding administrative support and other headquarters personnel. Our expansion will also place significant demands on our management resources. We will be required to identify attractive studio locations and acquisition targets, negotiate favorable acquisition terms and open or convert new studios on a timely and cost-effective basis while maintaining a high level of quality, efficiency and performance at both existing and newly opened or converted studios. We may expand into markets where we have little or no direct prior experience, and we could encounter unanticipated problems, cost overruns or delays in opening studios in new markets or in the market acceptance of our studios. We will need to continue to improve our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls. We will also need to recruit, train and retain new yoga instructors, teacher trainers, studio and regional managers and other team members and maintain close coordination among our executive, accounting, finance, human resources, legal, marketing, sales and operations functions. These processes are time-consuming and expensive and may divert management’s attention. We may not be able to effectively manage this expansion, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our rate of growth, business, financial condition and results of operations.

An economic downturn or economic uncertainty in our markets may adversely affect discretionary spending and demand for our services.

Our yoga offerings may be considered discretionary items for our students. Factors affecting the level of spending for such discretionary items include general economic conditions and other factors such as consumer confidence in future economic conditions, fears of recession, the availability of consumer credit, levels of unemployment, tax rates and the cost of consumer credit. As global economic conditions continue to be volatile or economic uncertainty remains, trends in consumer discretionary spending also remain unpredictable and subject to reductions due to credit constraints and uncertainties about the future. Unfavorable economic conditions may lead consumers to reduce or forgo use of our services. Our sensitivity to economic cycles and any related fluctuation in discretionary purchases may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in labor costs, including wages, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The labor costs associated with our studios are subject to many external factors, including unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, potential collective bargaining arrangements, health insurance costs and other insurance costs and changes in employment and

 

24


Table of Contents

labor legislation or other workplace regulation. From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the federal minimum wage in the U.S., as well as the minimum wage in a number of individual states and municipalities, and to reform entitlement programs, such as health insurance and paid leave programs. As minimum wage rates increase or related laws and regulations change, we may need to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly or salaried employees. Our employees may seek to be represented by labor unions in the future or negotiate additional compensation. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or if we fail to pay such higher wages we could suffer increased employee turnover. Increases in labor costs could force us to increase prices, which could adversely impact our visits. If competitive pressures or other factors prevent us from offsetting increased labor costs by increases in prices, our profitability may decline and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our profitability is vulnerable to cost increases and inflation.

Future increases in costs, such as the property taxes, utility rates and studio maintenance and repairs, may increase our operating expenses and reduce our profitability. These cost increases may also be the result of inflationary pressures that could further increase expenses or our losses. Competitive pressures in our industry as well as our pricing strategy may have the effect of inhibiting our ability to reflect these increased costs in the prices of our classes, training sessions and other services and therefore reduce our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth and profitability could be negatively impacted if we are unable to renew or replace our current studio leases on favorable terms, or at all, and we cannot find suitable alternate locations.

We lease all of our studio locations pursuant to long-term non-cancelable leases. We have 21 leases that are due to expire between the years 2017 and 2019, of which 9 have no renewal rights and 12 have renewal options (2 of which are subject to the sublessor renewing its lease with the landlord). Our ability to negotiate favorable terms on an expiring lease or to negotiate favorable terms on leases with renewal options, or conversely for a suitable alternate location, could depend on conditions in the real estate market, competition for desirable properties and our relationships with current and prospective landlords or may depend on other factors that are not within our control. Any or all of these factors and conditions could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to attract new students and teachers and retain existing students and teachers, it could have an adverse impact on our growth strategy as we may not be able to increase the number of visits to our studios or students that go through our teacher training.

The performance of our studios and success of our growth strategy is largely dependent on our ability to continuously attract new students and teachers and retain existing students and teachers. We cannot be sure that we will be successful in these efforts, or that visits to our studio classes and teacher trainings or participation in MyYogaWorks.com will not materially decline. There are numerous factors that could lead to a decline in visits at established studios or that could prevent us from increasing our student visits at newer or acquired studios, including harm to our reputation, a decline in our ability to deliver quality yoga classes and teacher trainings at a competitive cost, the opening or acquisition of new studios or hosting of additional teacher trainings that may have the potential to cannibalize store sales in existing areas, the heightened presence of direct and indirect competition in the areas in which the studios are located, the decline in the public’s interest in fitness through yoga, a deterioration of general economic conditions and a change in consumer spending preferences or

 

25


Table of Contents

buying trends. As a result of these factors, we cannot be sure that our student visits will be adequate to maintain or permit the expansion of our operations. A decline in student visits levels may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth rate.

In addition, we must acquire new students in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand our active student base, we must appeal to and acquire students who identify with our brand. Our paid marketing derives a significant amount of traffic via search engines such as Google, Yelp and Bing. Search engines frequently update and change the logic that determines the placement and display of results of a user’s search, such that the purchased or algorithmic placement of links to our site can be negatively affected. Additionally, digital advertising costs may continue to rise. As our usage of e-commerce and social media channels expands, such costs may impact our ability to acquire new students in a cost-effective manner. If the level of usage of these channels by our active student base does not grow as expected, we may suffer a decline in student growth or net revenues or we may need to increase our marketing costs more than expected.

As our brand becomes more widely known in the market, future marketing campaigns may not result in the acquisition of new students at the same rate as past campaigns. There can be no assurances that the revenue from new students we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those students. If we are unable to acquire new students in a cost-effective manner, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by any negative publicity, regardless of its accuracy, that could harm our business.

Publicity about our business can harm our operations. This publicity could be related to a wide variety of matters, including:

 

    student injuries;

 

    claims of teacher or employee impropriety, including inappropriate physical contact with students;

 

    security breaches of confidential student or employee information;

 

    employment-related claims relating to alleged employment discrimination, wage and hour violations;

 

    labor standards or healthcare and benefit issues; or

 

    government or industry findings concerning our studios or others across the yoga or fitness industry.

In addition to traditional media, there has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms and similar devices, including weblogs (blogs), social media websites and other forms of Internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. The availability of information on social media platforms is virtually immediate as is its impact. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants can post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information, is seemingly limitless and readily available. Information concerning our company may be posted on such platforms at any time. Information posted may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, each of which may harm our performance, prospects or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

 

26


Table of Contents

The risks associated with any such negative publicity or incorrect information cannot be completely eliminated or mitigated and may materially harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is geographically concentrated, and a failure to gain acceptance in new markets may have an adverse effect on our business and rate of growth.

As of March 31, 2017 we operate 50 studios in six markets consisting of Los Angeles, Orange County (California), New York City, Northern California, Boston and Baltimore/Washington D.C. We may not find as much demand in other markets and our brand may not gain the same acceptance. The benefits of our brand may also be diluted by the presence of multiple locations in the same market. A failure to gain acceptance in new markets may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth rate.

Our financial and operating performance may be adversely affected by epidemics, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and other catastrophes.

Our studios are located in geographic regions across the U.S. Adverse weather conditions (such as regional winter storms), natural disasters (such as earthquakes in California) and other catastrophes and epidemics or outbreaks of disease in any of the regions where our studios are located could materially and adversely affect our business in the future, our financial condition and operating results. Any occurrence of these or other events or conditions in any of these locations may interrupt our business operations, resulting in a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results. For instance, health or other government regulations adopted in response to a natural disaster, epidemic or outbreak, may require closure of our studios, leading to reduced studio visits or cancelled classes.

Furthermore, our headquarters and a significant number of our studios are located in the Southern California area, an area susceptible to earthquakes. A major earthquake or other natural disaster, fire, act of terrorism or other catastrophic event in Southern California or elsewhere that results in the destruction or disruption of our headquarters or studios could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations and our operating results could be harmed.

The level of competition we face could negatively impact our revenue growth and profitability.

The level of competition we face is high and continues to increase. In each of the markets in which we operate, we compete with other branded operators in the yoga industry, health clubs and fitness centers (some of which offer or may want to offer yoga), private studios and other boutique fitness offerings, recreational facilities established by non-profit organizations and businesses for their employees, racquet/tennis and other athletic clubs, amenity and condominium clubs and country clubs, online personal training and fitness coaching and the home-use fitness industry that offer or make available yoga alternatives, such as home videos and mobile applications. We also compete with other yoga oriented competitors, other entertainment and retail businesses for the discretionary income of our target demographics. We might not be able to compete effectively in the future in the markets in which we operate. We may face new competitors that enter our market with greater resources than us and such competition may be detrimental to our business. Competitive conditions may limit our ability to increase fees without a material decrease in student visits, both in-studio and on MyYogaWorks.com, attract new students and attract and retain qualified personnel.

The number of competitor studios and other venues, such as fitness clubs, that offer lower pricing for yoga classes continues to grow in our markets. These studios and other venues have attracted, and may continue to attract, students away from our studios. In addition, competitors could open additional studios in the markets in which we already operate or in the markets that we plan to expand to through acquisitions and opening new studios.

 

27


Table of Contents

If we do not retain key management personnel or fail to attract and retain highly qualified studio personnel, including teachers, our business will suffer.

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract and retain key management personnel. If any of these persons were to leave, it might be difficult to replace them, and our business could be harmed. In addition, the quality of our teachers and other studio operations personnel, including our regional and studio managers, is central to the success of our business. We cannot assure you that we can continue to attract, train and retain high quality teachers at our studios, our teacher trainings and MyYogaWorks.com, who are critically important to our success and ability to attract students. If we are unable to attract, train and retain management, teachers and staff, our business would be harmed.

We have experienced significant recent turnover in our executive leadership team. If we fail to effectively integrate and retain these new executives, we may not be able to accomplish our growth strategy and our financial performance may suffer.

In the past few years, we have experienced significant turnover in our senior management ranks, including turnover in the individuals who previously served as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Customer Officer and General Counsel. Our current Chief Executive Officer assumed her role in June 2016, our current Chief Financial Officer assumed his role in April 2016, our current Chief Customer Officer assumed her role in August 2016 and our current General Counsel assumed his role in January 2017. This lack of management continuity could adversely affect our ability to successfully execute our acquisition focused growth strategy, as well as result in operational and administrative inefficiencies and added costs, and may make recruiting for future management positions more difficult. In addition, we must successfully integrate any new management personnel into our organization in order to achieve our operating objectives, and changes in other key management positions may affect our financial performance and results of operations while new management becomes familiar with our business. Accordingly, our future financial performance will depend to a significant extent on our ability to motivate and retain key management personnel, particularly those with retail, direct consumer marketing, e-commerce, brand development, finance, human resources, legal, operations and information technology expertise.

If we are unable to anticipate student preferences and provide high quality yoga offerings, we may not be able to maintain or increase our membership base, sales from class packages, drop-ins and teacher trainings, participation in MyYogaWorks.com and profitability.

Our success in maintaining and increasing our student base depends on our ability to identify and originate trends as well as to anticipate and react to changing customer preferences and trends in a timely manner. All of our yoga offerings and retail products are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. If we are unable to introduce new yoga offerings or retail products in a timely manner, or our new yoga offerings or retail products are not accepted by our students, our competitors may introduce similar yoga offerings or retail products in a more timely fashion, which could negatively affect our rate of growth. Our new yoga offerings or retail products may not receive acceptance as preferences could shift rapidly to different types of healthy lifestyle offerings or athletic apparel or away from these types of yoga offerings or retail products altogether, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. Failure to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing customer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower class visits and lower retail sales and excess inventory levels. Even if we are successful in anticipating customer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address those preferences will in part depend upon our continued ability to provide high-quality yoga offerings and retail products. Our failure to address student preferences could result in a decrease in net revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

28


Table of Contents

We may be subject to obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could adversely harm our business.

State and local jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of such taxes to our yoga offerings in various jurisdictions is unclear. While we do not believe we are currently required to collect and remit sales or similar taxes on our yoga offerings in any jurisdiction in which we are not collecting such tax, we could face the possibility of tax assessments and audits. A successful assertion that we should be collecting sales, use, value added or other taxes on our yoga offerings in those jurisdictions where we do not do so or have not historically done so could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales, discourage students from visiting our classes or otherwise harm our business and operating results.

Changes in government regulations or a failure to comply with them could have a negative effect on our financial condition.

Our operations and business practices are subject to federal, state and local government regulations in the various jurisdictions in which our studios and teacher trainings are located, including, but not limited to:

 

    General rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission, state and local consumer protection agencies and state statutes that regulate the terms of transactions with our students and govern the advertising, sale, financing and collection of fees;

 

    State and local health regulations, zoning and use restrictions, parking regulations and building codes;

 

    State wage and hour payment and reporting laws; and

 

    State licensing requirements, including licensing requirements to conduct teacher training programs.

If we were to fail to comply with these statutes, rules and regulations, we could suffer fines or other penalties. These may include regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing aspects of our operations. It is difficult to predict the future development of such laws or regulations, and any changes in such laws could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We are, or may become, subject to risks associated with our teacher training sessions or workshops held in international countries.

In 2016, we operated teacher training sessions in 17 countries outside of the U.S. In conducting teacher training sessions and workshops outside the country, we regularly work with local yoga studios or businesses to host the session or workshop and to coordinate any foreign legal requirements that may be required with respect to conducting such session or workshop. In the event our foreign partners fail to properly advise us on foreign legal requirements and customs that may apply, this could result in hindering our operations in the applicable foreign jurisdiction, result in negative publicity against us, or result in significant fees or fines for noncompliance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to a number of risks related to credit card and debit card payments we accept.

We accept payments through credit card and debit card transactions. For credit card and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees would require us to either increase the prices we charge for our memberships, class packages, drop-ins, teacher trainings and participation in MyYogaWorks.com which could cause us to

 

29


Table of Contents

lose students or suffer an increase in our operating expenses, either of which could harm our operating results. If we or any of our processing vendors have problems with our billing software, or the billing software malfunctions, it could have an adverse effect on our customer satisfaction and could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if our billing software fails to work properly and, as a result, we do not automatically charge our students’ credit cards, debit cards or bank accounts on a timely basis or at all, we could lose revenues, which would harm our operating results. If we fail to adequately control fraudulent credit card and debit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures and significantly higher credit card and debit card related costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The termination of our ability to process payments on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.

Security breaches of confidential customer information, in connection with our electronic processing of credit and debit card transactions, or confidential employee information may adversely affect our business.

Our business requires the collection, transmission and retention of large volumes of customer and employee data, including credit and debit card numbers and other personally identifiable information, in various information technology systems that are maintained internally and by third parties with whom we contract to provide services. The integrity and protection of that customer and employee data is critical to us. Our customers and employees have a high expectation that we and our service providers will adequately protect their personal information.

The information, security and privacy requirements imposed by governmental regulation are increasingly demanding. Our systems may not be able to satisfy these changing requirements and customer and employee expectations, or may require significant additional investments or time in order to do so. Efforts to hack or breach security measures, failures of systems or software to operate as designed or intended, viruses, operator error or inadvertent releases of data all threaten our information systems and records. A breach in the security of our service providers’ information technology systems could lead to an interruption in the operation of our systems, resulting in operational inefficiencies and a loss of profits. A significant theft, loss or misappropriation of, or access to, customers’ or other proprietary data or other breach of our information technology systems could result in fines, legal claims or proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, or liability for failure to comply with privacy and information security laws, which could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation and expose us to claims from customers and employees, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third parties to provide services in connection with our business, and any failure by these third parties to perform their obligations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have entered into agreements with third parties that include, but are not limited to, information technology systems (including hosting our website, mobile application and our point of sale system), software development and support, select marketing services, employee benefits servicing and video production and distribution. Services provided by third-party suppliers could be interrupted as a result of many factors, such as acts of nature or contract disputes. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks associated with the third parties’ abilities to provide these services to meet our needs. Any failure by a third party to provide services for which we have contracted on a timely basis or within expected service level and performance standards could result in a disruption of our business and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

Disruptions and failures involving our information systems could cause dissatisfaction and adversely affect our billing and other administrative functions.

The continuing and uninterrupted performance of our information systems is critical to our success. We use a fully-integrated information system to process new students, bill students, check in students and track and analyze sales and student statistics, the frequency and timing of student visits and demographic profiles of students. This system also assists us in evaluating staffing needs and program offerings. We also use third party services for our payroll and financial reporting.

Any failure of our current systems, such as crashes in the class booking function, could also cause us to lose students and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our students may become dissatisfied by any systems disruption or failure that interrupts our ability to provide our services to them. Disruptions or failures that affect our billing and other administrative functions could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

Computer viruses, electronic break-ins or other similar disruptive problems could also adversely affect our sites. Any system disruption or failure, security breach or other damage that interrupts or delays our operations could cause us to lose students, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, fire, floods, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, acts of terrorism and similar events could damage our systems.

We rely extensively on our information technology systems to record and process transactions, manage communications, summarize results, compute payroll, pay bills and manage our business. The failure of our systems to operate properly or effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems or difficulty in integrating new systems, could adversely affect our business.

We rely on a limited number of vendors for our retail product offerings and fitness equipment. A loss of any of our vendors could negatively affect our business.

A limited number of vendors provide products for the retail sales in our studios. Our retail sales could be substantially disrupted or curtailed if one or more of these vendors were to cease, decrease or delay supply of our products, whether for voluntary or involuntary reasons, or if the retail products they supply have quality issues. Our retail sales would also be harmed if there are delays in the delivery of merchandise to our studios. Our costs of goods may also increase if our vendors charge us more, which could adversely impact our profitability if we are unable to pass such increases directly on to our students and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenues and income from operations, which could adversely affect the price of our publicly traded common stock.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenues and income from operations. These variations are primarily related to increased class visits during the first quarter, as students tend to exercise more regularly at the beginning of each calendar year as a part of setting goals for the upcoming year.

Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the timing of new studio acquisitions and openings, changes in pricing and revenues mix, and changes in marketing and other operating expenses. As a result of these seasonal and quarterly fluctuations, we believe that comparisons of our operating results between different quarters within a single year are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of our future performance. Any seasonal or quarterly fluctuations that we report in the

 

31


Table of Contents

future may not match the expectations of market analysts and investors. These fluctuations could cause the price of our publicly traded stock to fluctuate significantly.

We could be subject to personal injury claims or claims of teacher or employee impropriety related to the use of our studios.

Students, as well as teachers, could assert claims related to personal injury or teacher or employee impropriety in connection with their use of our services and facilities. We believe that yoga-related injuries have increased in recent years due to an increased interest in yoga in the U.S. and as a result, more inexperienced practitioners doing yoga. We also believe this increase in injuries is due to the growing population of older yoga practitioners, who may have a higher likelihood of injury. In addition, in recent years, there have been accusations and reports of sexual impropriety involving persons in the yoga industry, including claims of inappropriate physical contact with students. If we cannot successfully defend any large claim or maintain our general liability insurance on acceptable terms or maintain adequate coverage against potential claims, our financial results could be adversely affected. Depending upon the outcome, these matters may have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our trademarks and trade names may be infringed, misappropriated or challenged by others.

We believe our YogaWorks brand name and related intellectual property are important to our continued success. We attempt to protect our trademarks, trade names and other intellectual property by exercising our rights under applicable trademark and copyright laws. If we were to fail to successfully protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any damage to our reputation could cause membership, class visits, teacher training and participation in MyYogaWorks.com to decline or make it more difficult to attract new students.

We may be subject to liability if we infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

Third parties may sue us for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights. The party claiming infringement might have greater resources than we do to pursue its claims, and we could be forced to incur substantial costs and devote significant management resources to defend against such litigation. If the party claiming infringement were to prevail, we could be forced to discontinue the use of the related trademark or design or pay significant damages or enter into expensive royalty or licensing arrangements with the prevailing party, assuming these royalty or licensing arrangements are available at all on an economically feasible basis, which they may not be. We could also be required to pay substantial damages. Such infringement claims could harm our brand. In addition, any payments we are required to make and any injunction we are required to comply with as a result of such infringement could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any further impairment of goodwill could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In 2015, we recorded an impairment of goodwill of $0.9 million. We did not record any impairment losses related to goodwill in 2016. As of December 31, 2016, our goodwill balance was $17.7 million. Accounting rules require the evaluation of our goodwill at least annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. Such indicators are based on market conditions and the operational performance of our business. In testing goodwill for impairment, if the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the reporting unit’s carrying amount, then goodwill is impaired and is written down to the implied fair value amount. If a significant amount of our goodwill were deemed to be impaired, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We incurred a net loss of $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, $9.5 million in 2016 and $9.2 million in 2015 and had net

 

32


Table of Contents

cash provided by operating activities of $0.8 million in 2016. If we continue to experience net losses or our cash flows from operating activities decline or become negative, it could require us to lower our assessment of the fair value of our business. If this were to occur, we could be required to record additional material impairment charges to goodwill or other intangible assets which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in lease accounting standards may materially and adversely affect us.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, recently adopted new accounting rules, to be effective for our fiscal year beginning after December 2019 that will require companies to capitalize all leases on their balance sheets by recognizing a lessee’s rights and obligations. When the rules are effective, we will be required to account for the leases for studios as assets and liabilities on our balance sheet, where previously we accounted for such leases on an “off balance sheet” basis. As a result, a significant amount of lease-related assets and liabilities will be recorded on our balance sheet and we may be required to make other changes to the recording and classification of our lease-related expenses. Though these changes will not have any direct impact on our overall financial condition, these changes could cause investors or others to believe that we are highly leveraged and could change the calculations of financial metrics and covenants under our debt facilities, as well as third-party financial models regarding our financial condition.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition.

Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business are highly complex. These matters include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, income taxes, impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets and equity-based compensation. Changes in these rules, guidelines or interpretations could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance or financial condition.

In addition, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of net revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, income taxes, impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets and equity-based compensation.

Our insurance may not provide adequate levels of coverage against claims.

We believe that we maintain insurance customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

33


Table of Contents

Inventory shrinkage could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. Although our inventory shrinkage rates have not been material, or fluctuated significantly in recent years, there can be no assurances that actual rates of inventory loss and theft in the future will be within our estimates or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, it could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations.

As of December 31, 2016, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of approximately $25.4 million and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $17.2 million. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs are subject to limitations arising from a previous ownership change, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after the equity transactions we entered into during the three months ended March 31, 2017 or this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, whether or not we attain profitability.

Changes in U.S. tax law may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and affect the U.S. federal tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common stock.

Potential tax reforms in the U.S. may result in significant changes in the rules governing United States federal income taxation. Such changes may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such changes may also affect the U.S. federal tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as discussed below in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders.”

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our costs will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and have imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these rules and regulations. Moreover, these rules and regulations relating to public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer

 

34


Table of Contents

liability insurance. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and, to the extent that we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to satisfy the ongoing requirements of Section 404 and provide internal audit services. If our finance and accounting organization is unable for any reason to respond adequately to the increased demands that will result from being a public company, the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting may suffer and we could experience internal control weaknesses. Any consequences resulting from inaccuracies or delays in our reported financial statements could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock as well as an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” At such time, however, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time-consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by our stock exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We qualify as an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply with reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we currently intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited

 

35


Table of Contents

to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the IPO; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions while we are an emerging growth company. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We plan to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we may not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and you cannot be certain that an active trading market or a specific share price will be established.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on such exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market following this offering. The market price for our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and our stock price is likely to be volatile. In addition, because Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $10.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering, the overall trading market for our shares may not be as active as it otherwise would have been had these shares been purchased by other investors.

If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

The market price of our stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

    the opinions and estimates of any securities analysts who publish research about us after this offering;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions or capital commitments;

 

    variations in quarterly operating results;

 

    changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

 

    future sales of our common stock; and

 

    investor perception of us and the retail industry.

 

36


Table of Contents

As a result of these factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial offering price. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

In addition, the stock markets, including NASDAQ, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Our operating results and share price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future as a publicly traded company. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. We and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price or at all. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

    market conditions in the broader stock market;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

    introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in the sales mix between paid-in-full memberships, monthly memberships and class packages in a given period;

 

    issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

    results of operations that vary from expectations of securities analysis and investors;

 

    guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;

 

    strategic actions by us or our competitors;

 

    announcement by us, our competitors or our acquisition targets;

 

    sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    regulatory, legal or political developments;

 

    public response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

 

    litigation and governmental investigations;

 

    changing economic conditions;

 

    changes in accounting principles;

 

    default under agreements governing our indebtedness;

 

    exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

37


Table of Contents
    other events or factors, including those from natural disasters, war, actors of terrorism or responses to these events.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Immediately after this offering, we will have outstanding 13,909,081 shares of our common stock. Of these shares, the 5,000,000 shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is used in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. At various times after the date of this prospectus, the remaining 8,909,081 shares will become available for resale in the public market, in compliance with the requirements of the federal securities laws and in accordance with lock-up agreements that the holders of these shares have with the underwriters. However, the underwriters can waive these restrictions and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time without prior notice.

In addition, up to 1,289,013 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to options previously granted by us will become eligible for sale in the public market once permitted by provisions of the lock-up agreements, or Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as applicable.

If the 8,909,081 remaining shares not sold in this offering or the 1,289,013 shares underlying options described above are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could drop significantly.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $9.03 in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid. Furthermore, investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will only own approximately 36% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

The issuance of additional stock, not reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans or otherwise, will dilute all other stockholdings.

After this offering, we will have an aggregate of 32,900,308 shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans, options granted to our directors, employees and consultants, or otherwise. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders. The issuance of additional shares could be dilutive to existing holders.

 

38


Table of Contents

Your ability to influence corporate matters may be limited because Great Hill Partners beneficially owns a substantial amount of our common stock and will continue to have substantial control over us after the offering.

Our common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering, has one vote per share. Upon completion of this offering, Great Hill Partners will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 70% of our outstanding common stock, assuming the purchase of the Great Hill Shares. As a result, Great Hill Partners will be able to exercise a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have significant influence over our management and policies for the foreseeable future. Great Hill Partners may have interests that are different from yours. For example, Great Hill Partners may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. The concentration of ownership in our company could delay or prevent a change in control of our company or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock.

Two of our directors have relationships with Great Hill Partners, which may cause conflicts of interest with respect to our business.

Following this offering, two of our directors will be affiliated with Great Hill Partners. Our Great Hill Partners-affiliated directors have fiduciary duties to us and, in addition, have duties to Great Hill Partners. As a result, these directors may face real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both us and Great Hill Partners, whose interests may be adverse to ours in some circumstances.

Our certificate of incorporation will contain a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in corporate opportunities.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for the allocation of corporate opportunities between us and Great Hill Partners. Under these provisions, neither Great Hill Partners, its portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates, nor any of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members or partners will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities, similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. For instance, a director of our company who also serves as a director, officer, partner or employee of Great Hill Partners or any of its portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates may pursue acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by Great Hill Partners to itself or its portfolio companies, funds or other affiliates instead of to us.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management may not apply our net proceeds from this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes of approximately $3.3 million, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Loan Agreement of approximately $6.9 million (including prepayment premiums), fund future acquisitions of individual yoga studios or businesses with multiple studios, investments or capital expenditures and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Although we have no binding obligations to enter into any acquisitions, we have entered into letters of intent or are in late-state negotiations to acquire up to 14 additional studios for an aggregate purchase price in cash of between $5 million and $6 million,

 

39


Table of Contents

including earnout payments. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay a change in management and limit our share price.

Upon the consummation of this offering, provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective prior to the completion of this offering could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us even if such a change in control would increase the value of our common stock and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or management.

We have a number of anti-takeover devices that will be in place prior to the completion of this offering that will hinder takeover attempts and could reduce the market value of our common stock or prevent sale at a premium. Our anti-takeover provisions:

 

    permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

 

    provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes with staggered, three year terms and that directors may only be removed for cause;

 

    include blank-check preferred stock, the preference, rights and other terms of which may be set by the board of directors and could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise benefit our stockholders;

 

    eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

    prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a period of time.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will become effective prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following civil actions:

 

    any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

    any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents or our stockholders;

 

    any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or

 

    any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

After the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The continued operation and growth of our business will require substantial cash. Accordingly, after the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, any contractual restrictions, our indebtedness, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

41


Table of Contents

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. As a result, we qualify for, and intend to continue to rely on, exemptions from corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

After completion of this offering, Great Hill Partners will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NASDAQ. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with some corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of “independent directors”;

 

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees.

Following this offering, we intend to continue to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee and our compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the            .

In addition, NASDAQ has developed listing standards regarding compensation committee independence requirements and the role and disclosure of compensation consultants and other advisers to the compensation committee that, among other things, requires:

 

    compensation committees be composed of independent directors, as determined pursuant to new independence requirements;

 

    compensation committees be explicitly charged with hiring and overseeing compensation consultants, legal counsel and other committee advisors; and

 

    compensation committees be required to consider, when engaging compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisors, independence factors, including factors that examine the relationship between the consultant or advisor’s employer and us.

As a controlled company, we will not be subject to these compensation committee independence requirements.

 

42


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expects”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “could”, “intends”, “target”, “projects”, “contemplates”, “believes”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;

 

    our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brand;

 

    our ability to successfully execute our growth and acquisition strategy;

 

    our ability to effectively integrate acquired studios;

 

    our financial outlook and financial performance;

 

    changes in the sales mix between paid-in-full memberships, monthly memberships and class packages in a given period;

 

    capital expenditures needed to pursue our growth strategy;

 

    our ability to identify and respond to new and changing trends, customer preferences and other related factors;

 

    our ability to execute successfully our growth strategy and to manage effectively our growth;

 

    changes in the economy, consumer spending, the financial markets and the industries in which we operate;

 

    changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets we serve;

 

    increases in labor costs;

 

    our ability to attract and retain students and to attract, retain and train qualified teachers;

 

    our cash needs and the adequacy of our cash flows and earnings;

 

    the availability and cost of additional indebtedness;

 

    our dependence upon key executive management and our ability to integrate new executives;

 

    our reliance on third parties to provide key services;

 

    our indebtedness and lease obligations;

 

    the impact of governmental laws and regulations and the outcomes of legal proceedings and impact of legal compliance;

 

    the effects of restrictions imposed by our indebtedness on our current and future operations;

 

    our inability to protect our trademarks or other intellectual property rights; and

 

    increased costs as a result of being a public company.

 

43


Table of Contents

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors described in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Furthermore, new risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

 

44


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $58.5 million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to be received by us will be approximately $67.5 million, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $4.7 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and thereby enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Loan Agreement of approximately $6.9 million (including prepayment premiums), fund future acquisitions of individual yoga studios or businesses with multiple studios, investments or capital expenditures and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Although we have no binding obligations to enter into any acquisitions, we have entered into letters of intent or are in late-state negotiations to acquire up to 14 additional studios for an aggregate purchase price in cash of between $5 million and $6 million, including earnout payments.

In March 2017, we issued the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes to Great Hill Partners in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, with an annual interest rate of 8% and with a maturity date of March 27, 2018. We issued the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes to ensure we had adequate working capital available to finance the incremental costs to be incurred in connection with this offering and becoming a public company. We intend to use $3.3 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding amounts under the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes upon the consummation of this offering.

The maturity date of the Loan Agreement is in July 2020. Borrowings under the Loan Agreement currently carry an annual interest rate of LIBOR rate plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of our initial public offering if our initial public offering is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. Upon the first fiscal quarter we are in compliance with our Loan Agreement’s financial ratio covenants, starting with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, and so long as there is no default or potential event of default under the Loan Agreement, the applicable interest rate on our loans under the Loan Agreement would be LIBOR plus 7.00%. We intend to use $6.9 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under the Loan Agreement (including any prepayment premiums) and cancel the Loan Agreement upon the consummation of this offering.

We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgement of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including debt securities and money market funds.

 

45


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Since our acquisition by Great Hill Partners in July 2014, we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

 

46


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of March 31, 2017:

 

    on an actual basis, after giving effect to (i) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in effect as of April 10, 2017 and (ii) the 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred on July 14, 2017; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred on July 14, 2017, (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with our offering, (iii) the issuance and sale by us of 5,000,000 shares of common stock in our initial public offering, and the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of these shares at an assumed initial public offering price of common stock of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iv) repayment of the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes and outstanding indebtedness under our Loan Agreement from the net proceeds of this offering.

 

     As of March 31, 2017  
     Actual        Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,456        $ 54,150  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

2017 GHP Convertible Notes

   $ 3,203        $ —    

Total long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,553          —    

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock; $0.001 par value, 14,131,017 shares authorized, 8,907,579 shares issued and outstanding, actual; $0.001 par value 50,000,000 shares authorized, 13,909,081 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1          6  

Additional paid-in capital

     74,967          133,412  

Accumulated deficit

     (36,312        (36,312
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     38,656          97,106  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 48,412        $ 97,106  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of our common stock of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash, and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $4.7 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash, and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

47


Table of Contents

The pro forma as adjusted column in the table above excludes the following, in each case as of March 31, 2017:

 

    an aggregate of 1,289,013 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $8.40 per share;

 

    shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units to be granted to our non-employee directors under the 2017 Plan in connection with this offering and our Director Compensation Program (see “Management—Director Compensation”);

 

    shares of common stock, subject to annual increases, reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, consisting of 1,901,598 shares of common stock reserved under our 2017 Plan (plus an additional number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan and which are forfeited or lapse unexercised thereafter), including an aggregate of 398,643 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options expected to be granted under the 2017 Plan in connection with the closing of this offering; and

 

    any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares solely to cover overallotments, if any.

 

48


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of March 31, 2017, we had a historical net tangible deficit of $(3.2) million, or $(0.36) per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value (deficit) represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on such date.

After giving effect to the sale of 5,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming the repayment of the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes and outstanding indebtedness under our Loan Agreement, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at March 31, 2017 would have been approximately $55.2 million, or $3.97 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (deficit) of $4.33 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $9.03 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 13.00  

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2017

   $ (0.36  

Increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to new investors

   $ 4.33    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

     $ 3.97  
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors in this offering

     $ 9.03  
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of common stock of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.33, and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.67, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.63 per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $0.63 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares to cover overallotments, if any, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would increase to approximately $4.39 per share, and there would be an immediate dilution of approximately $8.61 per share to investors in this offering.

To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, before giving effect to the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Furthermore, we may choose

 

49


Table of Contents

to issue common stock as part or all of the consideration in acquisitions of other yoga companies and studios as part of our planned growth and acquisition strategy. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

The following table shows, as of March 31, 2017, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages):

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     8,908        64   $ 74,968        54   $ 8.42  

New investors

     5,000        36       65,000        46     $ 13.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     13,908        100   $ 139,968        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $5.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $13.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The above table and discussion includes 8,907,579 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and excludes:

 

    an aggregate of 1,289,013 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2014 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $8.40 per share;

 

    an aggregate of 398,643 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options expected to be granted under our 2017 Plan in conjunction with the closing of this offering;

 

    shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units to be granted to our non-employee directors under the 2017 Plan in connection with this offering and our Director Compensation Program (see “Management—Director Compensation”);

 

    shares of common stock, subject to annual increases, reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, consisting of 1,901,598 shares of common stock reserved under our 2017 Plan (plus an additional number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan and which are forfeited or lapse unexercised thereafter);

 

    common stock issuable upon conversion of the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes (we intend to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in connection with the closing of this offering); and

 

 

50


Table of Contents
    any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover overallotments, if any.

Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $10.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Based on an assumed public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Great Hill Partners would purchase up to an aggregate of 769,230 shares of our common stock in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

 

51


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations and cash flows data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

The terms “Predecessor” and “Successor” used below and throughout this prospectus refer to the periods prior and subsequent to the acquisition of us by Great Hill Partners in July 2014. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Sponsor and Controlled Company Status.” The unaudited non-GAAP combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 represents the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and the Successor’s results of operations from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The consolidated statements of operations data for the period from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 are each derived from financial statements not included in this prospectus.

You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the information under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and results for any interim period below are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

 

(U.S. dollars in thousands
except per share data)

  Unaudited
Three Months
Ended March 31,
   

 

Year Ended
December 31,

    Unaudited
Non-GAAP
Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    Period from
July 11, 2014
to December 31,
2014
(Successor)
                Period from
January 1, 2014
to July 10, 2014
(Predecessor)
 
  2017     2016     2016     2015            

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Net revenues

  $ 13,990     $ 15,092     $ 55,090     $ 48,506     $ 44,102     $ 21,094         $ 23,008  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

                 

Cost of revenues

    5,129       5,318       20,535       17,105       14,955       7,152           7,803  

Center operations

    5,687       5,563       22,469       19,859       27,549       11,559           15,990  

General and administrative expenses

    3,010       3,178       11,067       12,556       6,598       3,210           3,388  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,201       2,181       8,893       6,515       3,146       2,180           966  

Goodwill impairment

   

 
   

 
          927                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

 

 

 

 

16,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,240

 

 

    62,964       56,962       52,248       24,101           28,147  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (2,037     (1,148     (7,874     (8,456     (8,146     (3,007         (5,139

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

391

 

 

 

    1,587       746       90       47           43  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

    (2,599     (1,539     (9,461     (9,202     (8,236     (3,054         (5,182

 

52


Table of Contents

(U.S. dollars in thousands
except per share data)

  Unaudited
Three Months Ended
March 31,
   

 

Year Ended
December 31,

    Unaudited
Non-GAAP
Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2014(1)
    Period from
July 11, 2014
to December 31,
2014
(Successor)
                Period from
January 1, 2014
to July 10, 2014
(Predecessor)
 
  2017     2016     2016     2015            

Provision for income taxes

  $ 18     $ 7     $ 43     $ 13     $ 28     $ 13         $ 15  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546     (9,504     (9,215     (8,264     (3,067         (5,197

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

                            (411               (411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to YogaWorks

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504   $ (9,215   $ (8,675   $ (3,067       $ (5,608
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

  $ (14.81   $ (36.80   $ (191.60   $ (189.96          

Diluted

    (14.81     (36.80     (191.60     (189.96          

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

    243,848       72,735       73,796       71,244            

Diluted

    243,848       72,735       73,796       71,244            

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

  $ (0.41     $ (1.59            

Diluted

    (0.41       (1.59            

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:(2)

                 

Basic

    8,908,233         8,907,597              

Diluted

    8,908,233         8,907,597              

 

53


Table of Contents
     Unaudited As of
March 31, 2017
     As of December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)       2016     2015     2014  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,456      $ 1,912     $ 3,773     $ 4,511  

Total assets

     57,537        57,148       65,000       56,052  

Total long term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,553        6,769       7,201       1,428  

2015 GHP Convertible Notes

     3,203        11,635       10,728        

Redeemable preferred stock

            61,393       56,758       52,436  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     38,656        (32,632     (18,534     (5,014

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,      Year Ended December 31,  
    2017      2016      2016      2015      2014  

Other Information:

             

Studios (period end)

    50        49        49        47        29  

Student visits

    760,707        789,677        2,946,807        2,439,469        2,165,073  

Studio classes

    45,154        44,772        181,796        146,846        120,895  

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016     2015  

Other Financial Information:

       

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 841     $ 1,245     $ 1,699     $ 361  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)

    6.0     8.2     3.1     0.7

Studio-Level EBITDA(3)

  $ 3,205     $ 4,392     $ 12,373     $ 12,398  

Studio-Level EBITDA Margin(4)

    22.9     29.1     22.5     25.6

Average Unit Volume(5)

      $ 1,126     $ 1,338  
    Unaudited
Three Months Ended March 31,
    Year Ended December 31,  
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016     2015  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:

       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 783     $ (779   $ 762     $ (888

Net cash used in investing activities

    (196     (923     (2,097     (15,124

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,956             (526     15,273  

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue

    (115     (980     (650     427  

 

(1) The unaudited non-GAAP combined results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 represents the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2014 to July 10, 2014 and the Successor’s results of operations from July 11, 2014 to December 31, 2014. The presentation of combined financial information for the year ended December 31, 2014 is not consistent with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, or with the pro forma requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X, and may yield results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis. The financial information for the two periods was prepared on different accounting bases for the Successor and Predecessor and the combined financial information does not include any pro forma adjustments to make them comparable.
(2)

See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 9 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for additional information regarding the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders. Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock

 

54


Table of Contents
  that occurred on July 14, 2017. Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss for the applicable period by the weighted average number of shares for the applicable period. The weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 gives effect to (i) the conversion of our outstanding redeemable preferred stock into 7,426,169 shares of our common stock; (ii) the conversion of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes into 1,407,632 shares of our common stock; (iii) the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred on July 14, 2017; and (iv) stock option grants to our employees and consultants to purchase up to 1,425,641 shares in the aggregate of our common stock that occurred after December 31, 2016 in connection with the Recapitalization Transactions.
(3) In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have presented Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(U.S. dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2016      2015  

Net loss

  $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504    $ (9,215

Interest expense, net

    562       391       1,587        746  

Provision for income taxes

    18       7       43        13  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,201       2,181       8,893        6,515  

Goodwill impairment

                       927  

Deferred rent(a)

    31       181       276        803  

Stock based compensation(b)

    539       7       23        17  

Acquisition professional expenses(c)

                       263  

Severance(d)

    82             225        99  

Executive recruiting(e)

                56        93  

Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees(f)

    25       25       100        100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 841     $ 1,246     $ 1,699      $ 361  

Other general and administrative expenses(g)

    2,364       3,147       10,674        12,037  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Studio-Level EBITDA

  $ 3,205     $ 4,393     $ 12,373      $ 12,398  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Reflects the extent to which our rent expense for the period has been above or below our cash rent payments.
(b) Non-cash charges related to equity-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on timing of awards and forfeitures.
(c) Professional expenses incurred in connection with studio acquisitions, including legal and advisory fees.
(d) Severance expenses incurred in the period related to the termination of studio and non-studio employees.
(e) Executive recruiting expenses incurred in connection with the recruitment and hiring of members of our executive management team, including Mmes. McCollough (2015) and Dawson (2016) and Mr. Chang (2016).
(f) Represents expense reimbursement fees incurred in connection with our Expense Reimbursement Agreement with Great Hill Partners, which we expect to terminate upon completion of this offering.
(g)

Represents general and administrative expenses that are corporate and regional expenses and not incurred by our studios, and which are primarily comprised of expenses related to (i) wages and benefits of corporate and regional employees, (ii) non-studio rent, utilities and maintenance, (iii) corporate and regional marketing and advertising and (iv) corporate professional fees. Other general and administrative expenses excludes any general and administrative expenses related to

 

55


Table of Contents
  deferred rent, stock based compensation, acquisition professional expenses, executive recruiting, severance, the Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees or any other general and administrative expenses that are included in the reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

We use Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to understand and evaluate our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our core business operations. Studio-Level EBITDA is a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our studios. Accordingly, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

    although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA are not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not reflect: (i) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (ii) debt service requirements; (iii) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and (iv) other cash costs that may recur in the future;

 

    Studio-Level EBITDA is not a measure of our overall profitability but a supplemental measure of the operating performance of our studios. While Studio-Level EBITDA excludes regional and corporate general and administrative expenses that are not necessary to operate our studios, these excluded expenses are essential to support the operation and development of our studios; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Studio-Level EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities, net loss and our other GAAP financial results.

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA Margin and Studio-Level EBITDA Margin are each calculated as Adjusted EBITDA or Studio-Level EBITDA, as applicable, divided by net revenues.
(5) Average Unit Volume, or AUV, for any 12-month period is calculated by dividing total net revenues by the number of studios open during that period. For studios that are not open for the entire period, we make fractional adjustments to the number of studios open such that it corresponds to the period of associated net revenues.

 

56


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our historical results of operations and our liquidity and capital resources should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, this prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” You should review the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for factors and uncertainties that may cause our actual future results to be materially different from those in our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus are based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.

Company Overview

YogaWorks is a healthy lifestyle brand focused on enriching and transforming lives through yoga. We strive to honor and empower our students’ journey toward personal growth and well-being, no matter their age or physical ability, in an inclusive and community-oriented environment. We offer a broad range of yoga disciplines and levels from fast-paced flow to soothing restorative and integrated fitness classes—in order to meet the needs of our broad student base.

We operate in a number of regional operating segments with similar economic characteristics and report as one reportable segment.

Markets

We operate in regional markets across the U.S. As a result of the clustering of our studios in key geographic markets, and the flexibility we offer our students to use different studios in their regional markets and nationally, we do not report net revenues on an individual studio basis or report same studio sales. We prefer to analyze our financial results on a company-wide regional market basis. Given our focus on acquisitions, we may acquire stores in an existing regional market to capture more regional market share which may take some market share from our existing studios. We also may add or combine regions as we grow.

As of March 31, 2017, we owned and operated 50 yoga studios in 6 regional markets. The following table illustrates our studio locations by regional market:

 

     As of March 31,
2017
    As of December 31,  
       2016     2015  

Regional Market

   Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
    Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(2)
    Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(2)
 

Los Angeles

     17        42     17        41     15        46

Orange County (California)(3)

     4        7     4        8     5        11

New York City(3)

     5        14     5        14     6        18

Northern California

     13        25     13        26     12        23

Boston

     3        4     2        3     2        1

Baltimore/Washington D.C.

     8        8     8        7     7        1

 

(1) For the three months ended March 31, 2017. Assumes that any net revenues for teacher training, workshops and MyYogaWorks.com for such period are allocated to our regional markets on a proportional basis based on the market’s share of total studio net revenues for such period.

 

57


Table of Contents
(2) For the year ended December 31. Assumes that any net revenues for teacher training, workshops and MyYogaWorks.com for such period are allocated to our regional markets on a proportional basis based on the market’s share of total studio net revenues for such period.
(3) Reflects closures in 2016 of one studio in Orange County (California) and one studio in New York City.

Key Metrics

Our financial results are primarily driven by the number of yoga studios we operate, the number of student visits to our studios and the number of classes that we conduct at our studios. The following table sets forth our key operating metrics for the periods indicated.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Year Ended December 31,  

Metric

   2017      2016      2016      2015  

Studios (period end)

     50        49        49        47  

Student visits(1)

     760,707        789,677        2,946,807        2,439,469  

Studio classes(2)

     45,154        44,772        181,796        146,846  

 

(1) Student visits include each student’s attendance at a class in such period in which a teacher fee was paid for such class.
(2) Studio classes include each completed class held at a studio in such period.

Factors Affecting Our Operating Results

Various factors are expected to continue to affect our future results of operations, including the following:

Overall economic trends . Consumer purchases of yoga studio classes and related merchandise can be affected by changes in disposable income, and consequently our results of operations are affected by general economic conditions. In addition, the growth rate of the overall United States yoga market could be affected by macroeconomic conditions in the United States.

Competition . The boutique fitness and overall exercise industry is highly competitive and operators compete based on a variety of factors, including studio design, location, class quality, instruction, price and customer service. The levels of competition and the ability of our competitors to more accurately predict class trends and otherwise attract customers through competitive pricing, compelling marketing or other factors, may impact our results of operations.

Revenue recognition for our various products . Our students generally pay for their visits through membership fees (unlimited classes), multi-class packages (fixed number of classes) and drop-in (single class) purchases. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenues are recognized ratably over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place. As a result, the product mix of our sales in a period, and how revenue is recognized at the time of such sales and in subsequent periods, may affect our results of operations period to period. With the adoption of our more flexible pricing strategy in July 2016, our sales mix has shifted toward a higher number of class-package sales and a corresponding decline in monthly membership sales. We anticipate this trend to continue at a decreasing rate over time as students in our existing studios purchase class packages more frequently than memberships and as we acquire and open additional studios, and expect a more balanced mix between class packages and memberships over time. We expect that the impact of this shift in sales mix will be a reduction in the

 

58


Table of Contents

amount of revenue recognized in a given period by an increase in deferred revenue liability associated with class package sales, as well as a decrease in student visits, as students on class packages tend to visit studios less than students with membership.

New studios . We intend to increase the number of yoga studios we operate both through acquisitions and selectively opening new studios. As a result, the timing of acquisitions and expenditures related to new studios, as well as the pace at which we transition acquired studios to the YogaWorks operating model, may affect our results of operations in future periods.

Changes in pricing . We offer a variety of pricing packages, including paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), monthly memberships, multi-class packages and individual classes. The levels at which we are able to price our packages are influenced by a variety of factors, including the quality of our teachers, cost of labor, rent, prices at which our competitors are selling similar classes and the overall willingness of our students to pay for our classes. We sometimes also offer sales promotions, which may increase our student visits but decrease our operating margins.

In early 2016, we began evolving our pricing, product and promotional strategies to better serve our students. By July 2016, we had successfully implemented class package options at all of our studios in addition to adding the ability of our students to purchase memberships and packages online. We believe the offering of additional products that provide more flexibility will draw a broader student base over time. During the same period we reduced our reliance on deeply discounted promotional programs, including annual membership drives that historically drove a significant amount of prepaid annual memberships, as a key revenue generation tactic. Our intent is to focus the students’ attention on content and product, instead of price, and thereby extend our long term brand equity as a result.

Changes in operating expenses. Our operating expenses and our rent expenses are primarily based on the number of studios we have open. For individual studios, short term fluctuations primarily relate to teacher payroll and other studio labor costs and, to a lesser extent, other overhead expenses. Our marketing expenses may also increase in the future as we increase our marketing programs for existing and new studios.

Seasonality. We have historically experienced seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenues and income from operations. These variations are primarily related to increased class visits during the first quarter, as students tend to exercise more regularly at the beginning of each calendar year as a part of setting goals for the upcoming year.

Components of Our Financial Performance

In assessing the financial performance of our business, we consider a variety of financial and operating metrics, including the following:

Net revenues . We derive revenues primarily from conducting yoga classes, both in our studios and through MyYogaWorks.com. We also derive additional revenues from teacher training programs, workshops and the sale of yoga-related retail merchandise. We expect net revenues from teacher training programs, workshops and the sale of yoga-related retail merchandise to generally be consistent as a percentage of our total net revenues year-to-year because net revenue from teacher trainings, workshops and retail sales are primarily driven by the same key metrics that drive our yoga class revenue, namely, the number of studios we operate, the number of student visits to our studios and the number of classes we conduct at our studios. Our students generally pay for their visits through membership fees (unlimited classes), multi-class packages (fixed number of classes) and drop-in (single class) purchases. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships

 

59


Table of Contents

and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenue is recognized over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place.

Cost of revenues . Cost of revenues consists of direct costs associated with delivering our classes and services, which mainly includes teacher payroll and related expenses, and cost of physical goods sold, such as yoga clothing and accessories. We review our inventory levels of physical goods on an ongoing basis to identify slow-moving yoga merchandise and use retail product markdowns to efficiently sell those retail products. We expect that our newer studios to have higher cost of revenues as a percent of net revenues as they ramp to maturity.

Center operations . Center operations consist of costs for studio rent, utilities, compensation and benefits for studio staff, sales support staff and management, sales and marketing expenses and certain studio-level general and administrative expenses. We recognize these costs as an expense when incurred.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses include corporate rent, marketing, office expenses and compensation and benefits costs for regional management and other regional support staff, executive, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, administration, business development, legal and other support-function personnel. General and administrative expenses also include fees for professional services, insurance and licenses, as well as acquisition-related costs. As we grow our studio operations, we expect our aggregate general and administrative expenses to increase as we hire additional personnel in finance and accounting, human resources and administration to help manage our larger operations.

In connection with studio acquisitions we incur transaction costs. These transaction costs include expenses incurred prior to owning a new studio and primarily consist of legal fees, due diligence expenses, travel and consulting fees. The transaction costs are included in general and administrative expenses and are generally incurred and expensed within 30 days of the closing of the acquisition.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We expect that compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some of our corporate and administrative activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring our compliance with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we expect to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

Pre-Opening Costs . In connection with opening new yoga studios, we incur pre-opening costs. Pre-opening costs include expenses incurred prior to the opening of a new yoga studio and primarily consist of payroll, travel, marketing, teacher training, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial retail apparel inventory and fixtures for our studios, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time of possession of a yoga studio site to the opening of that studio. These pre-opening costs are included in cost of revenues, center operations and general and administrative expenses and are generally incurred and expensed within 30 days of opening a new yoga studio.

Depreciation and amortization . Depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation of property and equipment, and the amortization expense of intangible assets.

 

60


Table of Contents

Asset impairments . Asset impairments includes an asset impairment of our long-lived assets, finite-lived intangible assets or goodwill recognized in the applicable year. We test for such impairments at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment of the applicable asset has occurred.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes key components of our consolidated statement of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 

(dollars in thousands)

       2017             2016             2016             2015      
     (unaudited)        

Net revenues

   $ 13,990     $ 15,092     $ 55,090     $ 48,506  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses:

        

Cost of revenues

     5,129       5,318       20,535       17,105  

Center operations

     5,687       5,563       22,469       19,859  

General and administrative expenses

     3,010       3,178       11,067       12,556  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201       2,181       8,893       6,515  

Goodwill impairment

                       927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     16,027       16,240       62,964       56,962  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,037     (1,148     (7,874     (8,456

Interest expense, net

     562       391       1,587       746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

     (2,599     (1,539     (9,461     (9,202

Provision for income taxes

     18       7       43       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ (9,504   $ (9,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of net revenues:

 

     For Three Months
Ended March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2016     2016     2015  
     (unaudited)        

Net revenues

     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenues and operating expenses:

        

Cost of revenues

     37       35       37       35  

Center operations

     41       37       41       41  

General and administrative expenses

     22       21       20       26  

Depreciation and amortization

     16       14       16       13  

Goodwill impairment

                       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     116       107       114       117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15     (8     (14     (17

Interest expense, net

     4       2       3       2  

Net loss before provision for income taxes

     (19     (10     (17     (19

Provision for income taxes

                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (19 %)      (10 %)      (17 %)      (19 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended     Variance  
(in thousands)    Mar 31, 2017     Mar 31, 2016     Dollar     Percent  

Net revenues

   $ 13,990     $ 15,092     $ (1,102     (7 %) 

Cost of revenues and operating expenses:

        

Cost of revenues

     5,129       5,318       (189     (4

Center operations

     5,687       5,563       124       2  

General and administrative expenses

     3,010       3,178       (168     (5

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201       2,181       20       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     16,027       16,240       (213     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (2,037     (1,148     889       (77

Interest expense, net

     562       391       171       44  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss before income taxes

     (2,599     (1,539     1,060       (69

Provision for income taxes

     18       7       11       157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (2,617   $ (1,546   $ 1,071       (69 %) 

Net revenues. The decrease in net revenue between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 was primarily due to $0.9 million less deferred revenue being recognized as revenue between the comparable periods. The higher amount of deferred revenue recognized as revenue in the first quarter of 2016 was partially due to increased year-end discounting of paid-in-full memberships at the end of 2015, which drove sales of such memberships and thereby increased the deferred revenue balance going into 2016. We did not repeat the same year-end discounting of paid-in-full memberships in the fourth quarter of 2016. As a result, the deferred revenue balance for paid-in-full memberships going into 2017 was $0.6 million lower, leading to less revenue recognized in the first quarter of 2017 from previously sold paid-in-full memberships. During the first quarter of 2017, we sold more class packages and paid-in-full memberships (which require a longer period of time to be recognized as revenue in comparison to our other sales options) than we did in the first quarter in 2016 (in which we had a higher percentage of monthly membership fee revenue in comparison to the first quarter of 2017), which resulted in less revenue being recognized during the first quarter of 2017. We believe the implementation of our strategy to sell more class packages allows us to better serve our students and will draw a broader student base over time. We anticipate our deferred revenue, subject to refunds, to be recognized as net revenue over time as it is deemed earned based on pattern of usage or the applicable product’s expiration period. Other changes in net revenues between the comparable periods include an increase in net revenues from teacher trainings by $11,308, a decrease in net revenues from workshops by $0.2 million and a decrease in net revenues from retail sales by $0.2 million. The decrease in net revenues from workshops was primarily due to a reduction in the number of workshop events held in the first quarter of 2017 compared to the first quarter of 2016. The decrease in net revenues from retail sales was due to a new customer loyalty program implemented in February 2016 in which we offered price discounts on our retail merchandise.

Cost of revenues . The decrease in cost of revenues between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the corresponding period in 2016 was primarily due to a decrease of $0.2 million in workshop and retreat costs caused by conducting less workshops and retreats in the first quarter of 2017 in comparison to the first quarter of 2016.

 

62


Table of Contents

Center operations. Center operations expense increased between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 primarily due to the opening of two studios in the first quarter of 2016 in Los Angeles that did not have an entire quarter of expenses as compared to the first quarter of 2017 which included a full quarter of expenses for these studios plus the impact of two new studios that were opened after the first quarter of 2016. The above changes resulted in increased studio lease costs of $0.2 million from the first quarter of 2016 as compared to the first quarter of 2017.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 primarily due to a reduction in our non-studio employee headcount that resulted in a decrease of $0.4 million in payroll expense and a decrease in promotional and marketing expenses of $0.2 million, partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million in stock-based compensation expense due to the grant of options to purchase up to 1,425,641 shares of our common stock in the first quarter of 2017.

Depreciation and amortization . There was no material change in depreciation and amortization expense between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016.

Interest expense, net . There was no material change in interest expense, net between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016.

Provision for income taxes . There was no material change in the provision for income taxes between the three months ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016. Our effective income tax rate was (0.96)% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and (0.46)% for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

    Year Ended December 31,      Variance  
(dollars in thousands)   2016     2015      Dollar     Percent  

Net revenues

  $ 55,090     $ 48,506      $ 6,584       14

Cost of revenues

    20,535       17,105        3,430       20  

Center operations

    22,469       19,859        2,610       13  

General and administrative expenses

    11,067       12,556        (1,489     (12

Depreciation and amortization

    8,893       6,515        2,378       37  

Goodwill impairment

          927        (927     (100
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

    62,964       56,962        (6,002     11  

Interest expense, net

    1,587       746        841       113  

Provision for income taxes

    43       13        30       231
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (9,504   $ (9,215    $ 289       (3 )% 

Net revenues. Net revenues increased in 2016 due primarily to a 21% increase in the number of visits to our studios from 2015, the opening of four additional studios in 2016 (two in Los Angeles, one in Northern California and one in Boston), the full-year impact from the consolidation of the 17 studios we acquired during 2015 (eight in Northern California, seven in Baltimore and two in Boston) and the three studios we opened during 2015 (two in Los Angeles and one in Northern California), net of the impact from the closure of two studios in 2016 (one in Orange County and one in Northern California). In 2016, our net revenues were also favorably impacted by our moving towards a more flexible pricing strategy to include class packages (in addition to memberships and drop-in classes) as well as moving away from our past reliance on a discounted promotional pricing strategy focused on memberships. In 2016, net revenues from class packages increased $2.9 million and net revenues from teacher training

 

63


Table of Contents

increased $1.2 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in net revenues from paid-in-full memberships of $0.8 million. In comparing net revenues derived from teacher training programs, workshops and the sale of yoga-related retail merchandise in 2015 and 2016, net revenues from our teacher training program increased by $1.2 million, net revenue from workshops increased by $0.2 million and net revenues from our retail sales decreased by $0.2 million primarily driven by increases in visits and a net increase in studios.

Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues increased in 2016 due primarily to a 24% increase in the number of classes we held from 2015, the opening of four additional studios in 2016, the full-year impact from the consolidation of the 17 studios we acquired during 2015 and the three studios we opened during 2015, net of the impact from the closure of two studios in 2016. The above changes resulted in increased teacher payroll costs of $2.9 million from 2015 to 2016.

Center operations. Center operations expense increased in 2016 due the opening of four additional studios in 2016, the full-year impact from the consolidation of the 17 studios we acquired during 2015 and the three studios we opened during 2015, net of the impact from the closure of two studios in 2016. The above changes resulted in increased lease expenses of $2.4 million in 2016 due to annual rent escalations in some of our studios’ lease agreements and additional property tax obligations.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased in 2016 mainly due to operational efficiency initiatives we implemented during the year, which primarily included a reduction in our non-studio employee headcount, that resulted in a decrease of $0.5 million. General and administrative expenses decreased in 2016 also because of a reduction of our acquisition-related professional expenses of $0.3 million from 2015 to 2016 and a reduction in marketing expense from 2015 to 2016 of $0.1 million, offset by an increase in severance costs of $0.2 million from 2015 to 2016 as a result of a reduction in headcount of non-studio employees.

Depreciation and amortization . Depreciation and amortization expense increased in 2016 primarily due to the intangible assets and property, plant and equipment resulting from our 16 studio acquisitions in 2015 being subject to a full year of depreciation or amortization for the 2016 fiscal year.

Goodwill impairment . We recognized an impairment of goodwill of $0.9 million in 2015. We did not record any impairment losses related to goodwill in 2016. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Any further impairment of goodwill could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.”

Interest expense, net . Interest expense, net, primarily consisted of interest expense on the term loans under the Loan Agreement and the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes. Interest expense increased in 2016 due to the term loan under our Loan Agreement and the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes being outstanding for the full year.

Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes increased in 2016 primarily due to a $36,508 increase in our net deferred tax liability from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

 

64


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

The following tables set forth our quarterly unaudited consolidated statements of operations data in dollars and as a percentage of net revenues for each of the nine quarters through the period ended March 31, 2017. We have prepared the quarterly unaudited consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information in these tables reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)    Mar 31,
2017
    Dec 31,
2016
    Sept 30,
2016
    Jun 30,
2016
    Mar 31,
2016
    Dec 31,
2015
    Sept 30,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
    Mar 31,
2015
 

Net revenues

   $ 13,990     $ 13,173     $ 13,495     $ 13,330     $ 15,092     $ 13,375     $ 12,467     $ 11,582     $ 11,082  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

                  

Cost of revenues

     5,129       4,990       4,943       5,284       5,318       4,855       4,234       3,946       4,070  

Center operations

     5,687       5,639       5,735       5,532       5,563       5,099       5,102       4,845       4,813  

General and administrative expenses

     3,010       2,592       2,572       2,725       3,178       3,479       2,832       2,876       3,369  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201       2,235       2,250       2,227       2,181       2,080       1,934       1,378       1,123  

Goodwill impairment

                                   927                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     16,027       15,456       15,500       15,768       16,240       16,440       14,102       13,045       13,375  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,037     (2,283     (2,005     (2,438     (1,148     (3,065     (1,635     (1,463     (2,293

Interest expense, net

     562       407       399       390       391       380       270       77       19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (2,599     (2,690     (2,404     (2,828     (1,539     (3,445     (1,905     (1,540     (2,312

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     18       14       18       4       7       (11     7       6       11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,617   $ (2,704   $ (2,422   $ (2,832   $ (1,546   $ (3,434   $ (1,912   $ (1,546   $ (2,323
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our net revenues for those periods.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar 31,
2017
    Dec 31,
2016
    Sept 30,
2016
    Jun 30,
2016
    Mar 31,
2016
    Dec 31,
2015
    Sept 30,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
    Mar 31,
2015
 

Net revenues

     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

                  

Cost of revenues

     37       37       37       40       35       36       34       34       37  

Center operations

     41       43       42       41       37       38       40       42       44  

General and administrative expenses

     22       20       19       20       21       26       23       25       30  

Depreciation and amortization

     16       17       17       17       14       16       16       12       10  

Goodwill impairment

                                   7                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     116       117       115       118       107       123       113       113       121  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15     (17     (15     (18     (8     (23     (13     (13     (21

Interest expense, net

     4       3       3       3       2       3       2       1        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (19     20       (18     (21     (10     (26     (15     (14     (21

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                                                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (19 %)      (20 %)      (18 %)      (21 %)      (10 %)      (26 %)      (15 %)      (14 %)      (21 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. For more information on our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Studio-Level EBITDA, and to the limitations of using such non-GAAP measurements, see footnote 3 in the section captioned “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”.

 

     Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)    Mar 31,
2017
    Dec 31,
2016
    Sept 30,
2016
    Jun 30,
2016
    Mar 31,
2016
    Dec 31,
2015
    Sept 30,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
    Mar 31,
2015
 

Net loss

   $ (2,617   $ (2,704   $ (2,422   $ (2,832   $ (1,546   $ (3,434   $ (1,912   $ (1,546   $ (2,323

Interest expense, net

     562       407       399       390       391       380       270       77       19  

Provision for income taxes

     18       14       18       4       7       (11     7       6       11  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201       2,235       2,250       2,227       2,181       2,080       1,934       1,378       1,123  

Goodwill impairment

                                   927                    

Deferred rent(a)

     31       (32     61       66       181       65       223       149       366  

Stock based compensation(b)

     539       2       2       12       7       10       7              

Acquisition professional expenses(c)

                                   118       69       38       39  

Severance(d)

     82       124       86       15             10       42       46        

Executive recruiting(e)

                 9       47             93                    

Great Hill Partners expense reimbursement fees(f)

     25       25       25       25       25       25       25       25       25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 841     $ 71     $ 428     $ (46   $ 1,246     $ 263     $ 665     $ 173     $ (740

Other general and administrative expenses(g)

     2,364       2,446       2,454       2,627       3,147       3,231       2,708       2,788       3,310  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Studio-Level EBITDA

   $ 3,205     $ 2,517     $ 2,882     $ 2,581     $ 4,393     $ 3,494     $ 3,373     $ 2,961     $ 2,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Over the periods presented, we have experienced a growth trend in net revenue, cost of revenues and center operations due to studios that we have acquired and opened. Net revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2016 also included the favorable impact of $0.9 million of revenue recognized in the period from sales of paid-in-full memberships and teacher trainings in prior periods (for which payment was made in advance) originally recorded as deferred revenue in such periods. The increase in cost of revenue as a percentage of net revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2016 was the result of a higher number of workshop events scheduled during the quarter. Workshop events have a higher cost of revenues as a percentage of net revenue compared to our service offerings. The general decrease in general and administrative expense as a percentage of net revenue since the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily related to the leveraging of our infrastructure as we grew our studio base.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have a history of operating losses and an accumulated deficit of $36.3 million as of March 31, 2017. In addition, we had negative working capital of $3.4 million at March 31, 2017, $3.7 million at December 31, 2016 and $14.4 million at December 31, 2015. Historically, we have satisfied our liquidity needs primarily through cash generated from financing activities, including cash generated from our Loan Agreement and convertible notes issued from time to time to Great Hill Partners. Our principal liquidity needs include cash used for operations (such as rent and labor costs), acquisitions, capital expenditures for the development of new studios and other capital expenditures necessary to improve existing studios, primarily leasehold improvements and additional furniture and fixtures.

Based upon our current level of operations, we believe that our cash balance on hand, together with the net proceeds of this offering, our cash flow from operations and our ability to draw under our Loan Agreement prior to the closing of this offering will be adequate to meet our short- and long-term liquidity requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date of this prospectus. There can be no assurance that we will sustain positive cash flows from operations or achieve profitability, and incremental funding from Great Hill Partners may be required as needed if this offering is not consummated. If available funds are not adequate, we may need to obtain additional funding or scale back operations.

We utilize operating lease arrangements for all of our studios. We believe that our operating lease arrangements continue to provide the appropriate leverage for our capital structure in a financially efficient manner. Because we lease all of the properties related to our studios, as well as our corporate office, we do not have any debt that is secured by real property.

Selected Cash Flow Data

The following table and discussion presents, for the periods indicated, a summary of cash flow data from operating, investing and financing activities.

 

   

Three Months Ended March 31,

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
(dollars in thousands)   (unaudited)              

Provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 783     $ (779   $ 762     $ (888

Used in investing activities

    (196     (923     (2,097     (15,124

Provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,956             (526     15,273  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    3,543       (1,702     (1,861     (738

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    1,912       3,773       3,773       4,511  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    5,455       2,071       1,912       3,773  

 

67


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2017, our cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from our net loss of $2.6 million, which included depreciation and amortization expense of $2.2 million and stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million. Prepaid expenses and other current assets decreased $1.1 million due to a decrease in prepaid rent.

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our cash used in operating activities primarily resulted from our net loss of $1.5 million, which included depreciation and amortization expense of $2.2 million. Deferred revenue decreased $1.0 million due to timing of when membership and class package sales occurred and when the corresponding revenue recognized for such sales occurred.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from our net loss of $9.5 million, which included depreciation and amortization expense of $8.9 million, and tenant improvement allowances received of $1.6 million. Prepaid expenses and other assets increased $0.9 million due to increases in prepaid rent, and deferred revenue decreased $0.6 million due to timing of when memberships and class packages had been sold and when the corresponding revenue recognized for such sales occurred.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our cash used in operating activities primarily resulted from our net loss of $9.2 million, which included depreciation and amortization expense of $6.5 million, and impairment losses of $0.9 million. Deferred rent increased $0.8 million primarily due to accounting adjustments for leases entered into prior to Great Hill Partner’s acquisition of us.

Net cash used in investing activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2017, our cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $0.2 million of purchases of property and equipment.

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, our cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $0.9 million in construction costs of new studios.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $2.1 million of purchases of property and equipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our cash used in investing activities primarily resulted from $11.5 million of cash used for acquisitions (net of cash acquired) and $3.4 million of purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2017, our cash provided by financing activities primarily resulted from the issuance of 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, less $0.2 million in payments to settle promissory notes related to acquisitions made in fiscal year 2015.

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, there were no cash flows from financing activities.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our cash used in financing activities primarily resulted from principal payments under our subordinated note agreement of $0.5 million, partially offset by $17,877 of net proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, our cash used in financing activities primarily resulted from our receipt of $7.0 million from the funding of our term loans under the Loan Agreement and

 

68


Table of Contents

$10.2 million from the issuance of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes, partially offset by a $1.4 million repayment on our equipment line, $0.5 million debt issuance cost and $16,581 principal payment on our notes payable.

Credit and Other Obligations

Loan Agreement with Deerpath Funding LP

On July 24, 2015, we entered into a Loan Agreement by and among us and our subsidiaries, Deerpath Funding, LP, as administrative agent and collateral agent and the lenders party thereto. The Loan Agreement provided YogaWorks, Inc. and certain of our subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) with an initial senior secured term loan of $5.0 million, and upon our meeting certain conditions, gave the Borrowers the ability to borrow up to an additional $15.0 million in senior secured term loans. On July 24, 2015, the Borrowers borrowed $5.0 million under the Loan Agreement. In December 2015, the Borrowers borrowed an additional $2.0 million pursuant to a First Amendment to Loan Agreement. As of March 31, 2017, the outstanding principal balance under the Loan Agreement was $6.9 million, and bore interest at the LIBOR rate plus 8.00%. At that date, the Borrowers had $13.1 million of incremental borrowing availability under the Loan Agreement. On March 27, 2017, we entered into the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2017 to March 31, 2018, the loans under the Loan Agreement will bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of our initial public offering if our initial public offering is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. Upon the first fiscal quarter we are in compliance with our Loan Agreement’s financial ratio covenants, starting with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, and so long as there is no default or potential event of default under the Loan Agreement, the applicable interest rate on our loans will be LIBOR plus 7.00%.

Borrowings under our Loan Agreement are secured, subject to permitted liens, by a first-priority lien on, and perfected security interest in, substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets. In addition, we and our subsidiary, Whole Body, Inc., each agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement. Our Loan Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary events of default, as well as affirmative and negative covenants, including restrictions concerning the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, sales of assets, the conduct of our business, investments, dividends, redemptions and distributions and affiliated transactions. Our Loan Agreement also requires us to maintain compliance with a senior debt to EBITDA ratio, not to exceed 3.00 to 1.00, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00. Pursuant to the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated March 27, 2017, our lenders agreed to not require testing of any of our financial covenant ratios under the Loan Agreement for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017. Under the Second Amendment, we could be required to make a mandatory prepayment of the debt under the Loan Agreement equal to $1.3 million upon the earliest of any of the following events: (i) if we do not consummate our initial public offering by December 31, 2017; (ii) if we fail to comply with the financial ratio covenants under the Loan Agreement for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018; or (iii) if we fail to deliver monthly financial statements as of, and for the period ending on, March 31, 2018.

We intend to cancel the Loan Agreement in connection with the closing of this offering.

Great Hill Convertible Notes

On June 3, 2015, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $10.2 million, each with an annual interest rate of 8%. As part of a series of recapitalization transactions completed on March 24, 2017, the aggregate principal amount of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes (as amended on that date), together with accrued and unpaid interest, was converted into 1,407,632 shares of our common stock.

 

69


Table of Contents

On March 27, 2017, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, with an annual interest rate of 8% and with a maturity date of March 27, 2018. These convertible notes are convertible into shares of our common stock, at the option of the holder, at a conversion rate of $8.40 per share of common stock. We intend to repay the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in connection with the closing of this offering.

Subordinated Notes

In connection with our acquisition of studios in 2015, we issued two subordinated promissory notes to seller parties in the acquisitions with a principal amount of $200,000 on September 8, 2015 that matured on February 8, 2017 and $500,000 on October 27, 2015 that matured on October 27, 2016 (the “Subordinated Notes”). These subordinated promissory notes carried imputed interest at the applicable federal rate and were subordinated to indebtedness under the Loan Agreement. The subordinated note in the principal amount of $500,000 was fully repaid in 2016 and the subordinated note in the principal amount of $200,000 was fully repaid in February 2017.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

In connection with the formation of YogaWorks, Inc. in 2014, we issued 10,000 shares of redeemable preferred stock at a price per share of $5,050 per share. The redeemable preferred stock had a cumulative dividend rate of 8.0% percent per annum. On March 24, 2017, all of our shares of redeemable preferred stock were converted into 7,426,169 shares of our common stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2016, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business.

Contractual Obligations

The following table and discussion presents contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2016.

 

(dollars in thousands)    Total      2017      2018-2019      2020-2021      Thereafter  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 41,652      $ 8,785      $ 12,869      $ 8,996      $ 11,002  

Loan Agreement(1)

     7,156        419        700        6,038         

2015 GHP Convertible Notes(2)

     11,635        11,635                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Minimum Payments

   $ 60,443      $ 20,839      $ 13,569      $ 15,034      $ 11,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of our obligations under our Loan Agreement and the Subordinated Notes. In February 2017, we repaid the full outstanding balance under our Subordinated Notes, which had an outstanding balance of $0.2 million as of December 31, 2016. We intend to repay the outstanding balance under the Loan Agreement in connection with the closing of this offering and cancel that facility.
(2) On March 24, 2017, the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes, which had an outstanding balance of $11.6 million as of December 31, 2016, were converted into shares of our common stock. On March 27, 2017, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which we intend to repay in connection with the closing of this offering.

We also enter into purchase commitments related to retail, equipment, construction and other service-related arrangements that occur in the normal course of business. Such commitments are excluded from the above table, as they are typically short-term in nature and are not material as of December 31, 2016.

 

70


Table of Contents

Other long-term liabilities excluded from the above table include our 2017 GHP Convertible Notes, deferred rent and deferred tax liabilities. In addition, other unrecorded obligations that have been excluded from the contractual obligations table include contingent rent payments, property taxes, insurance payments and common-area maintenance costs.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of operating results and financial condition are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting policies is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below are the most difficult management decisions as they involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above.

We are an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we may not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues primarily from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise, net of discounts, refunds and returns at the time they are granted. Customers typically pay upfront for their services. Yoga classes are principally sold in two formats—class packages and memberships. Class packages are based on a fixed number of classes, while memberships provide unlimited classes over a certain time period. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenues are recognized ratably over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place. Our deferred revenue balance was $4,478,318 as of March 31, 2017, $4,593,076 as of December 31, 2016 and $5,242,957 as of December 31, 2015. Our deferred revenue balance is reduced by refunds in the reporting period which results in less revenue recognized over the service term than originally anticipated. The accounts receivable balance was $99,992 as of March 31, 2017, $63,736 as of December 31, 2016 and $67,452 as of December 31, 2015 and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

Revenue for retail merchandise is recognized at the time of sale when the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the stores. Taxes collected from the customer are recorded on a net basis. Sales returns by customers for yoga-related retail merchandise sales have historically not been material. We sell gift cards to our customers. The gift cards sold to customers have no stated expiration dates and are subject to actual and/or potential escheatment rights in several of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We recognize income from gift cards when redeemed by the customer. We do not estimate gift

 

71


Table of Contents

card breakage. Our gift card liability balance was $395,144 as of March 31, 2017, $442,947 as of December 31, 2016 and $343,401 as of December 31, 2015 and is included in deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. We measure tax assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We provide a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

We follow ASC Topic 740-10 which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Therefore, there will only be recognition where a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. We recognize interest and penalties on taxes, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of March 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had no material uncertain tax positions to be accounted for in the financial statements; accordingly, no interest or penalties on taxes were recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2017, the year ended December 31, 2016 or the year ended December 31, 2015.

We are undergoing an examination of the federal income tax return filed for our 2015 tax year by the Internal Revenue Service. We are currently not under examination by state and local tax authorities.

Asset Impairment Assessments

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Finite-Lived Intangible Assets. We review long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an evaluation of recoverability is required, the estimated undiscounted future cash flows directly associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount. If the estimated future cash flows from the use of an asset are less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value. No impairment was recognized to long-lived assets or finite-lived intangible assets in 2016 or in 2015.

Recoverability of Goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment on annual basis, or if there is a triggering event or circumstances require, on an interim basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”. We perform our goodwill impairment test annually in the fourth quarter of the year, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. We review goodwill for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If we decide that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and conclude that the fair value of a reporting unit more likely than not exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. If we perform the two-step process, the first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The fair values of goodwill are determined using

 

72


Table of Contents

valuation techniques based on estimates, judgments and assumptions management believes are appropriate in the circumstances. No impairment was recognized to goodwill in the three months ended March 31, 2017 or for the year ended December 31, 2016. We recorded a write-down of goodwill of $0.9 million in 2015.

We incurred a net loss of $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and had net cash provided by operating activities of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. If we continue to experience net losses or our cash flows from operating activities decline or become negative, it could require us to lower our assessment of the fair value of our business. If this were to occur, we could be required to record additional material impairment charges to goodwill which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We record stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation for all equity awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of such awards as of the grant date. The expense is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period (the vesting period, generally four years). The fair value of shares of our common stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology, see Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and the fair value of the options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Using this option-pricing model, the fair value of each employee award is estimated on the grant date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility of the share price of comparable public companies. The expected life is determined using the “simplified method” permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin Numbers 107 and 110 (the midpoint between the term of the agreement and the weighted average vesting term). The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury security at a constant maturity with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The dividend yield is zero, as we have never declared a cash dividend. We recognize equity-based compensation expense for only those options expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

On February 11, 2016, the board of directors of the Company granted options to purchase 832 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $9.20 per share, which was also the fair value per share price of common stock as determined by our board of directors on the grant date. In conjunction with our year-end procedures, our board of directors obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 2015, which suggested a fair value of $9.20 per share. Our board of directors considered this valuation together with other objective and subjective factors in reaching its determination of the fair value of our common stock as of February 11, 2016, the option grant date. In particular, our board of directors considered the general financial condition of the business, the continued illiquidity of our common stock given our status as a private company, our capital resources at that time, and the risks and uncertainties associated with further development and expansion of our business. In addition, as part of the year-end procedures for fiscal 2016, the Company obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 2016, which determined a fair value of $8.40 per share. The decrease in the fair value of our common stock when compared to the prior year is due primarily to changes in market conditions, expectations, and assumptions appropriate for our company at the time of valuation.

On March 24, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan to increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder to 1,695,484. In addition, the board of directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,425,641 shares of our

 

73


Table of Contents

common stock to certain employees and consultants. The options granted had an exercise price of $8.40 per share, which was greater than the fair value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on the grant date. In conjunction with our quarter-end procedures and our granting of stock options in the quarter, our board of directors obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of March 24, 2017, which suggested a fair value of $5.88 per share. The enterprise valuation that we obtained as of March 24, 2017 increased when compared to the December 2016 enterprise valuation. The increase in fair value was driven largely by the increased likelihood of an initial public offering which resulted in higher financial multiples that comparable public companies are trading at, higher multiples that recent transactions have been priced at, and the increase in our revenue and other financial performance growth rates used in the December 2016 valuation. We believe it is reasonable to expect that the completion of an initial public offering will add value to the shares of our common stock because they will have increased liquidity and marketability. The decrease in fair value per share as compared to the prior year per share value is due primarily to the dilutive effect of increased outstanding common stock due to the conversion of the 2015 GHP Notes and our redeemable preferred stock to common stock.

Stock-based compensation expense was $538,872 for the three months end March 31, 2017, $23,443 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $16,942 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and was recorded in cost of revenue and general and administrative expenses.

Valuation of Common Stock

Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our financial and operating history; recent equity financings and the related valuations; the estimated present value of our future cash flows; industry information such as market size and growth; market capitalization of comparable companies and the estimated value of transactions such companies have engaged in; the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; the lack of marketability of our common stock; and macroeconomic conditions. In addition, our board of directors also considered valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Estimates of fair value are sensitive to such factors.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of the date of this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk through fluctuations in interest rates on our debt obligations. Borrowings under our Loan Agreement carry interest at a floating rate. We seek to manage exposure

 

74


Table of Contents

to adverse interest rate changes through our normal operating and financing activities. As of March 31, 2017, we had $6.9 million in outstanding borrowings under our Loan Agreement at an interest rate of LIBOR + 8%, which was 9%. A 1% increase in the interest rate on the Loan Agreement would result in an increase of our interest expense by approximately $69,000. Effective as of January 1, 2017, the loans under the Loan Agreement bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of this offering, if this offering is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. We intend to cancel the Loan Agreement in connection with the closing of this offering.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot assure you our business will not be affected in the future by inflation.

 

75


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

YogaWorks is a healthy lifestyle brand focused on enriching and transforming lives through yoga. We strive to honor and empower our students’ journey toward personal growth and well-being, no matter their age or physical ability, in an inclusive and community-oriented environment.

YogaWorks for Everybody

We are one of the largest and fastest growing providers of high quality yoga instruction in the U.S., with almost 3 million student visits in 2016 and 50 company-owned studios, as well as our Internet-based digital media service, MyYogaWorks.com. YogaWorks is the only national, multi-discipline yoga instruction company, and our highly recognizable brand is present in six geographically dispersed U.S. markets—Los Angeles, Orange County (California), New York City, Northern California, Boston and Baltimore/Washington D.C. Our teachers taught more than 180,000 classes in our conveniently located studios and attracted more than 225,000 students in 2016. Since 1990, we have offered the YogaWorks teacher training program, which we believe is the gold standard within the yoga community and respected across the globe for instructing teachers on how to teach yoga to a broad population of students. We believe our YogaWorks teacher training program extends our brand beyond our current six markets and that many of our 11,000 graduates serve as ambassadors of the YogaWorks brand and help us identify new markets.

We believe our approach to yoga has broad appeal and positions us for continued success. We strive to make yoga accessible to everyone and offer a lifestyle approach that can be applied on and off the mat. We help people improve their physical and mental well-being through the 5,000 year old tradition of yoga, which we practice as a community-oriented experience. Our bright, clean and inspiring studios offer a broad range of yoga disciplines and ability levels to meet the needs of a wide variety of students—from fast-paced flow to soothing restorative or integrated fitness classes. Our classes are designed to safely challenge practitioners of all levels, making yoga accessible to a diverse population ranging from beginners and casual practitioners to seasoned yogis and professional athletes. Students with limited mobility or those intimidated by traditional gym environments can stretch their bodies and their minds at YogaWorks to achieve a sense of accomplishment and relaxation and advanced yogis can be challenged by our seasoned teachers who provide a challenging and rigorous curriculum to deepen their practice.

We are told some students find yoga to be the only form of exercise they need or wish to do. Others enjoy how yoga complements their other exercise routines, as yoga can enhance performance and reduce injuries by helping people stretch to increase flexibility, strength, balance and focus. Whatever the motivation or frequency of use, we aim to support our students’ mental and physical well-being in addition to building confidence and a sense of possibility that lasts long after rolling up one’s mat. Our teachers practice safe techniques and our studios seek to be a nexus of health and wellness for our students.

Our student experience centers on three key benefits:

Connection : Our first goal is to help our students connect their bodies with their minds. In fact, the word “yoga” means to unite or join. We offer our students a variety of class options ranging from rigorous physical exertion to classes that provide a deep stretch that is low-impact. Each class requires a student to connect breathing with movement, necessitating tremendous focus. This concentration, in turn, helps our students to block out their worries, cares and distractions. Yoga offers a rare opportunity to slow down, tune out the world and work on improving one’s physical and mental well-being. We believe that healthy physical

 

76


Table of Contents

strengthening and stretching combined with meditation can lead to a feeling of centered positivity and relief from stress that so many seek.

Community : We feel the YogaWorks studio experience creates an emotional connection between our teachers and students that can last long after they leave the studio. Our inviting atmosphere fosters a supportive environment where students can work toward their fitness and mindfulness goals and meet others with similar interests. Our inclusive, non-judgmental approach enables students of all ages and ability feel accepted and respected. Friendly and trained greeters welcome our students, inform them about the YogaWorks offering, and assist them in finding the right class. During class, teachers combine group instruction with hands-on, one-on-one attention, as desired, to individualize each experience and improve a student’s technique. This student-teacher connection is an important step in building community. While each studio has a unique look and feel, all of our studios are unified by a shared brand, community-oriented mission, value system and focus on quality teaching and welcoming customer service. Studios are encouraged to get involved with their community by participating in local events, sponsoring special donation classes for local causes or reaching out to those who have not previously practiced yoga but may be interested in doing so.

Calm : From the moment a student enters our studio, we strive to create a tranquil space. Our practice rooms prepare students for a completely different experience geared towards mind-body balance. We do not generally allow cell phones or have mirrors or televisions as we believe they can be distracting and outwardly focused. The highlight of the YogaWorks experience is the class work, which is designed to help students strengthen their mind and body as well as find a sense of connection with their own center. As an additional benefit, most of our classes end with five to ten minutes of deep relaxation, or savasana , to engender a sense of calm that our students can take back with them to their everyday lives, after leaving our studios. In fact, these last few minutes of each class are often cited as our students’ favorite moment of each class and students leave visibly relaxed and calm—a feeling which is unique to the yoga experience.

Since 1990, we have offered our own teacher training program that derives its inspiration from combining three different respected yoga styles to create a unique YogaWorks approach. We believe our teacher training program is respected within the yoga community for training teachers how to tailor and curate classes, have a presence in the room and truly teach rather than focusing on memorizing and repeating rote sequences of postures. More than 11,000 teachers have graduated from our program since its inception, with alumni in nearly every state in the U.S. and numerous countries around the world.

We believe our teacher training offerings enhance our brand, provide us with a steady stream of well-trained, talented teachers to fill our schedules, and help us maintain a leadership position in the industry. Our training program is also an effective outreach tool, as our graduates often become ardent champions of our brand and programming. Additionally, by offering teacher classes in geographies where we do not operate a studio, we are able to extend our brand to new U.S. regions.

To make yoga accessible, we offer flexible pricing options that provide greater value with increased class usage. Students can choose from membership programs (monthly, six months or annual), packages of classes or single drop-in classes. Whether students seek a long-term commitment or single session, they can find a studio and class that works for them.

In addition to our in-studio instruction and teacher training programs, YogaWorks has developed, and markets and sells online subscriptions to, MyYogaWorks.com, an on-demand video library of over

 

77


Table of Contents

1,000 proprietary instructional classes that allows students to practice yoga anytime, anywhere. We believe our MyYogaWorks.com classes are complementary to our in-studio classes as students can focus on a particular pose, hone a skill or continue their practice between visits. Our video classes are expertly taught by YogaWorks-trained teachers. While there is no hands-on instruction or community participation, MyYogaWorks.com offers students another way to connect with us and to access yoga in a convenient manner to further their healthy lifestyle. MyYogaWorks.com streamed almost 700,000 classes to over 18,000 users in more than 145 countries in 2016. Through MyYogaWorks.com, we are also able to extend our brand presence beyond our physical studio footprint and allow our teachers to reach students beyond the classroom.

Strong Financial Performance

As a result of our quality class offerings, talented teachers and solid brand reputation, we have achieved a strong historical financial performance. We derive our revenues from multiple sources, including in-studio instruction and retail sales, teacher training, workshops and subscriptions to MyYogaWorks.com. We believe our compelling value proposition to our students, consisting of competitive pricing for high-quality instruction, has also driven our growth throughout a variety of economic cycles and conditions since we were founded in 1987.

Our significant growth is reflected in:

 

    49 studios at December 31, 2016 reflecting a CAGR of 19.5%, from 24 studios at December 31, 2012 (primarily related to our acquisition of 17 studios in 2015);

 

    2.9 million visits in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 13.6%, from 1.8 million visits in 2012; and

 

    Net revenues of $55.1 million in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 10.9%, from $36.4 million in 2012.

 

LOGO

Our recent growth has been driven by our strategy of adding studios primarily through acquisitions and selectively building new studios. Through acquisitions we can quickly gain students, grow our market share and build on the operating momentum of these acquired businesses. Our acquisition strategy also allows us to immediately gain a strong presence in targeted markets and local communities.

We have developed a multi-factor evaluation system that allows us to quickly assess potential acquisition candidates and continually add qualified new targets to our active outreach process. We have also built an efficient due diligence review workflow, and a proven post-acquisition integration methodology that is designed to facilitate a seamless student, teacher and staff transition to the YogaWorks operating model. In addition, we have a proven history of retaining and improving the student and teacher focus of each studio or chain of studios acquired. Our acquired studios have experienced positive results under our ownership, benefiting from being part of our brand and implementing our best practices.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

History of Yoga

Yoga is an ancient practice of movements and poses designed to bring harmony between mind and body. The practice of yoga has roots dating back to 3300-1500 B.C., when some of India’s earliest known writings referenced yoga poses, though these early poses were primarily suggestions for sitting comfortably in meditation. Centuries later, yoga masters began to embrace the physical body itself as a means to achieve the same expanded awareness and freedom from suffering. This was the goal of meditation and yoga teachers began to develop more varied techniques aimed at connecting mind and body. Since its origin, yoga has endured and continue to evolve with hundreds of distinct styles and approaches, all of which involve concentration and focus on being present in order to achieve a mindful state of being, including:

 

•    Anusara

  

•    Iyengar

  

•    Restorative

•    Ashtanga

  

•    Kundalini

  

•    Vinyasa

•    Hatha

  

•    Prenatal

  

•    Yin

Benefits of Yoga

We believe that helping students connect their breathing and movement can yield a powerful result. From increasing strength and flexibility to reduction of stress to clarity of mind, the noted benefits of yoga are many and meaningful. Our students tell us about how calm they feel after class and how they turn to yoga to help them reach their health and wellness goals, manage difficult situations and relieve stress. These benefits are part of the reason that yoga adoption is increasing across all segments of the population, and they are why word-of-mouth is such a major marketing source for us, as students share the benefits of yoga.

In addition to the consistent student feedback on how yoga helps people feel, scientific research has begun to quantify some of the health benefits of practicing yoga, including, but not limited to:

 

    Decreasing disabilities, pain and depression;

 

    Improvements in visuospatial memory (which is important for balance, depth perception and ability to recognize objects); and

 

    Improvements in fatigue, inflammation, blood pressure and cholesterol levels.

 

79


Table of Contents

Market Awareness, Yoga Participation and Spend

The practice of yoga in the U.S. is gaining popularity. According to the IBISWorld Report, approximately 37 million Americans practiced yoga in 2016, up from approximately 20 million in 2012, representing 80% growth. According to the Sports Club Advisors, Inc. Industry Snap Shot from April 2016, the number of yoga practitioners is expected to grow to 55.1 million Americans in 2020, representing 50% more participants than 2016. Yoga awareness among Americans has increased from 75% to 2012 to 90% in 2016, according to the 2016 Yoga in America Study. According to the same study, in 2016, yoga practitioners spent over $16 billion on instruction, apparel, equipment and yoga accessories; over one-third of that figure, or approximately $5.8 billion, was spent on instruction in 2016. At $16 billion in 2016, spend on yoga has increased by $6 billion since 2012.

 

LOGO

Source: 2016 Yoga in America Study .

Student Profile

Yoga is practiced by a number of desirable consumer demographics and YogaWorks is well positioned to reach a broad population due to our inclusive, multi-discipline and broad program offerings. According to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association, IHRSA, over 40% of yoga practitioners are part of “Generation Y,” also known as Millennials, who are increasingly focused on wellness and are generally willing to spend more on personal enrichment and authentic and meaningful experiences. Yoga appeals to people of all incomes and education levels. Approximately 60% of practitioners have college degrees and earn over $75,000 in annual income.

 

LOGO

Source: The International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association, 2016 Health Club Consumer Report (2016).

In addition to the increasing number of young yoga practitioners, there are more male and older yoga practitioners today than ever before and they are growing at meaningful rates. Approximately 10 million men and 14 million practitioners over the age of 50 participated in yoga in 2016. Comparatively, only 4 million men and 4 million practitioners over the age of 55 participated in yoga in 2012. As the U.S. population ages and continues to live longer, many of the benefits of yoga, which

 

80


Table of Contents

include strength, flexibility and mental clarity, will continue to be relevant to more people across all age groups and drive more people to try yoga. The average age of a yoga practitioner is 32, which is nearly a decade younger than the average age of a person in the traditional fitness market. This is not surprising as yoga is increasingly being offered in schools (from preschool to high school) due to its physical benefits as well as a way of calming students’ minds and reducing stress. This trend towards students learning yoga at a young age continues as more schools and communities adopt this view of yoga.

 

LOGO

Source: 2016 Yoga in America Study.

 

81


Table of Contents

Broad Regional Participation and Highly Fragmented Market

Yoga adoption is fairly evenly distributed across all regions of the U.S., with many opportunities for growth. According to the IBISWorld Report, in 2016 there were estimated to be over 33,000 yoga and pilates studios throughout the U.S. Of these, we believe the vast majority are independently owned with only a few operators who operate 10 or more studios. Yoga studios tend to be more concentrated in the coastal regions of the United States that are more densely populated. YogaWorks studios are located in major metropolitan areas in the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic and Pacific regions of the U.S. But, with yoga penetration still rising, there is ample opportunity for the establishment of additional YogaWorks studios across the entire country.

 

LOGO

Source: 2016 Yoga in America Study .

What Sets YogaWorks Apart

We believe we have a number of core competencies that distinguish YogaWorks from other yoga studio operators.

Market Defining Lifestyle Brand Focused on Healthy Living

We believe we are viewed as a trusted authority on the growing yoga movement and have a reputation for being the place where top teachers go to learn and teach. We are a destination for both new students looking to learn more about yoga and also advanced yogis who want to deepen their practice. Today we are one of the largest branded operators of yoga studios in the U.S. by number of studios and number of students, with more than 225,000 practicing students and almost 3 million student visits in 2016. Our brand appeals to a growing segment of society that is increasingly interested in health and wellness.

We believe our positioning as a lifestyle brand has resulted in attractive student economics for us. Driven in part by the large number of students that are referred to us by our teachers or existing students, we have been able to be very efficient in our advertising and marketing expenditures which,

 

82


Table of Contents

in recent years, has historically been less than 2% of our net revenues. In addition, our students tend to take our classes many times in their lifetime due to the quality of our teachers and facilities. As a result, we have been able to achieve “lifetime value” per student of more than ten times our marketing cost to acquire a new student. The combination of our authentic, high-quality class offerings, our attractive price points and our on-trend, diverse class styles differentiates us and allows us to meet the needs of a wide range of students who care about living a healthy lifestyle.

Appeal to Broad Demographic

We offer a high-quality fitness experience throughout our entire yoga studio network that appeals to a broad student demographic at attractive price points. The variety of classes and styles we teach distinguishes us from our competition and allows us to accommodate students from a wide range of backgrounds. We make yoga accessible to a diverse population ranging from beginners and practitioners with physical limitations and limited mobility, to advanced yogis and super fit athletes. We strive to create a welcoming and non-judgmental environment, where we are able to attract a broad demographic based on age, household income, gender and ethnicity. Our student base is approximately 80% female and 20% male with over 60% of the students earning over $75,000. In addition, our student base is widely distributed in age ranging from 25 to 64 years old with the majority of our students having attended or graduated college. We believe our broad appeal, our flexible pricing and our ability to attract occasional and first-time yoga users as well as advanced practitioners position us to continue to reach large segments of the population in a variety of markets and geographies across the U.S.

High Quality Yoga Experience

Our classes are about peace of mind as well as physical challenge. We provide our students with a welcoming feeling beginning with our clean, bright and aesthetically pleasing studios. As an example, our studios tend not to have mirrors so our students can focus inwards on themselves and their experience and not compare themselves to others. Our classes feature our unique YogaWorks approach: safe, compassionate and skillful teaching. Many classes at YogaWorks offer themes from physical focal points such as releasing the hips or strengthening the upper body to more subtle themes like quieting the mind or opening the heart center. We strive to optimize our class schedules by continuously making small changes to the formats and tracking the impact on student visits. YogaWorks signature classes deliver precise instruction to align breathing with movement and place an emphasis on thoughtful sequencing of poses. All of our classes offer personal modifications (where welcome) so students can refine their practice along the way. We also take pride in our specialty programs which are available for beginning yoga students, children, athletes, seniors and people in need of rehabilitation. Our team of over 1,700 highly-trained, passionate YogaWorks teachers allows us to make yoga accessible to everyone and offer a lifestyle approach that can be applied on and off the mat.

The Gold Standard of Yoga Teacher Training

We differentiate our brand through our world-renowned and well established teacher training programs in which teachers are taught how to teach safe, inspiring yoga classes and engage students on an individual level. Becoming a teacher is not the only motivation for taking a 200-hour teacher training. Many students take the training simply to deepen one’s practice or have a transformational experience. Our innovative and proven teaching program, originally created in 1990, is well-rounded and focuses on providing yoga teachers with the tools to sequence classes and teach skillfully rather than emphasizing memorization of set sequences. This enables our teacher graduates to be comfortable and well-trained to effectively teach anywhere and to any class composition. We have graduated over 11,000 teachers in the program’s 27 year history, across more than 25 countries. We believe we have trained and qualified more advanced yoga teachers than any other yoga operator in the country. Recognized as the gold standard in teacher training, YogaWorks has a 4.73-star (out of 5) rating from Yoga Alliance, a non-profit association of yoga schools and teachers dedicated to the promotion of yoga education and training, of which we are a paid member. We believe our teacher training offerings enhance our brand, provide us with a steady stream of well-trained, talented teachers

 

83


Table of Contents

to fill our schedules, and help us maintain a leadership position in the industry. Our training program is also an effective outreach tool, as our graduates often become ardent champions of our brand and programming. Additionally, by offering teacher classes in geographies where we do not operate a studio, we are able to extend our brand to new regions.

Strong Studio-Level Economics

We seek to generate attractive studio-level margins by increasing the average number of students per class which in turn provides better return on our fixed costs, such as teacher salaries and rent. We target studios with average annual revenues between $500,000 to $700,000 and a return on our invested capital to be within two to four years of opening a new studio. We approach our acquisition targets seeking similar returns. We believe that our strong studio-level economics are important for us to grow our studio base and successfully execute our acquisition strategy.

We continuously undertake initiatives to improve studio-level economics. Specifically, we regularly monitor and adjust our studio staffing to align with student activity and we frequently optimize our programming and pricing. In addition, we constantly assess and refine our marketing efforts to reduce student acquisition costs and to increase studio visits. We also invest in our studios so that they are well maintained, clean and inspiring spaces that encourage repeat visits.

Acquirer of Choice with History of Successful Acquisitions

We believe that acquisitions can be an effective and profitable way for us to enter new regional markets and gain a thriving student base rather than build new studios that ramp up slowly over time. We have a history of successful yoga studio acquisitions and expect to continue to execute regional growth through acquisitions in the future. Since 1987, YogaWorks has grown from a single studio in Santa Monica, California to 50 studios in six markets, primarily through acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, through new studio openings. In 2015, we accelerated our acquisition strategy by purchasing 17 studios in three geographic markets. We believe we are uniquely positioned to grow via acquisition due to our well-respected brand among studio operators, our multi-discipline approach to yoga that allows us to cohesively integrate studios teaching nearly any style of yoga, our leverageable infrastructure, our experienced management team, our studio acquisition experience and our tested integration procedures. With each acquisition, we further refine our selection criteria and integration methodology, enabling us to preserve the acquired studio’s unique appeal to its local community while successfully increasing visits and net revenues under our ownership.

We believe our success in acquiring studios has been built upon a sense of trust in our highly-respected brand, world-renowned teacher training program and appreciation for the student and local community. As a byproduct of our acquisition philosophy, we have built a positive image with past and present yoga studio owners and seek to be viewed as the acquirer of choice in the highly fragmented yoga industry. We believe that many of the studios we acquire are interested in only selling to us because we have the brand recognition, reputation and operational excellence to increase productivity, adding value to both students and teachers. Many owners interested in selling their studios can benefit from turning over their business management responsibilities to YogaWorks so that they can re-focus on their passion for teaching and working with their yoga students. Teachers seem excited to join our learning-based company as it not only adds a level of cachet to work for one of the most respected yoga brands but we also support teachers with additional teaching opportunities at our studios across the nation. Finally, we believe students benefit when we acquire local studios as they have the ability to access other studios with the same values of quality teaching and focus on learning. Overall, we always strive to honor the legacy of the previous ownership, maintain the continuity of the teachers and preserve the student’s journey while enabling us to achieve our financial and operating goals.

 

84


Table of Contents

Inspired Culture and Passionate Team

Since our founding in 1987, we have cultivated a positive culture that permeates all aspects of our organization. The core tenets of our culture include a belief in the benefits of yoga practice, transparency, a focus on performance, providing a compelling studio experience and a team-based customer service approach. We strive to recruit candidates into our organization who demonstrate a passion for healthy living and an understanding of the benefits of yoga. We continuously emphasize the need to communicate openly with our students and fellow employees; this transparency is also reflected in our pricing strategy. We are a performance-based culture, incentivized to deliver strong studio visit growth and overall profitability. We believe our culture helps build and support a consistent and motivated group of team members that are passionate about providing a high-quality experience to our students. Teachers bring their collective wisdom and dedication, their years of practice and training, their openness, their care and their creativity into the classroom every day, and they have fun doing it. Studio managers and staff also play a critical role in delivering a positive experience that helps build relationships with our students from the minute they walk through our doors.

Proven and Experienced Senior Management Team

We have assembled a proven and experienced senior management team that is aligned by the same vision and strategic direction for YogaWorks and continues to drive our growth and protect our culture. Our senior management team brings a wealth of experience across a broad range of business disciplines, including consumer products, retail operations, merchandising, e-commerce, direct consumer marketing, brand development, finance, real estate and information technology. Additionally, our management team has extensive experience building consumer lifestyle brands. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our growth strategy.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we have significant opportunities to enhance our leadership in the yoga studio industry and improve profitability through strategic acquisitions and organic growth. This growth will fuel our ability to continue to make high-quality yoga accessible to everyone—dedicated yogis and beginners alike. Key elements of our growth strategy are as follows:

Grow our Studio Base

We believe we are ideally positioned to consolidate the highly fragmented yoga studio market. We plan to strengthen our presence in existing markets and selectively enter new markets predominantly by acquiring independently owned yoga studios. Based upon internal and third-party analysis of the number of currently existing yoga studios throughout the U.S., and assuming sufficient access to capital and successful execution of our business plan, we believe we have the opportunity to increase our studio count to over 250 studios in the next several years. We believe that acquisitions of existing studios and their thriving student bases can be an effective, profitable and risk-mitigating way to enter a new regional market versus building a new studio and waiting for attendance to ramp up over time. We will, however, selectively open new YogaWorks studios to complement existing and acquired regional studio clusters where there is sufficient density of population to support more of our studios.

Over the past 14 years, we have successfully integrated numerous acquisitions. In 2003, we acquired 3 studios located in Orange County, California. In 2004, we acquired 2 studios in the Los Angeles area and 4 studios in the New York City area (6 studios total). In 2007, we acquired one studio in the Los Angles area. In 2008, we acquired 3 studios in the Northern California area. In 2013, we acquired 2 more studios in the Los Angeles area. In 2015, we acquired Be Yoga in the area (one studio), Yoga Tree in the San Francisco area (7 studios), Back Bay Yoga Studio in the Boston area (2 studios), and Charm City Yoga in the Baltimore/Washington D.C. area Palo Alto (7 studios). Generally,

 

85


Table of Contents

we have seen revenues and visits increase across acquired studios since their acquisitions. In 2015, we acquired 17 studios through four acquisitions (Be Yoga, Yoga Tree, Back Bay Yoga Studio and Charm City Yoga) for aggregate consideration of $12.2 million. These studios contributed $11.7 million of net revenue in 2016. With the integration of our operations, programming and instruction best practices, total visits in the studios acquired from these acquisitions increased more than 7% in 2016, our first full fiscal year of operating these studios, over 2015.

To date, 60% of our existing studios have become part of our studio base through acquisitions. We believe our significant experience in identifying attractive acquisition targets, our industry reputation, our proven integration process and solid operational infrastructure create a compelling platform for growth through acquisitions. Through future acquisitions, we can leverage our corporate infrastructure to grow our brand in both new and existing markets by quickly tapping into the thriving yoga communities that already exist in nearly every city in the U.S. For the yoga student, this expansion plan offers greater choices for quality yoga and the ability to practice at a greater number of locations across the U.S.

We continue to actively assess the yoga studio market across the U.S. and are always seeking out the most attractive geographic markets to enter. According to the IBISWorld Report, in 2016 there were estimated to be over 33,000 yoga and pilates studios throughout the U.S. Through our disciplined identification and diligence process, we review studio programming, observe teachers, analyze visit trends and learn about the market to identify the best studios in this very large pool of existing studios in the U.S. that will fit our brand and overall growth strategy. We identify yoga studios in each targeted region and proactively reach out to their owners to gauge their level of interest in discussing an acquisition by us. To date, we have completed preliminary evaluations on more than 1,100 yoga studios based on location, physical layout, studio size, teachers and programming offered. In addition, we regularly field in-bound interest from yoga studio owners looking to find a permanent home for their instructors and students within the YogaWorks family. We have identified hundreds of yoga studios that we believe have programming that aligns with the Yogaworks’ approach and have demonstrated a level of local brand awareness within their communities that make them attractive acquisition candidates. As of the date of this prospectus, we have entered into letters of intent to acquire 10 studios and are in late-stage negotiations with 4 other studios that we believe are probable to be acquired in the next twelve months. In total, we have entered into confidentiality agreements with respect to more than 125 studios. We have also contacted owners of over 250 additional studios regarding a potential acquisition.

Through a combination of acquisitions and new studio openings, we plan to add more than 35 yoga studios over the next eighteen months. Our studio growth will likely include expansion into new geographic markets as well as an enhanced presence in existing markets and will depend on the amount of available opportunities and internal and external factors relating to our ability to execute. To achieve our planned acquisition-focused growth, we have already begun allocating internal resources, including the hiring of Kurt Donnell, as Executive Vice President, Partnerships and General Counsel, to lead acquisition outreach, diligence and negotiations with potential targets. We intend to use the majority of our net proceeds from this offering to fund our acquisitions and capital expenditures in connection with our acquisitions and new studio openings planned for the next 18 months. As more studios are acquired, we plan to leverage our existing infrastructure but also plan to add additional resources in specific functional areas as needed (including studio management, human resources, finance and accounting) to manage the additional studio oversight, employee and financial reporting needs of a larger studio base. We are currently in active discussions with over 135 studios across the United States and Canada. However, there can be no assurances that we may not be able to successfully identify opportunities that meet our acquisition criteria, or, if we do, we may not be able to successfully negotiate, finance, acquire and integrate them.

 

86


Table of Contents

Drive Increased Visits, Net Revenues and Regional Market Share

We remain focused on developing and offering high-quality yoga programming supported by our industry-leading teacher training to drive increased visits, net revenues and regional market share. Specifically, we intend to generate growth in visits, net revenues and market share by executing on the following strategies:

 

    Increase our Brand Awareness . We will continue to increase YogaWorks’ brand awareness and consumer loyalty through new and innovative marketing outreach, studio acquisitions, new studio openings and expansion of our digital presence. Our marketing efforts reflect our authentic and localized brand characteristics, and are comprised of grassroots and word-of-mouth marketing that include local events to enhance our unique profile in the communities where we operate. Our ability to engage with consumers across six regional markets demonstrates the effectiveness of our nationally-managed, but locally-focused marketing spend. In addition to our programming, we also engage with students through our mobile application that allows them to plan and schedule classes and to learn more about their teachers. Additionally, we are launching new initiatives through technology investments to better communicate digitally with our consumer base. We believe that increased brand awareness for YogaWorks will result in increased studio visits and net revenues and ultimately enhance profitability.

 

    Expand Teacher Training and Workshops. As the most recognized and accredited teacher training program in yoga, we plan to continue investing in the continuing education of our students and teachers, thereby driving the profitable revenues that the teacher training program brings to our company. Workshops, primarily used to deepen our students’ practice, have also been an incremental revenue opportunity by utilizing excess studio room capacity. Workshops are also a chance for popular teachers to earn additional income. In addition, workshops allow our students and teachers to access visiting master yoga teachers from around the world as well as renowned health and wellness experts, in order to deepen their practice and earn continuing education credits. We believe our highly trained teachers, teacher training programs and our workshops inspire deep brand loyalty across our consumer base, driving visits and net revenues growth, while preserving our industry leadership.

 

    Grow MyYogaWorks.com. We plan to continue to invest in adding quality content for MyYogaWorks.com, improving the user experience and increasing the site’s functionality, including potentially adding live streaming. We are launching several initiatives to cross-sell consumers who use MyYogaWorks.com to join us in our studios for live instruction and hands-on one-on-one attention from our teachers. We are also exploring relationships with companies and complementary brands to drive growth and increase awareness of the MyYogaWorks.com platform.

Leverage our Infrastructure

In preparation for our continued growth, we have built out our corporate infrastructure over the past several years. We now have the corporate, regional and studio-level management personnel in place, as well as the information technology platform, to support our future growth and acquisition strategy, without significant new investments in corporate infrastructure. Our existing infrastructure in administration, accounting, information technology, our new website, human resources, training, marketing and operating systems and processes can be leveraged across all additional studios to eliminate duplicative costs in acquired studios and realize synergies. With a larger number of studios we believe we will be able to negotiate and secure more favorable rates for insurance, bank fees, merchandise and certain capital expenditures. As our studio base grows, expenses for our corporate and regional overhead should become a smaller percentage of our net revenues and profitability. We will also continue to benefit from our strategy of “clustering” studios in distinct geographic regions. By

 

87


Table of Contents

building scale in existing markets, we will increase our local brand awareness and consumer engagement without spending incrementally more on marketing costs as a percentage of net revenues.

Pursue Brand Extension Opportunities

We intend to extend and monetize the YogaWorks brand in the following areas:

 

    Corporate Relationships. We believe we can capitalize on our position as an industry authority on high-quality, multi-discipline yoga to establish relationships with large corporations, health insurers and other institutions to incorporate YogaWorks classes into their employee wellness programs and encourage them to promote the usage of YogaWorks studios.

 

    Retail. We believe that our retail and merchandise offerings contribute to a high quality in-studio environment for our students and better enable them to live the YogaWorks lifestyle. In addition, there is considerable opportunity to expand our retail and merchandising offerings going forward, including the launch of YogaWorks-branded apparel and accessories as well as offering select merchandise to be sold via e-commerce.

 

    Licensing. We believe we have an opportunity to license the YogaWorks brand into new complementary healthy lifestyle categories that would benefit from our brand reputation and market recognition. Examples include licensing MyYogaWorks.com content to media companies and content providers and through alternative online distribution channels.

 

    Publishing of Digital Content . We also see an opportunity to publish our yoga class content and stream live classes via MyYogaWorks.com which will help us maintain our industry leadership position and increase the additional revenue that could be generated through our planned e-commerce platform.

Programming

Our programming supports a multi-channel distribution platform designed to serve our students wherever they want to practice yoga. We strive to create a seamless experience that integrates the offerings available through our studios, a variety of special events and MyYogaWorks.com. As a result, YogaWorks students can continue their practice wherever they may be, whether in our studio, at home or while travelling. Our continued national expansion will only further this benefit for our students.

In-Studio Programming

Our diverse in-studio programming and focus on instruction provides a differentiated and ideal environment for both seasoned yogis as well as beginners and casual enthusiasts. We believe we have highly relevant and compelling yoga offerings that meet our students’ needs. Further, given our teachers’ deep knowledge of yoga traditions and teaching styles, we have proven insights into changing yoga trends and consumer preferences. We are able to quickly interpret these trends for our students through our evolving and thoughtful schedule of classes. Our local approach to programming allows us to tailor our schedule in each market to best serve our students’ needs based on the nuances of each community.

We have created an extensive number of classes for each skill level, which allows us to offer our students multiple paths on their journey from beginner to experienced yogi. Class types include fast-paced flow classes (such as Vinyasa flow, some set to music), slower and more stretch oriented sessions (such as our signature YogaWorks, Hatha or Yin classes), relaxing restorative classes (to soothe and calm the body and mind), beginners and gentle offerings (that move slowly and focus on basics), and even integrated fitness options (such as SculptWorks and BarWorks). As we strive to be inclusive and flexible with our offerings, classes are determined and scheduled based on consumer

 

88


Table of Contents

acceptance and attendance. Furthermore, we carefully review classes and teachers monthly, making adjustments as appropriate, to optimize the style, duration, teacher and time of day for every class.

We have a disciplined operating structure that shares best practices across our different regions in order to maintain a consistently high level of service. We also have a dedicated Customer Experience team that seeks to uphold the YogaWorks standards and deliver a consistent YogaWorks experience. We believe this sets us apart from our competition, as we are able to operate successful studios in many different markets that share the YogaWorks brand, while at the same time providing flexibility to accommodate regional differences.

MyYogaWorks.com Programming

MyYogaWorks.com is an online, on-demand video library of over 1,000 instructional classes that allows students to personalize their yoga practice anytime, anywhere. Through MyYogaWorks.com, we are able to extend our brand presence beyond our physical studio footprint. In 2016, MyYogaWorks.com streamed almost 700,000 classes to over 18,000 users in more than 145 countries. We produce our own professional-quality content in-house and own the content for multiple distribution opportunities. We feel it is important to update our video library and film new videos each month to rotate our featured classes and provide more teachers, styles and options to our growing customer base.

MyYogaWorks.com offers more than just online classes. We have created an online yoga community where we nurture a health and wellness lifestyle. Members can save their favorite classes, create their own playlists and provide feedback. Students can also elect to participate in a Journey Series which is pre-curated content on a particular pose, benefit, or style to motivate a student to accomplish a particular goal in a 5-, 10- or 14-day sequence.

Above all, our online videos are of exceptional quality. Each teacher featured must be Yoga Alliance certified, and is trained to give clear alignment cues and create safe sequences for our practitioners to follow despite there being no ability for hands-on adjustments. While anyone can post yoga videos to the Internet, it is the high quality teacher instruction that separates us from everyone else.

Teacher Training

With over 1,700 teachers employed in our studios, the consistent quality of our instructors is critical to our success. Innovative and comprehensive teacher training has been a core philosophical business practice since our Teacher Training program was founded over 25 years ago, soon after the opening of our second studio. In order to grow our business, we need exceptional teachers, and our teacher training program has been critical to maintaining and increasing the depth of our teacher roster. Since its inception, over 11,000 teachers have graduated from our teacher training program across more than 25 countries. Our program is now considered the gold standard across the industry, with a 4.73-star (out of 5) rating from Yoga Alliance. We offer both a 200-hour and 300-hour program to prospective teachers and students. Becoming a teacher is not the only motivation for taking a 200-hour teacher training. Many students take the training simply to deepen one’s practice or have a transformational experience. We strive to continually enhance our teacher training programs with new techniques, teaching strategies and updated yoga education principles.

We believe our teacher training programming is a primary driver of our appealing studio experience and has resulted in our strong lifestyle brand as well as our market recognition as a leading authority on the growing yoga movement, particularly for safe and effective yoga practices. We utilize this program to identify new teacher talent for our studios and it is also an effective outreach tool for YogaWorks, as our graduates often become ardent champions of our brand and programming and share their enthusiasm

 

89


Table of Contents

for our programming with other students and would-be teachers. Additionally, by offering teacher training classes in geographies where we might not operate a yoga studio, we are able to extend our brand to new locations and learn more about the local Yoga communities in those markets.

Our approach to training teachers is not YogaWorks-specific and therefore, our teacher graduates can teach at other studios, which expands the pool of prospective teachers who may select one of our programs. Our training programs are proprietary and we believe they offer teachers a compelling and differentiated teaching platform. We believe our program is respected for teaching teachers how to tailor and curate classes, have a presence in the room and truly teach students, rather than having an emphasis on teachers memorizing and repeating a rote sequence of postures.

We have more than 80 YogaWorks teacher trainers employed worldwide who have become experts in both yoga and the art of teaching. These trainers teach classes in our studios in addition to leading our teacher training programs. In 2016, we held approximately 100 teacher training programs in 18 countries. We offer teacher training programs that are taught in a YogaWorks studio as well as in non-YogaWorks studios.

Our Culture

We have developed a distinctive culture that inspires our team members. Our culture is centered on a passion for YogaWorks yoga, a performance-based team approach, exceptional customer service, transparency and an environment of continuous growth and learning. We believe our culture allows us to attract passionate and motivated team members who are driven to succeed and share our vision of creating the highest-quality yoga experience for our students.

Passion for YogaWorks Yoga

We never compromise the quality and integrity of our yoga. It is the cornerstone on which we built our company, teacher training and programs. We seek to recruit, hire, train and retain qualified and enthusiastic teachers, greeters and other staff members who share our passion for the highest quality yoga.

Performance-based Team Approach

Our passionate teachers, greeters and other team members are a major element contributing to the superior quality of our students’ in-studio yoga experience. We believe that the power of many is greater than the power of one and treat one another with respect, welcome new ideas and encourage everyone to step up to go the extra mile.

We are guided by a philosophy that recognizes performance, and we offer an incentive bonus program for studio staff to reward strong performance. We actively track and reward team-based performance, which we believe encourages excellence and helps us maintain a sufficient talent pool to support our growth. Many of our studio and regional managers are promoted from within our organization.

Exceptional Customer Service

Our number one job is to ensure our customers are happy and we treat every interaction with our customers as an opportunity to deliver exceptional service. We emphasize delivering customer service in a timely, accurate and friendly manner with a “can-do” attitude, never forgetting that our students come to us by choice.

Transparency

We lead by example with honesty, integrity and respect. We applaud initiative, hold employees accountable and own our mistakes. We continuously emphasize the need to communicate openly with

 

90


Table of Contents

our students and fellow employees to foster an environment of transparency and trust. This commitment to transparency is reflected in our pricing strategy and our use of data to uncover consumer insights which help us drive and measure our business.

Continuous Growth and Learning

We are committed to evolving our programs and developing our employees. We strive to create an environment where everyone has the opportunity to grow. We look toward the future and learn from the past. We believe this aspect of our culture allows us to attract and retain committed team members and that the knowledge and passion for growth of our team members is critical in enabling us to acquire new students at our studios and strengthen loyalty. We believe motivated and educated team members lead to satisfied students who, in turn, lead to increased visits.

Pricing

Classes

Our studios have membership and class package options that are diverse, transparent and flexible, just like our classes. Our pricing plans are designed to provide our students with optimal flexibility and compelling value. Whether they seek a long-term commitment or a single drop-in session, our students can find a studio and a rate that works for them. The hallmark of our pricing strategy is our 100% transparency as students can find all pricing information on our website. We believe our class packages and unlimited membership programs are priced at or below the industry average while at the same time providing our students with a higher quality yoga experience.

Pricing for our classes varies by region. On average, our students pay approximately $90-135 per month for a membership which includes unlimited yoga and fitness classes at any studio, with access to unlimited classes at our full national network priced at $135 per month. We also offer six months and annual prepaid memberships at competitive prices. For students who prefer to visit a single studio, we provide a variety of options from unlimited memberships to class packages in increments of 10 or 20 classes. YogaWorks unlimited memberships receive the following services: unlimited yoga and fitness classes; 1 guest pass per month; $5 members-only monthly subscription rate for MyYogaWorks.com; rewards for referring new members; 5% discount on retail merchandise; 15% off of private yoga packages; and 15% off a student’s first package of pilates reformer classes. We also offer private classes for those who wish to receive one-on-one instruction. Our pricing strategy is simple: the more our students treat themselves to our classes, the more value they receive in return.

Strategy

In early 2016, we began evolving our pricing, product and promotional strategies. By July 2016, we had successfully implemented class package options at all of our studios in addition to adding the ability of our students to purchase memberships and packages online. We believe the offering of additional products that provide more flexibility will draw a broader student base over time. During the same period we reduced our reliance on deeply discounted promotional programs, including annual membership drives that historically drove a significant amount of prepaid annual memberships, as a key revenue generation tactic. Our intent is to focus the students’ attention on content and product, instead of price, and thereby extend our long term brand equity as a result.

Teacher Training

We offer both 200-hour and 300-hour programs to prospective teachers in our teacher training program.

 

    Our 200-hour program is more popular because it appeals not just to students who want to become teachers but to those looking to deepen their practice. Many yoga studios will employ teachers with just 200 hours of training so this program also meets a demonstrated market need. The tuition for our 200-hour program is approximately $3,500.

 

91


Table of Contents
    Our 300-hour program is designed for graduates of our 200-hour program who want to continue their studies, become better teachers or pursue teaching a YogaWorks signature class. This program includes a mentorship with a master teacher to personally hone technique with hands-on instruction in actual classes with live students. The tuition for our 300-hour program is approximately $4,200.

MyYogaWorks.com

MyYogaWorks.com offers unlimited access to over 1,000 online yoga classes through a monthly subscription model, offering options based on monthly price and the length of the subscription. Our most popular plan is $15 per month, with no long term commitment. We also offer a $5 monthly subscription rate for students that also have a YogaWorks studio membership.

Acquisition Integration Strategy

Studio acquisitions have been and are a significant part of our history and continued growth strategy as we have acquired 60% of our 50 studios. We target yoga businesses we believe we can effectively integrate with our YogaWorks brand.

We have developed a comprehensive acquisition integration process designed to facilitate a seamless transition to the YogaWorks operating model from the vantage point of employees, students and teachers. Our goal is to remember that the student comes first and that we must maintain the momentum of a student’s practice to keep them working toward their goals. Retaining staff and teachers is important for the continuity with the students but also for the local community we value. Specifically, several owners who have sold their studios to YogaWorks were immediately hired by us as teachers (including owners from Back Bay Yoga Studio and Charm City Yoga), and remained with us after the closing of the applicable acquisition. In other cases, selling owners have chosen to do something different with their career following the closing of the acquisition, but have remained advocates of the YogaWorks brand helping us continue to grow the communities they had built.

We implement a tested, multi-stage integration process with numerous checklist items to integrate with our human resources, finance, IT, marketing and operations personnel, systems and workflow. We then slowly make customer-facing changes like updating signage, the studio website and our mobile application to begin the transition to the YogaWorks brand. Our integration process also includes the investment of necessary capital in newly acquired studios to upgrade facilities and equipment where appropriate, so that these studios are set up for success and have the visual elements that identify our YogaWorks brand. This thoughtful and methodical approach has proven successful in retaining students, employees and teachers and driving growth post-integration.

Administrative Systems

We seek to quickly integrate the acquired studio into our point of sale, accounting, human resources, information technology and other operating systems after the acquisition, thereby allowing us to more efficiently operate the studio and monitor performance. In many cases, the acquired studio already utilizes the same point of sale system as YogaWorks, which simplifies both the diligence and integration processes while reducing training costs.

Programming and Branding

One of the most delicate areas of the integration is the programming. Our first goal is to take an even deeper dive into understanding the teachers, the mix of classes and class attendance statistics to ensure we fully understand the nuances that make programming successful at each studio. In doing so, we learn more about what appeals to the existing students and to the broader community before applying any changes. We make small changes at first, including monitoring attendance and training

 

92


Table of Contents

local staff with our best practices so that each business can scale. We slowly integrate our class formats, our branding and marketing and our ideology over time in order to minimize disruption to the acquired studio’s class offerings while bringing the studio under the YogaWorks umbrella. We do not immediately change the brand to YogaWorks, but build up to the name change gradually over several weeks or months in order for both the teachers and students to trust our brand and gain confidence that the re-flagged studio will maintain the sense of community that initially drew them to that studio. This approach has earned us the reputation of being respectful to the owners and community and showing we genuinely care about our mission.

Marketing

We primarily use grassroots and viral marketing activities in each of our studio markets to build brand awareness and increase studio attendance with existing and new students. We believe our students and teachers are the most impactful and efficient marketing tools we have. Our reputation as the premier yoga studio operator drives our viral marketing, which inspires new students to try our yoga classes. Information about our studios, schedules and numerous offerings are easily accessed via our consumer-friendly website and mobile application. In addition, we deploy digital campaigns focused on expanding our brand that have historically been successful for us. We have a growing social media presence with a total following as of December 31, 2016 of over 288,000 touchpoints, including approximately 88,000 Facebook fans, 43,000 Instagram followers and 157,000 Twitter followers.

Our marketing programs target a broad range of students, including the smaller but faster growing populations in yoga like over 65 year olds, under 18 year olds and pregnant women, for whom we believe yoga and meditation is appealing given these population groups’ lifestyles, consumer preferences and stress levels.

Currently we offer various introductory promotions, such as first class free and weekly packages, to new students. We believe that our introductory specials are an effective way for people to try YogaWorks as it typically takes a few classes to develop a new behavior and begin the relationship building process with our studios. Once students sample our classes, our staff personally follow up to see how they enjoyed the class and offer to assist finding additional classes to try. We also send personalized direct marketing to communicate news and encourage more visits. Attracting new students is an important part of our marketing strategy as we always want to introduce new students to yoga and YogaWorks. Specifically, we have a new student referral program and a loyalty program under which rewards earned can be used towards discounts on private yoga and pilates sessions, classes, apparel and accessories in our studios. These are important tools to not only attract new students but also to retain loyal students.

In 2017, we strengthened our marketing department with new leadership, bringing proven experience in acquiring new students. In addition, we intend to dedicate increased resources to advertising and marketing in the future. Our national marketing efforts will be complemented by our important grassroots marketing efforts led by the local teachers and studio staff. From cross-promotions with other businesses to donation classes or community events, we will continue to spread the word about YogaWorks through local efforts.

Studios

Our bright, clean and inspiring studios typically have two yoga rooms, square footage dedicated and designed for our retail offerings, lockers and restrooms. We target a size between 3,500 and 5,000 square feet, but may have larger or smaller studios depending on the market and volume. Many of our higher volume locations have two or three yoga rooms. Each yoga room is equipped with equipment for our students, including mats, blankets, blocks and straps. While the instructor leads the class at the front of the room, he or she also walks around during the class giving hands-on, one-on-one attention

 

93


Table of Contents

to individualize each student’s experience and instruct on proper technique. Our studios all have visual elements that are distinctive to the YogaWorks brand, including visible signage as well as a relatively consistent and soothing color palate. Most importantly, we strive to provide students with a warm and appealing ambiance and customer experience from the moment they walk into our studios. Students are welcomed by our friendly greeters who are trained to make our students feel welcome and informed about the YogaWorks experience.

Real Estate

We opened our first studio in 1987 in Santa Monica and opened a second studio in the same area several years later. Since then, we have expanded through acquisitions and new studio openings in the greater Los Angeles area as well as in five new markets: Northern California, New York City, Boston, Baltimore/Washington D.C. and Orange County (California). Between 1996 and 2014, we grew from 2 studios to 29, and since our acquisition by Great Hill Partners in July 2014, we have added 23 studios.

As of March 31, 2017, we operate studios in six markets in the U.S. We lease all of our studio locations and our corporate headquarters, which is located in Culver City, California. The following list shows the number of studios we operate in each major market.

 

Market

   YogaWorks Studios  

Los Angeles

     17  

Orange County (California)

     4  

New York City

     5  

Northern California

     13  

Boston

     3  

Baltimore/Washington D.C.

     8  
  

 

 

 

Total

     50  

In 2017, we opened a new YogaWorks studio in Chestnut Hill, Boston and have one studio that is under a lease agreement anticipated to be opened in 2017 in Manhasset, Long Island.

We are flexible in the type of real estate venues we will pursue making our studio model extremely portable. We focus on securing convenient locations that include easy customer access and parking. We do not believe we need to be in malls or expensive ground floor retail locations with high foot traffic in order to drive visits to our studios. Many of our studios are located in less expensive second floor locations. Given that we are a destination location, we do not need to rely on foot traffic in front of our studios to the same extent as many retail stores.

Seasonality

We have historically experienced some seasonal and quarterly variations in our net revenues and income from operations. These variations are primarily related to increased class visits during our first quarter, as students tend to exercise more regularly at the beginning of each calendar year as a part of setting goals for the upcoming year.

Competition

Because many of our students are first-time or occasional yoga practitioners, we believe we compete with both fitness and non-fitness consumer discretionary spending alternatives for our members’ and prospective students’ time and discretionary resources.

 

94


Table of Contents

To a great extent, we compete with other industry participants, including:

 

    individual, single-unit independent operators and small, multi-unit operators, with limited regional brands;

 

    other branded operators in the yoga industry, like CorePower Yoga;

 

    subscription based digital fitness programs and offerings, such as YogaGlo, and other mobile applications and websites that provide free instructional yoga videos, including YouTube;

 

    health clubs and fitness centers, some of which offer or may want to offer yoga, such as Equinox, Life Time Fitness, LA Fitness, 24 Hour Fitness, Planet Fitness and Town Sports International;

 

    private studios and other boutique fitness offerings (such as those offering barre, pilates, bootcamps and spinning);

 

    recreational facilities established by non-profit organizations and by businesses for their employees;

 

    racquet, tennis and other athletic clubs;

 

    amenity and condominium/apartment clubs;

 

    country clubs;

 

    online personal training and fitness coaching; and

 

    businesses offering similar services.

The fitness and healthy living industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of competitors vary by region. Some of our competitors have national name recognition or an established presence in local markets, and some are established in markets in which we have existing stores or intend to locate new stores.

We believe that we successfully compete based on our high-quality class offerings, diversity of programming, competitive price points, passionate and dedicated teachers and the local community culture of each of our studios. Our offerings are also often complementary to other fitness concepts.

Our competition will continue to increase as we add studios in existing markets and expand into new markets.

Information Technology and Systems

We utilize MINDBODY Online, an online health-focused business management software, which handles processing class sign-ups, billing students, updating student information, processing point-of-sale transactions and online payments, tracking and analyzing sales data, studio utilization, billing performance and demographic profiles. Our websites are hosted by third parties, and we also utilize other leading third party vendors for our key systems, including ADP, for payroll, and Oracle Cloud, for accounting and financial reporting. For MyYogaWorks.com, we use Recurly, a billing management software solution for payment processing, and use Ooyala, for online streaming of our MyYogaWorks.com videos.

Intellectual Property

We own a number of registered trademarks and service marks in the U.S. and in other countries. We also own several teacher training manuals and curriculum that we use in our teacher training. In

 

95


Table of Contents

addition, we own domain names, including YogaWorks.com and MyYogaWorks.com. We believe the YogaWorks name and logo and the many distinctive marks associated with it are of significant value and are very important to our business. Accordingly, as a general policy, we pursue registration of our marks in the U.S. and in select international jurisdictions, monitor the use of our marks and oppose any unauthorized use of the marks.

We register some of our copyrighted material and otherwise rely on common law protection of our copyrighted works, such as our library of videos streamed through MyYogaWorks.com. Such copyrighted materials are beneficial, but not material to our business.

We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including enforcing trademark laws, as well as utilizing confidentiality agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information.

Government Regulation

We are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local laws affecting our business, including labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that govern the operation of our studios and the promotion and sale of retail merchandise.

We are also subject to the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and various other laws in the U.S. governing such matters as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions. A significant number of our employees are paid at rates related to the U.S. federal minimum wage, and past increases in the U.S. federal minimum wage have increased our labor costs, as would future increases.

We are responsible at our studios for compliance with state laws that regulate the relationship between health clubs and their members. Nearly all states have consumer protection regulations that limit the collection of monthly membership dues prior to opening, require disclosures of pricing information, mandate the maximum length of contracts and “cooling off” periods for members (after the purchase of a membership), set escrow and bond requirements for health clubs, govern member rights in the event of a member relocation or disability, provide for specific member rights when a health club closes or relocates, or preclude automatic membership renewals.

Employees

As of March 31, 2017, we employed over 2,000 employees at our studios and approximately 45 employees at our corporate headquarters, currently located in Culver City, California. None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe we have an excellent relationship with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

On June 5, 2017, a letter was sent to the California Labor & Workforce Development Agency alleging our itemized wage statements did not comply with the California Labor Code, which we refer to herein as the Wage Statement Claim. As part of these alleged violations, penalties under the Private Attorneys General Act of 2004 and relevant sections of the California Labor Code are being sought on behalf of the State of California and allegedly aggrieved employees. Neither the outcome of the alleged claims, nor the amount and range of potential damages or exposure associated with the allegations can be assessed with certainty, and any damage award or settlement amount could be substantial.

 

96


Table of Contents

In addition to the Wage Statement Claim, from time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. There can be no assurance with respect to the outcome of any legal proceeding, and we could suffer monetary liability from the outcome of the Wage Statement Claim described above or other claims that may be made in the future that could be material to our results of operations. Other than the Wage Statement Claim, we believe there are no pending lawsuits or claims that may have a material adverse effect on our business, capital resources or results of operations.

 

97


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, as of July 10, 2017:

 

Name

  

    Age    

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Rosanna McCollough

     51    President & Chief Executive Officer, Director

Suzanne Dawson

     52    Chief Customer Officer

Vance Chang

     41    Chief Financial Officer

Kurt Donnell

     36    Secretary, Executive Vice President, Partnerships and General Counsel

Non-Employee Directors

     

Peter L. Garran

     41    Director and Chairman of the Board

Michael A. Kumin

     45    Director

Michael J. Gerend(1)(2)

     53      Director

Brian Cooper(1)(2)

     52      Director

 

(1) Member of the compensation committee.
(2) Member of the audit committee.

Executive Officers

Rosanna McCollough joined YogaWorks in February 2015 as President and Chief Operating Officer, initially managing studio operations, marketing, teacher training, MyYogaWorks.com, human resources and IT, before being promoted to President and Chief Executive Officer in June 2016. Before joining YogaWorks, Ms. McCollough was Chief Operating Officer of Merle Norman Cosmetics from February 2010 to February 2015 where she was primarily responsible for managing the company’s operations, advertising, product innovation, training and merchandising. Prior to Merle Norman Cosmetics, Ms. McCollough worked as General Manager of Evite.com from November 2007 to June 2009, where she managed all areas of the business. Prior to Evite.com, Ms. McCollough was the Senior Vice President of WeddingChannel.com from December 1999 to November 2006, in charge of various aspects of the business from product development and editorial to profit and loss responsibilities of their registry, local advertising and e-commerce business units. Ms. McCollough also has worked in marketing and product development roles with Neutrogena Corporation, Max Factor, and Twentieth Century Fox Licensing & Merchandising. Ms. McCollough is a graduate of the University of California, Los Angeles with a B.A. in English. Ms. McCollough also serves as a member of our board of directors. Ms. McCollough was selected to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience she brings as our Chief Executive Officer as well as her extensive marketing experience in consumer-focused industries.

Suzanne Dawson joined YogaWorks as Chief Customer Officer in August 2016. Her role consists of managing all of our studios, workshops and retail operations, as well as our marketing functions. Prior to joining YogaWorks, Ms. Dawson served as Chief Executive Officer and President of OleHenriksen (LVMH) from 2014 to 2015, where she was responsible for all aspects of brand and business development. In 2015, Ms. Dawson partnered with her husband to launch YUNI, a beauty products brand focused on active people. Ms. Dawson also served as Chief Marketing Officer at Murad from 2012 to 2014, in charge of marketing, product development, portfolio management, as well as the creative, education, e-commerce and digital components of the company. Prior to her time at Murad,

 

98


Table of Contents

Ms. Dawson served as Vice President of Global Marketing & Innovation at Aveda from 2005 to 2012, where she was responsible for global brand strategy, marketing, product development, portfolio management, e-commerce, digital and social aspects of the company, as well as consumer engagement and loyalty programs for salons, spas and company-owned stores. Ms. Dawson was educated in Australia, receiving her B.Bus (Marketing) from Monash University and is also a credentialed Ashtanga Yoga teacher.

Vance Chang joined YogaWorks as Chief Financial Officer in April 2016. Prior to joining YogaWorks, Mr. Chang served as the Head of Finance of Pressed Juicery from 2013 to 2016, a consumer goods specialty retailer, where he was chiefly responsible for the company’s finance and accounting operations. Prior to Pressed Juicery, Mr. Chang was an investment banker with Moelis & Company from 2008 to 2013 where he was responsible for executing M&A and capital structure advisory assignments for public and private companies in the consumer and retail sector. Mr. Chang has also worked as a financial auditor with Deloitte & Touche from 1998 to 2000 and was an investment banker with JMP Securities from 2000 to 2003. Mr. Chang earned his B.A. in accounting from the University of Washington and his M.B.A. in corporate finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Kurt Donnell joined YogaWorks in January of 2017 as Executive Vice President, Partnerships and General Counsel. His role consists of leading corporate development initiatives, including mergers, acquisitions and strategic partnerships, and overseeing all company legal and corporate governance matters. Prior to joining YogaWorks, Mr. Donnell led the corporate development, audience development and legal teams for SheKnows Media, a women-focused digital media company and Great Hill Partners portfolio company, from November 2012 to January 2017. While at SheKnows Media, Mr. Donnell oversaw the identification, assessment, negotiation and execution of several of the company’s acquisitions. Before SheKnows Media, Mr. Donnell was a corporate attorney with Jones Day from June 2008 to May 2010, and Ballard Spahr LLP from May 2010 to November 2012, where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions and also practiced in the areas of corporate finance and real estate. Mr. Donnell earned his B.A. and master’s degree in accounting from Miami University in Oxford, Ohio and his J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

Peter L. Garran has served as a member of our board of directors of YogaWorks since July 2014 and as chairman of our board of directors since April 2017. Mr. Garran has worked as an investment professional at Great Hill Partners, L.P. since 2008 where he currently serves as a Partner. In addition to YogaWorks, Mr. Garran currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies. He also served on the board of directors of Spark Networks, Inc. from April 2011 to December 2013. Prior to joining Great Hill Partners, Mr. Garran was an investment banker at J.P. Morgan from 1999 to 2008. Mr. Garran earned an A.B. in history and literature from Harvard College. We believe Mr. Garran is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the consumer retail industry as a private equity investor, his broad financial experience and his service on the board of directors of other consumer and technology companies.

Michael Kumin has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Kumin has worked as an investment professional at Great Hill Partners, L.P. since 2002 where he currently serves as a Managing Partner. Mr. Kumin also currently serves on the board of directors of Wayfair Inc., a role he has served in since June 2011, and on the board of a number of private companies. He also served on the board of directors of Spark Networks, Inc. from June 2006 to December 2013 and Vitacost.com, Inc. from July 2010 to August 2014. Mr. Kumin received a B.A. from Princeton University’s Woodrow Wilson School of Public & International Affairs. We believe Mr. Kumin is qualified to serve on our board

 

99


Table of Contents

of directors due to his experience in the consumer retail and e-commerce industries as a private equity investor and his service on the board of directors of other consumer and technology companies.

Michael J. Gerend has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. Mr. Gerend served as Chief Executive Officer of Edge Fitness Clubs, a group of thirteen health clubs, from January 2015 to March 2017 where he was responsible for the company’s strategy and operational infrastructure. Prior to Edge Fitness Clubs, Mr. Gerend served as President of Schwan’s Home Service, an online grocery delivery service, from July 2011 to January 2014 where he helped lead the company’s national expansion. Mr. Gerend also served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Life Time Fitness, Inc. from April 2003 to May 2009 during the period when Life Time Fitness, Inc. became a public company. Prior to joining Life Time Fitness, Inc., Mr. Gerend served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Grand Holdings, Inc. from 1998 to 2003. He also held senior management positions at Northwest Airlines, Inc. from 1991 to 1997. In addition to YogaWorks, Mr. Gerend currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies, including Edge Fitness Clubs and Movati Athletic, a chain of fitness clubs primarily located in Canada. Mr. Gerend earned his B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and his M.B.A. from the University of Wisconsin. We believe Mr. Gerend is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his senior management experience in the consumer and fitness industries.

Brian Cooper has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2017. Mr. Cooper served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Everyday Health, Inc., a public digital media company focused on health and wellness, from September 2003 to January 2017. Mr. Cooper joined Everyday Health, Inc. when it was a start-up and over a fourteen year period, led the company’s growth strategy, mergers and acquisitions, initial public offering and its ultimate sale to Ziff Davis, a subsidiary of j2 Global, Inc. Mr. Cooper was also responsible for the company’s accounting and finance departments, legal and business affairs, investor relations, human resources, business intelligence and data operations at Everyday Health, Inc. Prior to joining Everyday Health, Inc., Mr. Cooper served as Chief Financial Officer for AdOne LLC from 2000 to 2003 where he was responsible for its finance, accounting, corporate development and all administrative functions. He also served as Audit Partner in KPMG’s Information, Communications, and Entertainment practice from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Cooper also served as Vice President of Finance for Interfilm, Inc. from 1988 to 1995. Mr. Cooper began his career in Ernst and Young’s Entrepreneurial Services Group and is a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School’s Executive Development Program and American University, where he earned his B.S. in Business Administration. We believe Mr. Cooper is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his operating and finance knowledge and experience, and his public company management experience.

Board Composition

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that our Board of Directors shall consist of that number of directors to be determined from time to time by vote of our Board and is currently set at five members. Currently our Board consists of five members: Ms. McCollough and Messrs. Garran, Kumin, Gerend and Cooper.

 

100


Table of Contents

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be Michael A. Kumin and Michael J. Gerend, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018;

 

    the Class II directors will be Rosanna McCollough and Brian Cooper, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019; and

 

    the Class III director will be Peter L. Garran, and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Our Board has determined that upon completion of this offering, Messrs. Gerend and Cooper will be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board applied the standards set forth in the NASDAQ listing standards and in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In evaluating the independence of Messrs. Gerend and Cooper, our Board considered their current and historical employment, any compensation we have given to them, any transactions we have with them, their beneficial ownership of our capital stock, their ability to exert control over us, all other material relationships they have had with us and the same facts with respect to their immediate family. The Board also considered all other relevant facts and circumstances known to it in making this independence determination. In addition, Messrs. Garran and Kumin are non-employee directors, as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

Although there is no specific policy regarding diversity in identifying director nominees, the Board seeks the talents and backgrounds that would be most helpful to the Company in selecting director nominees. In particular, the Board may consider whether a director candidate, if elected, assists in achieving a mix of Board members that represents a diversity of background and experience.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. Our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of chairperson of the board of directors and chief executive officer. Our board of directors currently believes that our existing leadership structure, under which Mr. Garran serves as chairperson of our board of directors and is a non-employee director, is effective, provides the appropriate balance of authority between independent and non-independent directors, and achieves the optimal governance model for us and for our stockholders.

Board Oversight of Risk

Although management is responsible for the day to day management of the risks our company faces, our Board of Directors and its committees take an active role in overseeing management of our risks and have the ultimate responsibility for the oversight of risk management. The Board regularly

 

101


Table of Contents

reviews information regarding our operational, financial, legal and strategic risks. Specifically, senior management attends quarterly meetings of the Board of Directors, provides presentations on operations including significant risks, and is available to address any questions or concerns raised by our Board.

In addition, we expect that our two Board committees will assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities regarding risk. The Audit Committee will coordinate the Board of Directors’ oversight of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, related party transactions and code of conduct and corporate governance guidelines and management will regularly report to the Audit Committee on these areas. The Compensation Committee will assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks arising from our compensation policies and programs. When any of the committees receives a report related to material risk oversight, the chairperson of the relevant committee will report on the discussion to the full Board of Directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We anticipate adopting a code of ethics and conduct, effective upon the completion of this offering, which will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the completion of this offering, the code of ethics and conduct will be available on our website at www.yogaworks.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Controlled Company Exception

After giving effect to this offering, Great Hill Partners will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Great Hill Partners will be able to nominate a majority of the total number of directors comprising our Board of Directors and we will remain a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards. Under the NASDAQ corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, and (4) the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. We intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee and our compensation committee may not be composed entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

Board Committees

In connection with this offering, we anticipate that our Board will establish the following committees: an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. The anticipated composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our Board of Directors.

 

102


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

 

    appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

 

    determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;

 

    discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

 

    approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

 

    monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team in accordance with requirements established by the SEC;

 

    is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

 

    reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and

 

    reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance at least annually.

After this offering, we expect that the members of our audit committee will be Brian Cooper (chairperson), Michael J. Gerend and Peter L. Garran. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that Brian Cooper is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ. Under the rules of the SEC, members of the audit committee must also meet heightened independence standards. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Cooper and Gerend are independent under the heightened audit committee independence standards of the SEC and NASDAQ. As allowed under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ, we intend to phase in compliance with the heightened audit committee independence requirements prior to the end of the one-year transition period. The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee:

 

    reviews and recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

    evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives recommends to our board of directors the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations;

 

    recommends to our board of directors the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans; and

 

103


Table of Contents
    reviews and evaluates, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

After this offering, we expect that the members of our compensation committee will be Michael J. Gerend (chairperson) and Brian Cooper. Each of the members of our compensation committee is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ, is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). The compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

For 2016, Messrs. Garran and Kumin, each non-employee directors, and Ms. McCollough, our Chief Executive Officer, established compensation for each of our executive officers, other than Ms. McCollough. These compensation decisions were guided based on input, feedback and recommendations from Ms. McCollough to Messrs. Garran and Kumin. Ms. McCollough’s compensation was approved by Messrs. Garran and Kumin. After completion of this offering, none of the expected members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

104


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

Director Compensation

In 2016, our non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation or equity awards for their services as directors. However, we have reimbursed our non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings. Our employee directors did not receive any additional compensation for their service as members of our board of directors in 2016.

The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2016 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors:

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Option
Awards
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Peter L. Garran

                           

Michael A. Kumin

                           

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (the “Director Compensation Program”) for the benefit of our non-employee directors, the expected material terms of which are described in more detail below under “–Director Compensation Program”. We expect that the Director Compensation Program will become effective on the date on which it is adopted by our board of directors. We have not yet implemented this program and, accordingly, its terms and conditions remain subject to modification. Directors who are also employees of the company will not receive fees for their service on our board of directors.

Director Compensation Program

The material terms of the Director Compensation Program, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. As noted above, our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the Director Compensation Program Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Under the Director Compensation Program, on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each non-employee director as of the date of such meeting who will continue to serve on our board of directors following such meeting will receive an award of restricted stock units with a grant-date value equal to $100,000 (or, for any non-employee director who will serve as the chair of the audit committee immediately following such meeting, $120,000) (each, an “Annual Award”). Each non-employee director who commences service on the board of directors at any time other than on the date of an annual meeting of our stockholders will receive a pro-rated Annual Award for his or her initial year of service on the Board. In addition, the Director Compensation Program provides that, in connection with this offering, each non-employee director will receive a one-time award of restricted stock units with a grant-date value equal to $100,000 (or, with respect to the chair of the audit committee, $120,000).

Awards of restricted stock units granted under the Director Compensation Program will vest in full on the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the grant date or the annual meeting of stockholders

 

105


Table of Contents

next-following the meeting at which such award was granted, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service on our board of directors through the vesting date.

Pursuant to the Director Compensation Program, non-employee directors also receive reimbursement of reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with their service on our board of directors.

 

106


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2016 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2016, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

    Rosanna McCollough, Chief Executive Officer and President;

 

    Phillip Swain, former Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Vance Chang, Chief Financial Officer;

 

    Frannie Wong, former Chief Financial Officer; and

 

    Suzanne Dawson, Chief Customer Officer.

During 2016, Mr. Swain served as our Chief Executive Officer through June 30, 2016 and Ms. McCollough served as our President through June 30, 2016 and as our Chief Executive Officer and President from June 30, 2016 through December 31, 2016. In addition, during 2016, Ms. Wong served as our Chief Financial Officer through April 1, 2016, and Mr. Chang served as our Chief Financial Officer from April 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Ms. Dawson joined the company as our Chief Customer Officer on July 25, 2016.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

2016 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    Stock
Awards

($)(3)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
    Total($)  

Rosanna McCollough

    2016       300,000       23,008                   26,325       349,333  

Chief Executive Officer and President

             

Phillip Swain

    2016       147,855             7,188             146,727       301,770  

Former Chief Executive Officer

             

Vance Chang

    2016       146,250       12,500             11,250             170,000  

Chief Financial Officer

             

Frannie Wong

    2016       116,897             2,767             111,782       231,446  

Former Chief Financial Officer

             

Suzanne Dawson

    2016       115,889       11,500             9,000       3,125       139,514  

Chief Customer Officer

             

 

(1) Amounts for Mr. Swain and Ms. Wong include payouts of accrued vacation in connection with their terminations of employment with the company.
(2) Represents one-time signing bonuses paid to Mr. Chang and Ms. Dawson in connection with their commencement of employment with us in April 2016 and July 2016, respectively, and one-time cash bonuses paid to Ms. McCollough during 2016. Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang used a portion of their bonuses to purchase shares of restricted common stock.

 

107


Table of Contents
(3) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of restricted stock awards granted to Mr. Swain and Ms. Wong during 2016, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the value of stock awards, see Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. During 2016, Ms. Dawson and Mr. Chang purchased shares of restricted common stock at a price equal to the purchase-date fair market value of such shares. For additional information, see the section captioned “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Equity Compensation”.
(4) Amounts represent 2016 cash bonuses earned by our named executive officers during 2016. Mr. Chang voluntarily allocated $2,250 of his 2016 cash bonus to other employees of the company and, accordingly, retained only $9,000 of his pre-tax 2016 cash bonus (though the entire amount of the bonus is included in this table in accordance with applicable disclosure rules). For additional information, see the section captioned “Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2016 Performance Bonuses”.
(5) Amounts under the “All Other Compensation” column consist of: (i) for Ms. McCollough, $26,325 of company-paid health insurance premiums; (ii) for Mr. Swain, severance payments and benefits payable in connection with his termination of employment consisting of (a) nine months’ base salary (or $139,904) plus (b) nine months’ company-subsidized health, dental and vision coverage (valued at $6,822); (iii) for Ms. Wong, severance payments and benefits payable in connection with her termination of employment consisting of (a) nine months’ base salary (or $103,529) plus (b) nine months’ company-subsidized health, dental and vision coverage (valued at $6,353), and $1,900 in consulting fees paid to her following her termination date; and (iv) for Ms. Dawson, company reimbursement for personal telephone and automobile use costs.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

2016 Salaries

The named executive officers receive base salaries to compensate them for services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s seniority, skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

The actual base salaries paid to our named executive officers during 2016 are set forth in the 2016 Summary Compensation Table above.

2016 Performance Bonuses

In 2016, Mmes. McCollough, Wong and Dawson and Messrs. Swain and Chang were eligible to earn annual cash bonuses targeted at $85,000, $50,000, $75,000, $135,000 and $50,000, respectively. Each named executive officer was eligible to earn his or her bonus based on the attainment of the company’s 2016 EBITDA target, the attainment of the company’s 2016 revenue target and the attainment of individual performance metrics.

We did not attain our EBITDA and revenue targets during fiscal year 2016. However, Mr. Chang and Ms. Dawson each became entitled to receive a cash bonus equal to $9,000 based on the attainment of their individual performance metrics. Ms. McCollough did not receive a bonus with respect to fiscal year 2016, and Ms. Wong and Mr. Swain were not eligible to receive bonuses with respect to fiscal year 2016 because their employment with us terminated prior to the applicable payment date.

The actual annual cash bonuses awarded to each named executive officer for 2016 performance are set forth above in the 2016 Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

 

108


Table of Contents

Additional Cash Bonuses

During 2016, Ms. McCollough received two cash bonuses in the amounts of $19,200 and $3,808. Ms. McCollough’s $3,808 bonus was sufficient on an after-tax basis (and was used) to cover her cost of the purchase of restricted common stock during 2015. In addition, Mr. Chang and Ms. Dawson received one-time sign-on bonuses in the amounts of $12,500 and $11,500, respectively, the after-tax proceeds of which were used, in part, to fund the purchases of their 2016 Restricted Stock Awards.

Equity Compensation

We have historically granted rights to purchase restricted stock to our named executive officers under our 2014 Plan. For additional information about the 2014 Plan, please see the section titled “Equity Incentive Plans” below.

During 2016, each of Mmes. Dawson and Wong and Messrs. Chang and Swain were granted the right to purchase shares of restricted stock under the 2014 Plan (the “2016 Restricted Stock Awards”). Ms. McCollough did not purchase shares of restricted stock or receive grants of equity awards under the 2014 Plan during 2016.

Mr. Swain and Ms. Wong purchased their 2016 Restricted Stock Awards at a purchase price equal to $0.13 per share. The 2016 Restricted Stock Award granted to Mr. Swain vests with respect to one-twenty-fifth of the shares subject thereto on the vesting commencement date ( i.e. , July 11, 2016) and on each of the first twenty-four monthly anniversaries thereof, subject to Mr. Swain’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. Ms. Wong’s 2016 Restricted Stock Award was fully-vested on the date of grant. Upon a termination of Mr. Swain’s or Ms. Wong’s service with the company, we have the right to repurchase the shares subject to their awards at a per-share price equal to the fair market value of shares (with respect to any then-vested shares) and the original purchase price (with respect to any then-unvested shares). We exercised the repurchase right with respect to Mr. Swain’s shares in January 2017.

Ms. Dawson and Mr. Chang purchased their 2016 Restricted Stock Awards at a purchase price equal to $9.20 per share (which was the fair market value of a share of common stock on their purchase dates). The 2016 Restricted Stock Awards held by Ms. Dawson and Mr. Chang vest with respect to one-fourth of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date ( i.e. , July 25, 2016 and April 11, 2016) and with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date thereafter, in each case subject to the applicable executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. In addition, in the event that a change in control of the company occurs and the applicable executive officer’s employment with the company is terminated without cause within twelve months following such change in control, the executive’s 2016 Restricted Stock Awards will vest in full (to the extent then-unvested) upon such termination. Upon a termination of Ms. Dawson’s or Mr. Chang’s service with the company, we have the right to repurchase the shares subject to their awards at a per-share price equal to the fair market value of the shares (with respect to any then-vested shares) and the original purchase price (with respect to any then-unvested shares).

The following table sets forth the restricted stock awards granted to our named executive officers during the 2016 fiscal year, and the per-share purchase price of such awards.

 

Named Executive Officer

   2016 Restricted Stock
Awards

(# of Shares)
     Per Share Purchase Price of
2016 Restricted Stock Awards ($)
 

Philip Swain

     780      $ 0.13  

Vance Chang

     974      $ 9.20  

Frannie Wong

     300      $ 0.13  

Suzanne Dawson

     937      $ 9.20  

 

109


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a 2017 Incentive Award Plan (the “2017 Plan”) in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable our company and certain of its affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. We expect that the 2017 Plan will become effective on the date on which it is approved by our stockholders. We expect that the 2017 Plan will become effective on the date on which it is approved by our stockholders. For additional information about the 2017 Plan, please see the section titled “Equity Incentive Plans – 2017 Plan” below.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy eligibility requirements. We expect that our named executive officers will be eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical, dental and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance and life insurance.

As part of her compensation package, Ms. McCollough is entitled to payment of the costs of health insurance premiums for her and her eligible dependents, as well as reimbursement for the costs of her personal telephone, laptop computer and membership fees or dues in trade or professional organizations. In addition, Ms. Dawson and Messrs. Chang and Swain receive (or received during 2016, in the case of Mr. Swain) reimbursement of costs associated with the use of their personal telephones and Ms. Dawson receives and Mr. Swain received, during 2016, reimbursement of costs associated with the use of their automobiles. The purpose of these benefits and perquisites is to ensure that our named executive officers are able to devote their full business time to our affairs, to project the proper corporate image for the company and to make employment at the company attractive at a relatively modest cost for shareholders.

No Tax Gross-Up Obligations

We have no obligation to make tax gross-up or similar payments to or in respect of amounts that may become payable to any of our named executive officers or other employees, including but not limited to any such gross-up obligations with respect to any amounts deemed to constitute “excess parachute payments” under Internal Revenue Code Section 280G.

 

110


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2016. The share numbers disclosed below reflect the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

    Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date   Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Shares
or Units of
Stock that
have not
Vested(#)
    Market Value
of Shares
or Units of
Stock that
have not
Vested($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights that have
not Vested(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights that have
not Vested($)
 

Rosanna McCollough

Chief Executive Officer and President

  December 31,
2015
  February 9,
2015
    812       6,826              
           

Phillip Swain

  July 1, 2016   July 11, 2016     593       4,988              

Former Chief Executive Officer

           

Vance Chang

  April 11, 2016   April 11, 2016     974       8,190              

Chief Financial Officer

           

Suzanne Dawson

  July 25, 2016   July 25, 2016     937       7,875              

Chief Customer Officer

           

 

(1) Represents shares of restricted common stock which vest with respect to one-fourth of the shares subject thereto on the applicable vesting commencement date and with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to the applicable executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. Upon a termination of the applicable executive’s employment by us without cause within twelve months following a change in control of the company, the restricted shares will vest in full (to the extent then-unvested). Upon a termination of the applicable executive’s service with the company, we have the right to repurchase the shares subject to their awards at a per-share price equal to the fair market value of shares (with respect to any then-vested shares) or the original purchase price (with respect to any then-unvested shares).
(2) Represents shares of restricted common stock which vest with respect to one-twenty-fifth of the shares subject thereto on the vesting commencement date and on each of the first twenty-four month anniversaries of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to Mr. Swain’s continued service through the vesting date. Upon a termination of Mr. Swain’s service with the company, we had the right to repurchase the shares subject to his award at a per-share price equal to the fair market value of shares (with respect to any then-vested shares) and the original purchase price (with respect to any then-unvested shares). We exercised the repurchase right with respect to such shares in January 2017.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

Executive Employment Agreements

During 2016, we were party to executive employment agreements with Mmes. McCollough, Dawson and Wong and Messrs. Swain and Chang, the terms and conditions of which are described below. In March 2017, we entered into executive employment agreements with each of Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang which superseded their prior executive employment

 

111


Table of Contents

agreements. The material terms of the prior executive employment agreements for Mmes. McCollough and Wong and Messrs. Swain and Chang, as well as the material terms of the new 2017 executive employment agreements for each of Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang, are described in more detail below.

Prior Executive Employment Agreements

We entered into executive employment agreements (the “Prior Employment Agreements”) with Ms. McCollough in January 2015, with each of Ms. Wong and Mr. Swain on July 11, 2014, with Ms. Dawson on July 25, 2016 and with Mr. Chang on April 1, 2016, the terms and conditions of which were substantially similar. Pursuant to the Prior Employment Agreements, during 2016, Ms. McCollough served as our President, Ms. Wong served as our Chief Financial Officer (through June 11, 2016), Ms. Dawson served as our Chief Customer Officer, Mr. Swain served as our Chief Executive Officer (through June 30, 2016) and Mr. Chang served as our Chief Financial Officer (from June 11, 2016 through December 31, 2016). In addition, Ms. McCollough served as Chief Executive Officer from June 30, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Each Prior Employment Agreement had an initial one-year term and was subject to automatic one-year renewals thereafter, unless either party provided at least ninety days’ prior written notice of non-renewal.

The Prior Employment Agreements provided for Mmes. McCollough, Wong and Dawson and Messrs. Swain and Chang to receive annual base salaries which, as of December 31, 2016 (or, for Ms. Wong and Mr. Swain, their termination dates), were $300,000, $185,000, $275,000, $250,000 and $195,000, respectively, for grants of restricted common stock covering 1,499 shares, 749 shares, 937 shares, 1,499 shares and 974 shares, respectively, and for eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements provided to our senior executives generally. In addition, the Prior Employment Agreements provided that Mmes. McCollough, Wong and Dawson and Messrs. Swain and Chang were eligible to earn annual cash bonuses targeted at $85,000, $50,000, $75,000, $135,000 and $50,000, respectively, based on the attainment of pre-established company and individual performance metrics. Ms. McCollough’s Prior Employment Agreement also provided that the company would pay the full amount of health insurance premiums for her and her eligible dependents. In addition, Ms. Dawson’s Prior Employment Agreement provided for a one-time signing bonus equal to $11,500, company reimbursement of $125 per month for the use of her personal phone and $500 per month for the use of her automobile. Mr. Chang’s Prior Employment Agreement provided for company reimbursement of $100 per month for the use of his personal phone and a one-time signing bonus equal to $12,500. Mr. Swain’s Prior Employment Agreement provided for company reimbursement of $550 per month for an automobile lease and reasonable expenses for his personal phone and Blackberry.

Pursuant to the Prior Employment Agreements, upon a termination of the applicable executive’s employment by us without “cause,” due to the applicable executive’s death or disability or due to the applicable executive’s resignation for “good reason” (each such term as defined in the applicable Prior Employment Agreement), subject to the applicable executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, the executive was eligible to receive (1) twelve months (in the case of Ms. McCollough), nine months (in the case of Ms. Wong and Messrs. Swain and Chang) or three months (in the case of Ms. Dawson) of continued base salary, (2) if such termination occurred on or after July 1 of any year, a pro rata portion of the executive’s annual bonus for the year of termination, (3) company-subsidized medical, dental or vision coverage following termination for up to twelve months (in the case of Ms. McCollough), nine months (in the case of Ms. Wong and Messrs. Swain and Chang) or three months (in the case of Ms. Dawson) and (4) for Ms. McCollough only, if such termination occurred more than eighteen months following the date on which her employment with us commenced, accelerated vesting of 374 shares of any unvested restricted stock then held by her.

 

112


Table of Contents

Each Prior Employment Agreement includes confidentiality and non-disparagement restrictions effective during and after employment, as well as non-solicit restrictions that are effective during the applicable executive’s employment with us and for twelve months thereafter.

New Executive Employment Agreements

As noted above, on March 27, 2017, we entered into executive employment agreements with each of Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang (the “New Employment Agreements”) which superseded and replaced their Prior Employment Agreements. Pursuant to the New Employment Agreements, Ms. McCollough serves as our Chief Executive Officer and President, Ms. Dawson serves as our Chief Customer Officer and Mr. Chang serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Each New Employment Agreement has an initial one-year term ending January 1, 2018 and is subject to automatic one-year renewals thereafter, unless either party provides at least ninety days’ prior written notice of non-renewal.

The New Employment Agreements provide for annual base salaries of $300,000 for Ms. McCollough. $275,000 for Ms. Dawson and $220,000 for Mr. Chang, and for eligibility to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements provided to our senior executives generally. In addition, the New Employment Agreements provide that Mmes. McCollough and Dawson and Mr. Chang are eligible to receive annual cash bonuses targeted at $100,000, $75,000 and $50,000, respectively, based on the attainment of pre-established company and individual performance metrics (with additional incentives payable in the company’s discretion for surpassing key metric goals). Ms. McCollough’s New Employment Agreement also provides that the company will pay the full amount of health insurance premiums for her and her eligible dependents. In addition, the New Employment Agreements provide for (i) reimbursement for the costs of Ms. McCollough’s cellular telephone, laptop computer and membership fees and dues in any trade or professional association or organization mutually agreed to by Ms. McCollough and our Board of Directors, (ii) for Ms. Dawson and Mr. Chang, company reimbursement of $125 per month for the use of their personal phones and (iii) for Ms. Dawson, reimbursement for business use of her personal automobile.

Under their New Employment Agreements, upon a termination of the applicable executive without “cause,” due to the applicable executive’s death or disability or due to the applicable executive’s resignation for “good reason” (each such term as defined in the applicable New Employment Agreement), subject to the applicable executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, the executive will be eligible to receive (1) twelve months (in the case of Ms. McCollough), three months (in the case of Ms. Dawson) or six months (in the case of Mr. Chang) of continued payment of base salary, (2) if such termination occurs on or after July 1 of any year, a pro rata portion of the executive’s annual bonus for the year of termination, (3) company-subsidized medical, dental or vision coverage for up to twelve months (in the case of Ms. McCollough), three months (in the case of Ms. Dawson) or six months (in the case of Mr. Chang) following termination and (4) for Ms. McCollough only, accelerated vesting of any shares subject to outstanding equity incentive awards then held by her that would have otherwise vested during the twelve-month period following termination.

The New Employment Agreements also contain confidentiality, nondisclosure and invention assignment provisions effective during and after employment, as well as non-solicitation restrictions that are effective during the applicable executive’s employment with us and for twelve months thereafter.

Equity Incentive Plans

We currently maintain the 2014 Plan, which became effective on July 11, 2014. In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a 2017 Incentive Award Plan (the “2017 Plan”). We

 

113


Table of Contents

expect that, upon the effectiveness of the 2017 Plan, no further awards will be made under the 2014 Plan. However, the 2017 Plan has not yet been adopted and, accordingly, its terms and conditions remain subject to modification.

2014 Plan

The material terms of the 2014 Plan are summarized below.

Share Reserve. As of March 31, 2017, an aggregate of 1,695,484 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2014 Plan.

Administration. Our board of directors administers the 2014 Plan. The board may delegate its duties and responsibilities to a committee of the board consisting of at least two members of the board of directors and may delegate to our Chief Executive Officer the authority to grant awards under the Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards, to determine the terms and conditions of awards and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or repeal rules relating to administration of the 2014 Plan.

Eligibility. Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted to full or part-time officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key individuals of the company and its subsidiaries. Incentive stock options, or ISOs, may be granted only to employees of the company or its subsidiaries.

Awards. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of stock options (including ISOs and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs), restricted stock or stock awards, or any combination thereof. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals in the future pursuant to the 2014 Plan (and, as noted above, following the effectiveness of this offering, we do not expect to make any further awards under the 2014 Plan). Each award is set forth in a separate award agreement indicating the type of the award and the terms and conditions of the award.

 

    Stock Options. Stock options provide for the right to purchase shares of the company common stock in the future at a specified price that is established on the date of grant. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

    Restricted Stock. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of common stock that remains forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Holders of restricted stock will have voting rights and may be granted with the right to receive dividends.

 

    Stock Awards. Stock awards are shares of common stock that are not subject to vesting conditions, the receipt of which may be deferred by us or the participant. Stock awards may be granted or sold to participants (for no less than par value of the underlying shares), including in lieu of cash compensation otherwise payable to a participant.

 

114


Table of Contents

Certain Transactions. The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2014 Plan, as well as to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our stock, such as reorganizations, recapitalizations, stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations or other corporate transactions. In the event of a sale event relating to the company (as defined in the 2014 Plan), to the extent that outstanding options are not assumed or substituted in connection with such sale event, all then-outstanding options will become exercisable (to the extent vested) prior to the sale event and will terminate upon the sale event.

Transferability and Restrictions. With limited exceptions for the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2014 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and are exercisable only by the participant.

Amendment and Termination. The Board may terminate, amend or modify the 2014 Plan at any time. However, we must obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2014 Plan to the extent required by applicable law. In addition, no amendment of the 2014 Plan may, without the consent of the holder, adversely affect any award previously granted. We expect to cease granting any awards under the 2014 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2017 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2014 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2014 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

2017 Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect to adopt the 2017 Plan, subject to approval by our stockholders, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The anticipated material terms of the 2017 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the 2017 Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

Share Reserve . The aggregate number of shares of company common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2017 Plan (the “Share Limit”) equals the sum of (i) 1,901,598, plus (ii) any shares which, as of the effective date of the 2017 Plan, are subject to awards under the 2014 Plan which are forfeited or lapse unexercised following the effective date of the 2017 Plan, plus (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2018 and ending on and including January 1, 2027 equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the shares outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by the board of directors. No more than 3,803,195 shares may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

If an award under the 2017 Plan is forfeited, expires, or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2017 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2017 Plan: (i) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award; (ii) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise; and (iii) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options. The payment of dividend equivalents in cash in connection with outstanding awards will not be counted against the Share Limit.

Awards granted under the 2017 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which the

 

115


Table of Contents

company enters into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2017 Plan. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any participant pursuant to the 2017 Plan during any calendar year will be 300,000 shares, the maximum amount that may be paid in cash to any one participant during any calendar year under one or more awards payable in cash will be $3.0 million and, to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, shares subject to awards which are canceled will continue to be counted against the foregoing award limits; however, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of the following events to occur after the date on which the company becomes a publicly-traded company: (a) the first material modification of the 2017 Plan; (b) the issuance of all of the shares reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan; (c) the expiration of the 2017 Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the board of directors of the company are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the company was first registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code. The grant date value of awards granted to any non-employee director pursuant to the 2017 Plan during any calendar year may not exceed $500,000.

Administration. The company’s board of directors will administer the 2017 Plan with respect to awards granted to non-employee directors and the company’s compensation committee will administer the 2017 Plan with respect to awards granted to other participants. The board or compensation committee may delegate their duties and responsibilities to committees of directors and/or officers, subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules. To the extent that the compensation committee constitutes the plan administrator, it must consist of at least two members of the Company’s board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange on which shares of common stock are traded. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the types, terms and conditions of awards and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2017 Plan. The plan administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2017 Plan.

Eligibility . Options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2017 Plan may be granted to officers, employees and consultants of the Company and certain of its affiliates. Awards also may be granted to the Company’s directors. Only employees of the Company or certain of its subsidiaries may be granted ISOs.

Awards . The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of stock options (including ISOs and NSOs), SARs, restricted stock, RSUs, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2017 Plan. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement and will indicate the type and terms and conditions of the award.

 

   

Stock Options . Stock options provide for the right to purchase shares of the company common stock in the future at a specified price that is established on the date of grant. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in

 

116


Table of Contents
 

connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

    Restricted Stock . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of common stock that remains forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Holders of restricted stock will have voting rights and, except with respect to performance vesting awards, will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

 

    Restricted Stock Units . RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of common stock (or the fair market value of such shares in cash) in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. RSUs generally may not be sold or transferred until vesting conditions are removed or expire. The shares underlying RSUs will not be issued until the RSUs have vested, and recipients of RSUs generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the RSUs are settled in shares, unless the RSU includes a dividend equivalent right (in which case the holder may be entitled to dividend equivalent payments under certain circumstances). Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral.

 

    Stock Appreciation Rights . SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2017 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of company common stock on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. SARs under the 2017 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of company common stock, or in a combination of both, as determined by the administrator.

 

    Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by the company, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. Dividend equivalents generally are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator, and may be settled in cash or shares as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents with respect to an award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such award will only be paid out to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the award vests.

 

    Performance Shares . Performance shares are contractual rights to receive shares of common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards.

 

    Stock Payments . Stock payments are awards of fully-vested shares of common stock that may, but need not, be granted in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including base salary, bonus or fees that would otherwise be payable in cash to the recipient.

Performance Awards . Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation,” or QPBC, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in

 

117


Table of Contents

which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that a publicly-held corporation may take in respect of compensation paid to its “covered employees” (which generally includes the corporation’s chief executive officer and next three most highly compensated employees other than the chief financial officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. Under a special transition rule for private companies that become publicly held, the company does not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to certain awards under the 2017 Plan until the earliest to occur of (i) the annual stockholders’ meeting at which members of its board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of its equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; (ii) a material modification of the 2017 Plan; (iii) the exhaustion of the share supply under the 2017 Plan; or (iv) the expiration of the 2017 Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC. In addition, the company may issue awards that are not intended to, or that otherwise do not, constitute QPBC even if such awards might be non-deductible as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code.

In order to constitute QPBC under Section 162(m) of the Code, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by the compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the 2017 Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards: (1) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (2) gross or net sales or revenue; (3) net income (either before or after taxes); (4) adjusted net income; (5) operating earnings or profit; (6) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (7) return on assets; (8) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (9) return on stockholders’ equity; (10) total stockholder return; (11) return on sales; (12) gross or net profit or operating margin; (13) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (14) expenses; (15) working capital; (16) earnings or loss per share; (17) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (18) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (19) regulatory achievements or compliance (including, without limitation, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product); (20) implementation or completion of critical projects; (21) market share; (22) achievement of subscriber and/or attendance-based metrics; (23) acquisition-related goals; (24) growth of specific lines of business; (25) sourcing and/or execution of partnerships; (26) economic value; (27) employee satisfaction, recruitment and/or retention goals; (28) customer retention and satisfaction goals; (29) achievement of studio, website, mobile and/or content visit and/or usage goals; and (30) brand recognition, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for the Company or any operating unit of the Company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

The 2017 Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards. Such adjustments may include one or more of the following: (1) items related to a change in accounting principle; (2) items relating to financing activities; (3) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (4) other non-operating items; (5) items related to acquisitions; (6) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the company during the applicable performance period; (7) items related to the sale or disposition of a business or segment of a business; (8) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under

 

118


Table of Contents

applicable accounting standards; (9) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the applicable performance period; (10) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (11) items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments; (12) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (13) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (14) items related to acquired or in-process research and development; (15) items relating to changes in tax laws; (16) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (17) items relating to asset impairment charges; (18) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration or contractual settlements; (19) items attributable to expenses incurred in connection with a reduction in force or early retirement initiative; (20) items relating to foreign exchange or currency transactions and/or fluctuations; or (21) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in applicable laws, accounting principles or business conditions.

Certain Transactions . The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2017 Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting the company’s common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with the company’s stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2017 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of the company (as defined in the 2017 Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to assume or substitute for outstanding awards or it is otherwise determined that awards will not be assumed or substituted, the awards will become fully vested and exercisable in connection with the transaction. If an award vests and, as applicable, is exercised in lieu of assumption or substitution in connection with a change in control, the award will terminate upon the change in control.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments . The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2017 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2017 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of common stock that meet specified conditions, a market sell order or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Amendment and Termination . The company’s board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2017 Plan at any time. However, the company must generally obtain stockholder approval to increase the number of shares available under the 2017 Plan (other than as described above with respect to automatic annual increases or in connection with certain corporate events), to reprice options or SARs or to cancel any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. In addition, no amendment, suspension or termination of the 2017 Plan may, without the consent of the holder, materially and adversely affect any rights or obligations under any award previously granted, unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2017 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2017 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2017 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2017 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

 

119


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2014, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Great Hill Partners

On July 11, 2014, we were acquired by Great Hill Partners. On July 11, 2014, we entered into an Expense Reimbursement Agreement with Great Hill Partners, pursuant to which we agreed to reimburse Great Hill Partners for direct and indirect expenses (including travel and other out-of-pocket expenses) incurred for rendering general management, consulting and advisory services to us (which generally consisted of services related to attendance at board meetings, advising on studio acquisitions, developing and supervising our capital structure and strategies for increasing our financial performance). Under the terms of the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, we reimburse Great Hill Partners for their services by paying in advance on the first day of each calendar quarter $25,000. We reimbursed Great Hill Partners $46,505 in 2014, $100,000 in 2015 and $100,000 in 2016 for their services under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement. We and Great Hill Partners intend to terminate the Expense Reimbursement Agreement upon consummation of our initial public offering. We believe our existing management team and our Board of Directors after this offering will adequately provide to us the services and oversight previously rendered under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement after its termination.

On June 3, 2015, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $10.2 million, with an annual interest rate of 8%. On March 24, 2017, the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes were converted into 1,407,632 shares of our common stock.

On March 24, 2017, we converted of all of our outstanding preferred stock, all beneficially owned by Great Hill Partners, into 7,426,169 shares of our common stock.

On March 27, 2017, we issued to Great Hill Partners the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, with an annual interest rate of 8% and with a maturity date of March 27, 2018. These convertible notes are convertible into shares of our common stock, at the option of the holder, at a conversion price of $8.40 per share of common stock.

Great Hill has Partners indicated an interest in purchasing up to $10.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Based on an assumed public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Great Hill Partners would purchase up to an aggregate of 769,230 shares of our common stock in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

 

120


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our Audit Committee, but only those independent directors who are disinterested, will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

121


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 10, 2017, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, which generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 10, 2017. Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information in the table below does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 8,909,081 shares of common stock outstanding as of July 10, 2017. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on 13,909,081 shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, convertible securities or other rights, held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of July 10, 2017, are considered outstanding. We did not, however, deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o YogaWorks, 5780 Uplander Way, Culver City, California 90230.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned
    % of Outstanding
Shares Beneficially
Owned after this
Offering
 
     Shares      %    

Named Executive Officers and Directors :

       

Rosanna McCollough(1)

     243,206        2.7     1.7

Suzanne Dawson(2)

     56,533        *       *  

Vance Chang(3)

     69,386        *       *  

Peter L. Garran

                   

Michael A. Kumin(4)

     8,901,292        99.9     64.0

Phil Swain(5)

     718        *       *  

Frannie Wong(6)

     659        *       *  

Michael J. Gerend

                   

Brian Cooper

                   

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)

     9,270,417        100.0     64.9

Other 5% Stockholders:

       

Great Hill Partners(7)(8)

     8,901,292        99.9     64.0

 

* less than 1%.

 

122


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of (a) 2,999 shares of common stock held of record by Rosanna McCollough, and (b) 240,207 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 10, 2017.
(2) Consists of (a) 937 shares of common stock held of record by Suzanne Dawson, and (b) 55,596 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 10, 2017.
(3) Consists of (a) 974 shares held of record by Vance Chang, and (b) 68,412 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 10, 2017.
(4) Consists of shares described in Note (7) below, which are held by entities affiliated with Great Hill Partners. Mr. Kumin is a manager of GHP V, LLC and Great Hill Investors, LLC, and, as such, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of these shares. Mr. Kumin’s address is c/o Great Hill Partners, One Liberty Square, Boston, MA 02109.
(5) Consists of (a) 718 shares held of record by Phil Swain, and (b) no shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 10, 2017.
(6) Consists of (a) 659 shares held of record by Frannie Wong, and (b) no shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 10, 2017.
(7) Consists of (a) 8,871,669 shares of our common stock held by Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., and (b) 29,263 shares of our common stock held by Great Hill Investors, LLC. Great Hill Partners GP V, L.P. is the sole general partner of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P. and GHP V, LLC is the sole general partner of Great Hill Partners GP V, L.P. GHP V, LLC is controlled by Christopher S. Gaffney, John G. Hayes, Michael A. Kumin, Mark D. Taber and Matthew T. Vettel and, as such, they may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P. Great Hill Investors, LLC is controlled by Christopher S. Gaffney, John G. Hayes, Michael A. Kumin, Mark D. Taber and Matthew T. Vettel and, as such, they may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by Great Hill Investors, LLC. Each of Messrs. Gaffney, Hayes, Kumin, Taber and Vettel disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Great Hill Partners is Great Hill Partners, One Liberty Square, Boston, MA 02109.
(8) Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $10.0 million of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. Based on an assumed public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Great Hill Partners would purchase up to 769,230 shares of our common stock in this offering based on these indications of interest. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. If these purchases were completed, Great Hill Partners would beneficially own 69.5% of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

 

123


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

As of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be approved by our pre-IPO stockholders prior to this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

As of July 10, 2017, there were 8,909,081 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 8 stockholders.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share of common stock. Holders of shares of common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders present in person or represented by proxy. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms.

Economic Rights

Dividends . Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See “Dividend Policy” for more information. Any dividend or distributions paid or payable to the holders of shares of common stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions . Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders shall be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders owed to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended

 

124


Table of Contents

and restated bylaws, or as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. This choice of forum provision has important consequences for our stockholders. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.”

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of July 10, 2017, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 1,289,013 shares of our common stock under our 2014 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $ 8.40 per share. For a more complete discussion of our stock option plans, please see “Executive Compensation—2014 Plan” and “—2017 Plan.”

Anti-takeover Provisions

Classified Board of Directors and Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a director may be removed only for cause. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our amended and restated bylaws provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and

 

125


Table of Contents

may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our board of directors.

Authorized But Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of NASDAQ. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Corporate Opportunity

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply against Great Hill Partners, any of our non-employee directors or agents who are employees, affiliates or representatives of Great Hill Partners or its affiliates (other than us or our subsidiaries) or any of their respective affiliates in a manner that would prohibit them from investing in competing businesses or doing business with our customers; provided, we do not renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any person who serves as an officer (excluding the offices of chairperson or vice chairperson of the board of directors) or employee of our company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The address of the transfer agent and registrar is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

126


Table of Contents

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— Indemnification Agreements and Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance.”

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “YOGA.”

 

127


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of July 10, 2017, 13,909,081 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares solely to cover overallotments, if any, and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, including any Great Hill Shares, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock not sold in this offering will be, and shares subject to stock options will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities exchangeable or exercisable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, all 5,000,000 shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

    beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, 8,909,081 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors and substantially all other holders of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock (including Great Hill Partners) have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC, offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, shares of our common stock which may be deemed to be beneficially owned under the Securities Act of 1933) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of beneficially owned shares of our common stock or

 

128


Table of Contents

securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or (iii) engage in any short selling of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to lock-up agreements at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Cowen and Company, LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal 139,090 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

129


Table of Contents

Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the completion of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

130


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. Potential tax reforms in the U.S. may result in significant changes in the rules governing U.S. federal income taxation. Such changes may affect the federal tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common stock discussed herein.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

    U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

    banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

    “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

    tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

    persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

    tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

    “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities

 

131


Table of Contents

of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax

 

132


Table of Contents

treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

    the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

133


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

134


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters for the offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below. Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Stephens Inc.

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  

Imperial Capital, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     5,000,000  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the overallotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Overallotment Option to Purchase Additional Shares. We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 750,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. This option is exercisable for a period of 30 days. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will purchase additional shares from us in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of our common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

Great Hill Shares. Great Hill Partners has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $10.0 million of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to Great Hill Partners, and Great Hill Partners may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

Discounts and Commissions. The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

135


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discount, will be approximately $2.0 million and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount not to exceed $15,000. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us up to $200,000 for certain of our expenses incurred by us with respect to this offering.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      Without
Overallotment
     With
Overallotment
 

Public offering price

        

Underwriting discount

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer the shares of common stock to securities dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. If all of the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

Discretionary Accounts. The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the shares to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

Market Information. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these negotiations will include:

 

    the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    our past and present financial information;

 

    an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

    the present state of our development; and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol ‘‘YOGA’’.

Stabilization. In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.

 

   

Overallotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not

 

136


Table of Contents
 

greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the overallotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the overallotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the overallotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the overallotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making. In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selling group members, if any, may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, such bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Lock-Up Agreements. Pursuant to certain ‘‘lock-up’’ agreements, we and our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, including Great Hill Partners, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, or make any demand or request or exercise any right with respect to the registration of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of the pricing of the offering, referred to herein as the lock-up period.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the

 

137


Table of Contents

power of disposition. The exceptions permit us, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (i) issue common stock as contemplated by the underwriting agreement, (ii) issue common stock and options to purchase common stock, shares of common stock underlying options granted and other securities, each pursuant to any director or employee stock option plan, stock ownership plan or dividend reinvestment plan in effect on the date hereof and described in this prospectus; (iii) issue common stock pursuant to the conversion of securities or the exercise of warrants, which securities or warrants are outstanding on the date hereof and described in this prospectus; (iv) sell or issue, or enter into an agreement to sell or issue, shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with (1) mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (3) joint ventures, or (4) strategic alliances; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following this offering (assuming full exercise or conversion of all of our outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants into shares of our common stock); provided further that each recipient of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock pursuant to this clause (iv) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially similar to the agreement executed by our directors, executive officers and holders of our common stock; and (v) adopt a new equity incentive plan, and file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of securities to be issued pursuant to such new equity incentive plan, and issue securities pursuant to such new equity incentive plan (including, without limitation, the issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of options or other securities issued pursuant to such new equity incentive plan), provided that such new equity incentive plan satisfies the transaction requirements of General Instruction A.1 of Form S-8 under the Securities Act, and that each recipient of shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into common stock, pursuant to such new equity incentive plan shall be contractually obligated to execute a lock-up agreement substantially similar to the agreement executed by our directors, executive officers and shareholders. The restrictions under the “lock-up” agreements will not apply to: (a) if the party is a natural person, any transfers made by the party (i) as a bona fide gift to any member of the immediate family of the party or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the party or members of the party’s immediate family, (ii) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the party or (iii) as a bona fide gift to a charity or educational institution; (b) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to any stockholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the party, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value; (c) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfer made by the party (i) in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the party’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the party’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by the lock-up agreement or (ii) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity so long as the transferee is an affiliate of the party and such transfer is not for value; (d) transactions relating to our common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering, provided that no such transaction is required to be, or is, publicly announced during the lock-up period; (e) the entry or amendment, by the party, at any time on or after the date of the underwriting agreement, of any trading plan providing for the sale of our common stock by the party, which trading plan meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act, provided, however, that such plan does not provide for, or permit, the sale of any of our common stock during the lock-up period and no public announcement or filing is voluntarily made or required regarding such plan during the lock-up period; (f) any transfers made by the party to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to our equity incentive plans or arrangements disclosed in

 

138


Table of Contents

this prospectus; (g) if the party is a trust, any transfers made by the party to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust and such transfer is not for value; (h) any transfers by operation of law, including pursuant to a domestic order or a negotiated divorce settlement; (i) any transfers of our securities to us pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such securities or we have a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such securities; and (j) any transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of our company; provided, however, that (1) in the case of any transfer described in clause (a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee executes and delivers to Cowen and Company, LLC, a written lock-up agreement substantially in form to the lock-up agreement signed by our directors, executive officers and shareholders, (2) in the case of any transfer described in clause (a), (b), (c), (f) or (g) above, if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock during the lock-up period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report stating the nature of the transfer or disposition.

Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Cowen and Company, LLC shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares. A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they may in the future receive customary fees.

Notice to Prospective Investors

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves

 

139


Table of Contents

about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful

Canada . The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

United Kingdom. Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:

 

    it has not made or will not make an offer of the securities to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (FSA);

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

    it has complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland. The securities will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (the “EEA”) which has implemented the European Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer of our shares may not be made to the public in a Relevant Member State other than:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor, as defined in the European Prospectus Directive;

 

140


Table of Contents
    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the European Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant dealer or dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the European Prospectus Directive.

provided that no such offer of our shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the European Prospectus Directive or supplement prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the European Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this description, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the European Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “European Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments hereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Israel. In the State of Israel this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, including, inter alia, if: (1) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions (the “Addressed Investors”); or (2) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, subject to certain conditions (the “Qualified Investors”). The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. The company has not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.

Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. In particular, we may request, as a condition to be offered common stock, that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us or to anyone acting on our behalf: (1) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; (2) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (3) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with the offer to be issued common stock; (4) that the shares of common stock that it will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968: (a) for its own account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; and (5) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.

 

141


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Latham & Watkins, LLP, Los Angeles, California will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. DLA Piper LLP (US), New York, New York is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference facilities and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.yogaworks.com where, upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

142


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Index to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

     F-32  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

     F-33  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock (Unaudited)

     F-34  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (Unaudited)

     F-35  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

     F-36  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-37  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

YogaWorks, Inc.

Los Angeles, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of YogaWorks, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable preferred stock, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of YogaWorks, Inc. at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 18, 2017, except for the third paragraph in Note 1 and the fifth paragraph in Note 16, as to which the date is July 14, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

   2016     2015  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,912,421     $ 3,772,605  

Inventories, net

     948,194       1,115,702  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,318,137       394,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     4,178,752       5,283,139  

Property and equipment, net

     8,552,674       9,285,271  

Intangible assets, net

     25,654,823       31,718,835  

Goodwill

     17,746,570       17,746,570  

Other non-current assets

     1,015,079       965,786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 57,147,898     $ 64,999,601  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,162,675     $ 1,539,485  

Accrued compensation

     1,504,034       1,212,145  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     418,750       543,750  

Convertible note due to related party

           10,727,767  

Deferred revenue

     4,593,076       5,242,957  

Current portion of deferred rent

     192,569       461,562  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,871,104       19,727,666  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     2,471,734       367,944  

Deferred tax liability

     59,536       23,028  

Convertible note due to related party

     11,634,592        

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt issuance costs

     6,350,320       6,657,149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     28,387,286       26,775,787  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 15)

    

Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015; Liquidation Preference $61,392,824 and $56,758,162 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

     61,392,824       56,758,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; 74,559 and 72,735 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015

     75       73  

Additional paid in capital

     67,187       25,869  

Accumulated deficit

     (32,699,474     (18,560,290
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (32,632,212     (18,534,348
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 57,147,898     $ 64,999,601  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

Years ended December 31,

   2016     2015  

Net revenues

   $ 55,090,208     $ 48,505,831  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

    

Cost of revenues

     20,535,177       17,104,969  

Center operations

     22,469,539       19,859,052  

General and administrative expenses

     11,066,545       12,555,983  

Depreciation and amortization

     8,893,093       6,514,393  

Goodwill impairment

           927,062  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     62,964,354       56,961,459  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,874,146     (8,455,628 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     1,587,084       746,232  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision
for income taxes

     (9,461,230     (9,201,860 )  

Provision for income taxes

     43,292       13,283  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (9,504,522     (9,215,143 )  

Less preferred rights dividend on redeemable preferred stock

     (4,634,662     (4,318,364 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14,139,184   $ (13,533,507 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (191.60   $ (189.96 )  

Weighted-average number of shares used in calculating
loss per share attributable to common stockholders (Note 12):

    

Basic and diluted common shares

     73,796       71,244  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

     Redeemable
preferred stock
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2015

     10,000      $ 52,439,798  

Deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock

            4,318,364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     10,000        56,758,162  

Deemed dividend on redeemable preferred stock

            4,634,662  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

     10,000      $ 61,392,824  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 

Balance , January 1, 2015

     71,236      $ 71      $ 8,729      $ (5,026,783   $ (5,017,983

Issuance of common stock

     1,499        2        198              200  

Redeemable preferred stock dividends

                          (4,318,364     (4,318,364

Stock-based compensation

                   16,942              16,942  

Net loss

                          (9,215,143     (9,215,143
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance , December 31, 2015

     72,735        73        25,869        (18,560,290     (18,534,348

Issuance of common stock

     1,824        2        17,875              17,877  

Redeemable preferred stock dividends

                          (4,634,662     (4,634,662

Stock-based compensation

                   23,443              23,443  

Net loss

                          (9,504,522     (9,504,522
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance , December 31, 2016

     74,559      $ 75      $ 67,187      $ (32,699,474   $ (32,632,212
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31,

   2016     2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (9,504,522   $ (9,215,143

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     8,893,093       6,514,393  

Goodwill impairment

           927,062  

Deferred tax expense

     36,508      
13,154
 

Paid-in-kind interest expense capitalized to convertible note

     906,825       480,896  

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     111,922       47,090  

Loss on disposal of development in progress

           42,851  

Stock-based compensation expense

     23,443       16,942  

Changes to operating assets and liabilities

    

Tenant improvement allowances received

     1,558,576        

Inventories

     167,508       (244,939

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (923,305     (145,779

Other non-current assets

     (49,293     (49,339

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (376,810     (576,904

Accrued compensation

     291,889       72,262  

Deferred revenue

     (649,881     426,593  

Deferred rent

     276,217       803,188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     762,170       (887,673
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, equipment, and intangible assets

     (2,096,481     (3,418,566

Costs incurred in website content, website development and software

           (256,293

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

           (11,448,910
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,096,481     (15,123,769
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Principal payment on term loans

     (543,750     (16,581

Repayment on equipment line

           (1,411,111

Proceeds from term loan

           7,000,000  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

           10,246,871  

Debt issuance cost

           (546,191

Net proceeds from issuance of common stocks and preferred stocks

     17,877        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (525,873     15,272,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,860,184     (738,454

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     3,772,605       4,511,059  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 1,912,421     $ 3,772,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest paid

   $ 520,518     $ 186,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities

    

Dividends on preferred redeemable stock accrued

   $ 4,634,662     $ 4,318,364  

Paid-in-kind interest expense capitalized convertible note

     906,825       480,896  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition (Note 4)

    

Issuance of notes payable in exchange of net assets acquired

   $     $ 700,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

General

YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) are primarily engaged in building and operating yoga studios. The Company was formerly known as YWX Holdings, Inc. and changed its name to YogaWorks, Inc. on April 10, 2017. The Company operates under the brand name YogaWorks and Yoga Tree and offers primarily yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs, and yoga-related retail merchandise across its studios. In addition to its studio locations, YogaWorks offers online yoga instruction and programming through its MyYogaWorks web platform, which provides subscribers with a highly curated catalog of over 1,000 yoga classes.

On March 24, 2017, the Company effectuated a 1-for-10 reverse stock split (the “1-for-10 Reverse Split”). Under the terms of the 1-for-10 Reverse Split, each share of common stock, issued and outstanding as of such effective date, was automatically reclassified and changed into one-tenth of one share of common stock, without any further action by the stockholders. Fractional shares were rounded down to the nearest whole share. All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 1-for-10 Reverse Split for all periods presented.

On July 14, 2017, the Company effectuated a 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split (the “1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split”). Under the terms of the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split, each share of common stock, issued and outstanding as of such effective date, was automatically reclassified and changed into 0.749895 shares of common stock, without any further action by the stockholders. Fractional shares were rounded down to the nearest whole share. All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split for all periods presented.

The accompanying financial statements are prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Markets

The Company operates in regional markets across the U.S. As a result of the clustering of the studios in key geographic markets, and the flexibility offered to students to use different studios in their regional markets, the Company does not report net revenues on an individual studio basis or report same studio sales. The Company prefers to analyze the financial results on a regional market basis. Given the focus on acquisitions, the Company may acquire stores in an existing regional market to capture more regional market share which may take some market share from the existing studios.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company owned and operated 49 yoga studios in 6 regional markets. The following table illustrates the studio locations by regional market:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Regional Market

   Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
    Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
 

Los Angeles

     17        41     15        46

Orange County (California)(2)

     4        8     5        11

New York City(2)

     5        14     6        18

Northern California

     13        26     12        23

Boston

     2        3     2        1

Baltimore/Washington D.C.

     8        7     7        1

 

F-8


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(1) For the year ended December 31. Assumes that any net revenues for teacher training, workshops and MyYogaWorks.com for such period are allocated to the regional markets on a proportional basis based on the market’s share of total studio net revenues for such period.
(2) Reflects closures in 2016 of one studio in Orange County (California) and one studio in New York City.

The Company operates in a number of regional operating segments; however, the Company meets the aggregation criteria of ASC 280 and therefore reports as one reportable segment. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker, determines the Company’s strategy and makes operating decisions for the regional operating segments, and assesses performance and allocates resources based on performance of the Company’s regional operating segments. The Company derives revenue from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

The financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company expects to incur further GAAP losses over the next several years as it continues to incur amortization of intangible assets from the acquisition of the Company in 2014 by Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC (collectively, “Great Hill Partners”) and has been dependent on funding growth through the incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities.

The Company had a net loss of $9,504,522 and $9,215,143, net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of $762,170 and $(887,673) for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $(32,699,474) and $(18,560,290) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company also had a negative working capital of $3,692,352 at December 31, 2016, which is mainly due to deferred revenue. The primary sources of liquidity include cash on hand of $1,912,421, cash flows from operating activities, availability under the credit facility with Deerpath Funding LP of approximately $13,000,000 as of December 31, 2016 (see Note 9) and convertible promissory notes issued from time to time to Great Hill Partners, including the convertible promissory notes issued on March 27, 2017 in the aggregate principal amount of $3,200,000 (see Note 8 and Note 16). The Company expects that ongoing requirements for working capital, debt service and planned capital expenditures will be adequately funded from these sources for at least the next twelve months from the issuance of these financial statements. There can be no assurance that the Company will sustain positive cash flows from operations or achieve profitability and incremental funding from Great Hill Partners may be required as needed. If available funds are not adequate the Company may need to obtain additional funding or scale back operations.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of YogaWorks, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of

 

F-9


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant estimates include stock-based compensation, deferred revenue recognition, income taxes, purchase price allocation, valuation of intangible assets and goodwill and useful lives of property and equipment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents balances at these institutions are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). From time to time, deposits may exceed the FDIC coverage limits.

Fair Value Measurements

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are stated at historical cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments at prevailing market rates. The carrying amount of the long-term debt approximates the fair value of the convertible promissory notes and term loans, as the interest rates are variable except for the GHP Convertible Notes and approximate the interest rates presently available to the Company.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. The Company’s inventory consists of clothing, yoga props, media (DVDs and books) and home products (home décor and miscellaneous food and beverage items). Inventories are valued on a first-in first-out cost method.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

         Years  

Computer equipment and purchased software

       3  

Furniture and fixtures

       5  

Leasehold improvements

  Useful life or remaining lease term, whichever is shorter  

Other equipment

       5  
    

 

 

 

Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred, while renewals or betterments are capitalized.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. The Company accounts for the purchase of intangible assets in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” Intangible assets are based on their acquisition cost. Applicable long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, are amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives, the estimated period that the assets will generate revenue, or the statutory or contractual term. Estimates of useful lives and periods of expected revenue generation are reviewed periodically for appropriateness and are based upon management’s judgment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets other than goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an evaluation of recoverability is required, the estimated undiscounted future cash flows directly associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount. If the estimated future cash flows from the use of an asset are less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.

Goodwill

The Company’s goodwill relates to the 2014 acquisition of the predecessor to YogaWorks, Inc. (the “Predecessor”) by Great Hill Partners, and acquisitions of three yoga companies in San Francisco, Boston and Baltimore in 2015. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in an acquisition accounted for as a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment on an annual basis and if there is a triggering event or circumstances require, on an interim basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”. The Company performs its impairment test annually in the fourth quarter of the year or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If the Company decides that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit more likely than not exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. If the Company performs the two-step process, the first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If

 

F-11


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using valuation techniques based on estimates, judgments and assumptions management believes are appropriate in the circumstances.

In December 2015, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test utilizing the two-step process. For the first step (“step 1”) of the goodwill impairment test, the Company calculated the fair value of the reporting unit and in doing so considered the valuation from a third party valuation firm engaged to fair value the Company’s common stock. The valuation firm used a combination of valuation techniques including discounted cash flows, market approach, and other estimates and assumptions that were applicable to the Company’s operating and financial circumstances. The valuation indicated that the Company failed step 1 as the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeded its fair value and therefore goodwill was potentially impaired. In 2015, the Company experienced a net loss of $9.2 million and negative cash flow from operating activities of $0.9 million. Upon failing step 1 of the goodwill impairment test, the Company proceeded to perform “step 2” of the goodwill impairment test. Based upon the valuation performed by the third party valuation firm, the Company calculated the implied fair value of goodwill, and assessed a $927,062 impairment to goodwill in 2015.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that goodwill was not impaired.

Debt Issuance Cost

The Company elected to early adopt Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, ASU 2015-03 in fiscal year 2015. This standard amends existing guidance to require the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of a deferred charge asset. The adoption of ASU 2015-03 resulted in the reclassification of approximately $0.5 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Company’s term loan (see Note 9) from other non-current assets to long-term debt within its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. Other than this reclassification, the adoption of ASU 2015-03 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Debt issuance costs are being amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the loan and the amortization expense is recorded as part of interest expense of the consolidated statements of operations. Debt issuance cost amortization amounted to $111,922 and $47,090 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment, and accounts for these leases in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840 Leases. In accordance with ASC 840, rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis with a liability for deferred rent recognized for the difference in the expense recorded, tenant improvement allowances and the current cash payments required under the terms of the leases.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenues primarily from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise, net of discounts, refunds and returns at the time they are granted. Customer typically pay upfront for their services. Yoga classes are principally sold in two formats—class packages and memberships. Class packages are based on a fixed number of classes, while memberships provide unlimited classes over a certain time period. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenue is recognized over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place. The deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $4,593,076 and $5,242,957, respectively. The Company’s deferred revenue balance is reduced by refunds in the reporting period which results in less revenue recognized over the service term than originally anticipated. The accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $63,736 and $67,452, respectively.

Revenue for retail merchandise is recognized at the time of sale when the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the stores. Taxes collected from the customer are recorded on a net basis. Sales returns by customers for yoga-related retail merchandise sales have historically not been material. The Company sells gift cards to its customers. The gift cards sold to customers have no stated expiration dates and are subject to actual and/or potential escheatment rights in several of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company recognizes income from gift cards when redeemed by the customer. The Company does not estimate gift card breakage. The gift card liability balance was $442,947 and $343,401 as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and is included in deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of direct costs associated with delivering the services, which mainly include teacher payroll and related expenses, and cost of physical goods sold (such as yoga clothing and accessories).

Center Operations

Center operations consist of costs for studio rent, utilities, compensation and benefits for studio staff, sales support staff and management, and sales and marketing expenses, as well as certain studio level general and administrative expenses. The Company recognizes these costs as an expense when incurred.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include corporate rent, marketing, office expenses, and compensation and benefits costs for regional management and other regional support staff, executive, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, administration, business development, legal and other support-function personnel. General and administrative expenses also include fees for professional services, insurance and licenses, as well as acquisition-related costs.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment, and the amortization expense of intangible assets.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation for all equity awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of such awards as of the grant date. The expense is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period (the vesting period, generally four years). Fair value of shares of Common Stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology (see Note 13) and fair value of options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Using this option-pricing model, the fair value of each employee award is estimated on the grant date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility of the share price of comparable public companies. The expected life is determined using the “simplified method” permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin Numbers 107 and 110 (the midpoint between the term of the agreement and the weighted average vesting term). The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury security at a constant maturity with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The dividend yield is zero, as the Company has never declared a cash dividend.

The Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense for only those options expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The Company measures tax assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the Company expects to recover or settle those temporary differences. The Company recognizes the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company provides a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company follows guidance in ASC 740, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Therefore, there will only be recognition where a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on taxes, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has no material uncertain tax positions to be accounted for in the financial statements; accordingly, no interest or penalties on taxes were recognized in 2016 and 2015. The Company is subject to U.S federal income tax examination from 2012 onward and state income tax examination from 2011 onward.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (“EPS”)

The Company calculates earnings per share attributable to common stockholders in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earning Per Share.” Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive common shares, such as stock options.

Potentially dilutive common shares are calculated in accordance with the treasury stock method, which assumes that proceeds from the exercise of all options are used to repurchase common stock at market value. The amount of shares remaining after the proceeds are exhausted represents the potentially dilutive effect of the securities.

 

3.   Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has availed itself of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. The effective dates for recent accounting pronouncements noted below reflects the private company transition dates.

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in this ASU simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test and eliminating the requirement for a reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment. Instead, under this pronouncement, an entity would perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and would recognize an impairment change for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized is not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects will be considered, if applicable. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The amendments in this ASU provide a robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted and the standard should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new guidance is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This ASU is related to simplifications of employee share-based payment accounting. This pronouncement eliminates the windfall tax benefits concept and requires that excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies be recorded in the income statement when awards are settled. The pronouncement also addresses simplifications related to statement of cash flows classification, accounting for forfeitures and minimum statutory tax withholding requirements. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. This ASU establishes a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of this new standard on the financial statements and has yet to determine the overall impact this ASU is expected to have. The Company currently has operating leases with future minimum lease payments of approximately $41.7 million at December 31, 2016.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This ASU requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The Company adopted this ASU during the first quarter 2016 on a prospective basis. Adoption has resulted in a reclassification of current deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities to non-current deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, “Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” (“ASU 2015-11”). ASU 2015-11 requires that inventory within the scope of this standard be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The amendments in this update do not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. ASU 2015-11 will be effective for the Company’s annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU; however the Company does not expect that the adoption of ASU 2015-11 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which amended the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and created a new Topic ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). This amendment prescribes that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The amendment supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition,” and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. For the Company’s annual reporting periods the mandatory adoption date of ASC 606 is January 1, 2019, and there will be two methods of adoption allowed, either a full

 

F-16


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

retrospective adoption or a modified retrospective adoption. In March 2016, April 2016, May 2016, and December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12, and ASU 2016-20, respectively, as clarifications to ASU 2014-09. ASU 2016-08 clarifies how to identify the unit of accounting for the principal versus agent evaluation, how to apply the control principle to certain types of arrangements, such as service transactions, and reframed the indicators in the guidance to focus on evidence that an entity is acting as a principal rather than as an agent. ASU 2016-10 clarifies the existing guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation. ASU 2016-12 adds practical expedients related to the transition for contract modifications and further defines a completed contract, clarifies the objective of the collectability assessment and how revenue is recognized if collectability is not probable, and when non-cash considerations should be measured. ASU 2016-20 corrects or improves guidance in thirteen narrow focus aspects of the guidance. The effective dates for these ASUs are the same as the effective date for ASU No. 2014-09. These ASU’s also require enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows. The Company has not selected a transition method.

 

4.   Acquisitions

Acquisition of Studios

The Company uses acquisitions as a strategy to grow its market share, quickly gain students and build on the operating momentum of the acquired businesses. The Company completed four acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2015, paying total consideration of $12,148,910, of which $906,521 represented liabilities that were assumed; as part of the purchase price settlement, $700,000 of subordinated promissory notes were issued by the Company to the sellers (see Note 9). The acquisitions were accounted for as a business acquisition in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total purchase price was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their estimated fair values. Any excess amount paid over identifiable assets is recorded as goodwill. The process for estimating the fair values of the acquired studios involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including estimating average industry purchase price multiple and estimating future cash flows.

The four business acquisitions were as follows: on January 29, 2015, the Company acquired Be Yoga in Palo Alto (one studio); on June 3, 2015, the Company acquired Yoga Tree, a yoga company operating seven studios in the San Francisco area; on September 8, 2015, the Company acquired Back Bay Yoga Studio, a yoga company operating two studios in the Boston area; and on October 27, 2015, the Company acquired Charm City Yoga, a yoga company operating seven studios in the Baltimore/Washington D.C. area.

The consolidated statement of income since the date of each acquisition through December 31, 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 include the results of operations and the acquired assets and assumed liabilities related to all 2015 acquisitions. For the year ended December 31, 2015, these acquisitions contributed $4,338,075 to the Company’s revenues. Net income contributed by these acquisitions was not separately identifiable due to the Company’s integration activities and the impact of corporate-level expenses and is impracticable to provide. Acquisition-related costs, including legal fees and all related professional fees, were expensed.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The total purchase price consideration was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities as follows:

 

     Amount  

Inventories

   $ 70,000  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     127,741  

Property and equipment

     182,248  

Intangibles

     12,038,942  

Goodwill

     636,500  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     13,055,431  
  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     5,345  

Deferred Revenue

     901,176  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     906,521  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 12,148,910  
  

 

 

 

Pro Forma Financial Information for All 2015 Acquisitions

ASC 805 also requires public entities to disclose supplemental pro forma information for material business combinations. The entities must disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period.

The following unaudited pro forma supplemental information is based on estimates and assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. However, this information is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had YogaWorks and the acquired businesses been combined companies during the periods presented. These pro forma results exclude any savings or synergies that would have resulted from these business acquisitions had they occurred on January 1, 2015.

The supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma financial basis presents the combined results of YogaWorks and its 2015 acquisitions as if each acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2015 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

(dollars in thousands, except for per share information)    Year ended
December 31,
 
   2015  
   (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 55,007  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (12,568

Basic and diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (132.28

 

F-18


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

5.   Property and Equipment

The major classes of property and equipment are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2016     2015  

Computer equipment and purchased software

   $ 1,070,769     $ 1,027,305  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,383,360       2,319,802  

Leasehold improvements

     21,073,627       18,034,742  

Other equipment

     184,747       851,021  

Construction-in-progress

     22,201       1,570,997  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     25,734,704       23,803,867  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (17,182,030     (14,518,596
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,552,674     $ 9,285,271  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense includes property and equipment, leasehold improvements and purchased software. The Company incurred depreciation expense of $2,663,434 and $1,922,928, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

6.   Intangible Assets

The intangible balances as of December 31, 2016 consist of the following:

 

     Useful Life      Gross Carrying Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    2016
Net Book Value
 

Customer Relationships

     5 Years      $ 11,002,942      $ (5,493,838   $ 5,509,104  

Favorable leases

     Lease term        2,266,000        (1,408,193     857,807  

Non-Compete

     3 Years        363,500        (169,611     193,889  

Trade name / Trade secrets

     15 Years        14,550,500        (2,788,159     11,762,341  

Know-how

     15 Years        7,490,000        (1,248,333     6,241,667  

Website content

     3 Years        1,640,104        (796,251     843,853  

Website development

     3 Years        311,094        (118,535     192,559  

Capitalized software

     5 Years        64,967        (11,364     53,603  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 37,689,107      $ (12,034,284   $ 25,654,823  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The intangible balances as of December 31, 2015 consist of the following:

 

     Useful Life      Gross Carrying Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    2015
Net Book Value
 

Customer Relationships

     5 Years      $ 11,002,941      $ (2,153,946   $ 8,848,995  

Favorable leases

     Lease term        2,266,000        (845,506     1,420,494  

Non-Compete

     3 years        363,500        (48,444     315,056  

Trade name / Trade secrets

     15 Years        14,550,500        (1,495,392     13,055,108  

Know-how

     15 Years        7,490,000        (749,000     6,741,000  

Website content

     3 Years        1,625,354        (459,900     1,165,454  

Website development

     3 Years        192,799        (52,437     140,362  

Capitalized software

     5 Years        32,366              32,366  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 37,523,460      $ (5,804,625   $ 31,718,835  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $133,046 and $131,573, respectively, to upgrade and enhance a website with yoga instructional video content marketed on a subscription basis to end users. The Company established useful lives of 5 years and 3 years for website costs and video production costs, respectively. The website was launched in March 2013 and amortization expense associated with the website was $59,456 and $47,048 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Amortization expense includes intangible assets such as customer relationships, trade names, trade secrets, and software. Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $6,229,659 and $4,521,465, respectively. The following table presents expected amortization expense of the existing intangible assets as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Amount  

2017

   $ 6,194,462  

2018

     4,534,943  

2019

     2,255,017  

2020

     1,527,070  

2021

     1,325,362  

Thereafter

     9,817,969  
  

 

 

 
   $ 25,654,823  
  

 

 

 
7.   Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, are as follows:

 

     2016      2015  

Goodwill, beginning of period

   $ 17,746,570      $ 18,037,132  

Goodwill acquired during the year

            636,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill

     17,746,570        18,673,632  

Less impairment

            (927,062
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,746,570      $ 17,746,570  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

8.   Related Party

The Company paid an expense reimbursement fee to an affiliate of Great Hill Partners, the owner of 100% of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and a majority of the Common Stock, in the amount of $100,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

On June 3, 2015, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC in the amount of $10,212,769 and $34,102, respectively, to finance certain acquisitions of studios in 2015 (see Note 9).

On March 24, 2017, all of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and the convertible promissory notes issued to Great Hill Partners on June 3, 2015 were converted into shares of Common Stock (see Note 16). On March 27, the Company issued new convertible notes to Great Hill Partners, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $8.40 per share of Common Stock (see Note 16).

 

9.   Debt

Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consists of the following:

 

     2016     2015  

Term loan matures on July 26, 2020. Outstanding borrowings bear interest annually at LIBOR plus 7% as of December 31, 2016

   $ 6,956,250     $ 7,000,000  

Subordinated notes maturing on February 8, 2017 and October 17, 2016, respectively. Outstanding borrowings bear interest annually at the applicable federal rate of 1%

     200,000       700,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, excluding debt issuance costs

     7,156,250       7,700,000  

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization

     (387,180     (499,101
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,769,070       7,200,899  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     (418,750     (543,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt issuance costs

   $ 6,350,320     $ 6,657,149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loans

In July 2015, the Company obtained a 5-year $20.0 million senior secured term loan facility with Deerpath Funding LP (the “Deerpath Facility”). The Company borrowed $5.0 million in July 2015 (the “Initial Term Loan”), and had the ability, upon meeting certain conditions, to borrow up to an additional $15.0 million. Borrowings under the Deerpath Facility carry an annual interest rate of LIBOR + 7%. The proceeds from the Initial Term Loan were used to pay all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s credit facility with a previous lender.

In December 2015, the Company borrowed an additional $2.0 million under the Deerpath Facility for general corporate purposes, thereby increasing the principal amount of the loans and reducing the incremental borrowing availability under the Deerpath Facility, in each case, by an equivalent amount. As of December 31, 2016, there remains $13.0 million of incremental borrowing capacity under the Deerpath Facility.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Loans under the Deerpath Facility are secured by substantially all the assets of the Company. The terms of the Deerpath Facility require the Company to maintain a senior debt to EBITDA ratio not to exceed 3.00 to 1.00 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00, as of any testing date. In addition, the Company is required to keep an unrestricted cash balance of $250,000 at all times and submit audited consolidated financial statements within 120 days after the year-end. The Company was not able to comply with the financial statement reporting deadline under the Deerpath Facility with respect to delivery of its consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 and received a waiver from the lender thereunder for such noncompliance. The Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants under the Deerpath Facility as of December 31, 2016.

In March 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the Deerpath Facility that amended the interest rate provisions and certain of the financial covenants thereunder and waived certain existing events of default. See Note 16 for additional discussion.

As of January 1, 2017, loans under the Deerpath Facility have an annual interest rate of LIBOR + 8%.

The outstanding principal balance on the Term Loan was $6,956,250 and $7,000,000 as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Convertible Notes

On June 3, 2015, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC in the amount $10,212,769 and $34,102, respectively. The convertible promissory notes accrue interest at 8% annually. The convertible promissory notes had an original maturity date of June 2, 2016, but the holders of the notes agreed to extend the maturity of the convertible promissory notes until their conversion into capital stock of the Company, which occurred on March 24, 2017. Payment of cash interest is subordinated to indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility. For so long as payment of cash interest is so subordinated, deemed interest shall be capitalized for each interest payment date (“PIK Interest”) and added to the principal amount of the notes. The convertible promissory notes were originally convertible into shares of (1) Redeemable Preferred Stock at a conversion price per share equal to $5,047.93 and (2) Common Stock at a conversion price per share price equal to $0.10, with each $1.00 principal amount under the convertible promissory notes to be allocated 99.9822% to conversion into Redeemable Preferred Stock and 0.0178% to conversion into common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance of the convertible promissory notes amounted to $11,634,592, including total cumulative PIK interest of $1,387,721. On March 24, 2017, the convertible promissory notes were amended so that the convertible promissory notes were convertible into Common Stock at a conversion price of $8.40 per share, and immediately thereafter, the entire outstanding balance of the convertible promissory notes were converted into Common Stock (see Note 16).

Subordinated Notes

In connection with the acquisition of certain studios in 2015, the Company issued two subordinated promissory notes with principal amounts of $200,000 and $500,000 on September 8, 2015 and October 27, 2015, respectively, which matured on February 8, 2017 and October 27, 2016, respectively. These subordinated promissory notes carry imputed interest at the applicable federal rate. As of December 31, 2016, the interest rate was 1%. These subordinated notes are subordinated

 

F-22


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

to indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding principal balance of the subordinated promissory notes amounted to $200,000 and was fully repaid in February 2017.

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 related to the aggregate amount of outstanding indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility, and was $568,439 and $218,246. In addition, PIK interest expense under the convertible promissory notes was $906,825 and $480,896 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Actual future contractual maturities of long-term debt were as follows as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Amount  

2017

   $ 418,750  

2018

     350,000  

2019

     350,000  

2020

     6,037,500  

2021

      
  

 

 

 

Total principal payments

   $ 7,156,250  
  

 

 

 

 

10. Common Stock

Dividends

The holders of Common Stock are not entitled to receive dividends unless declared by the Board of Directors and are subject to any preferential dividend rights of the Redeemable Preferred Stock. No dividends were declared in 2015 or 2016.

Voting

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share at all meetings of stockholders. The holders, voting separately as one class, are entitled to elect all of the directors of the Company other than those elected by the holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock.

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share in the remaining assets of the Company following payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and payment of liquidation preferences to holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock.

 

11. Preferred Stock

Redeemable Preferred Stock

Dividends— The holders of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, cumulative dividends at the rate of eight percent per annum of the Redeemable Preferred Stock Base Amount (as defined below) from the date of original issuance of such shares, which dividends shall accrue daily in arrears and be compounded quarterly, whether or not such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors or paid. The term “Redeemable Preferred Stock Base Amount” shall mean $5,050 per share of Redeemable Preferred Stock plus all

 

F-23


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

accrued and unpaid dividends as of the measurement date, which is included in the liquidation preference amount. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total cumulative dividends in arrears amounted to $10,913,507 and $6,278,845, respectively.

Voting— The holders of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class and be entitled to elect up to four members of the Board of Directors. Each holder of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Redeemable Preferred Stock held by such holder.

Liquidation Preference— In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of a deemed liquidation event, upon the election of a majority of the holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock to treat the occurrence of a change of control transaction pursuant to a merger or consolidation of the Company, or a sale, license or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, as a liquidation event (each, a “Liquidation Event”), the holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock will receive an amount per share equal to the original purchase price plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends (the “Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference”); provided , the Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference may be adjusted by reducing the amount of accumulated and unpaid dividends included in the Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference, depending on the beneficial ownership percentage of the Common Stock held by holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and the amount available for distribution to holders of Common Stock in connection with such Liquidation Event, in accordance with the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation. If the amount available for distribution to the holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock is not sufficient to pay the aggregate Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference amount due to such holders, such holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution in proportion to the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled.

The Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference as December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $61,392,824 and $56,758,162, respectively.

Redemption— Immediately upon and as of, and in all cases subject to, the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment banking organization or organizations pursuant to an effective registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company shall redeem all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock at the Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference amount.

At any time or from time to time on or after July 11, 2019 (unless prohibited by the lenders under that certain loan agreement dated July 24, 2015 by and among the Company, Deerpath Funding LP and the other parties named therein), the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock may elect, by written notice to the Company and each of the other holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock, not less than 15 days prior to the elected redemption date, to have any or all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock redeemed.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

12. Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The components of basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     2016     2015  

Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Net loss

   $ (9,504,522   $ (9,215,143

Dividend attributable to participating securities(a)

     (4,634,662     (4,318,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to YogaWorks, Inc. common stockholders

   $ (14,139,184   $ (13,533,507
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average outstanding shares of common stock

     73,796       71,244  

Dilutive effect of:

    

Equity incentive plans

            

Convertible debt(b)

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock and common stock equivalents

     73,796       71,244  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic and Diluted

   $ (191.60   $ (189.96
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents the Redeemable Preferred Stock. As the Company has incurred net losses in 2016 and 2015, the conversion of Redeemable Preferred Stock would be anti-dilutive, and thus is not included in the loss per share calculation (see Note 11—Preferred Stock)
(b) Represents the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes. As the Company has incurred net losses in 2016 and 2015, the conversion of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes would be anti-dilutive, and thus is not included in loss per share calculation (see Note 9—Debt)

For the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015, there were outstanding options to purchase 439 and 0 shares of Common Stock outstanding, respectively, which were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because it would be anti-dilutive.

 

13.   Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Valuation

To estimate certain expenses and record certain transactions, it is necessary for the Company to estimate the fair value of its shares of Common Stock. Given the absence of a public trading market for the shares of Common Stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Practice Guide, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation”, the Company exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine its best estimate of the fair value of its membership units. Factors considered included:

 

    recent equity financings and the related valuations;

 

    the estimated present value of the Company’s future cash flows;

 

F-25


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

    industry information such as market size and growth;

 

    market capitalization of comparable companies and the estimated value of transactions such companies have engaged in; and

 

    macroeconomic conditions.

Common Stock Options and Grants

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted awards of 1,822 restricted shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 443 shares of Common Stock, net of repurchases, to certain members of senior management under the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan. The restricted shares of Common Stock options vest over four years from the grant date, with 25% of the award vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vesting over the next 36 months. Stock compensation expense related to these equity awards is recorded based upon the estimated fair value of the shares amortized over the vesting period. Fair value of the common stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology and fair value of the options is calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Stock compensation expense of $23,443 and $16,942 was recorded in general and administrative expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Unamortized stock compensation expense was $8,203 and $27,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2015

         $  

Granted

            

Vested/Released

            

Cancelled

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2015

            

Granted

     832       9.20  

Vested/Released

     (211     9.20  

Cancelled

     (389     9.20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

     232       9.20  
  

 

 

   

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of each option grant. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the stock price of comparable public companies. The Company estimates the expected term based upon the historical exercise behavior of employees. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equal to the expected term of the option assumed at the date of grant. The Company estimated a zero forfeiture rate for these stock option grants as the awards have short vesting terms and have a low probability of forfeiture based on the recipients of the stock options.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted have been estimated utilizing the following assumptions:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 
     2016     2015  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 8.40     $ 9.20  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.80     2.50

Expected term (in years)

     6.25       6.25  

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Expected volatility

     38     44

Stock options as of December 31, 2016 are summarized as follows:

 

Range of exercise
prices

    

Options
Outstanding

    

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in Years)

    

Weighted
-Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options

    

Options
Exercisable

    

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Exercisable
Options

 
  $9.20        439        8.08      $ 9.20        208      $ 9.20  

 

14. Income Taxes

The primary components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

Years ended December 31,

   2016      2015  

Current:

     

Federal

   $      $  

State

     6,784        129  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

Federal

     29,322        10,063  

State

     7,186        3,091  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 43,292      $ 13,283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The primary components of temporary differences which give rise to the Company’s net deferred tax liability are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2016     2015  

Deferred tax asset

    

Net operating loss carry forward

   $ 9,595,808     $ 8,542,359  

Deferred revenue

     1,832,418       2,132,013  

Deferred rent

     1,055,402       2,019,756  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,366,475       1,454,459  

Accrued expenses and other

     192,243       91,521  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset

     14,042,346       14,240,108  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (5,104,329     (7,223,301
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

     8,938,017       7,016,807  

Valuation allowance

     (8,997,553     (7,039,835
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (59,536   $ (23,028
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $25.4 million and $17.2 million, respectively, begin to expire in 2023 and 2017, respectively, unless previously utilized. Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and 383, the use of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited if a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% has occurred within a three-year period. The Company had an ownership change on July 11, 2014.

Goodwill cost basis, net of tax amortization of approximately $676,756 and $770,189 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, is tax deductible.

The reconciliation of income tax attributable to income before the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 

Federal statutory rate

   $ (3,216,699     34.00   $ (3,128,414     34.00

Adjustments for tax effects of:

        

State taxes, net

     (490,343     5.2     (687,449     7.5

Permanent Items

     329,647       (3.5 %)      182,365       (2.0 %) 

Goodwill Impairment

           0.0     (666,108     7.2

State rate adjustment

     (55,982     0.6     (41,275     0.5

Valuation Allowance

     3,051,829       (32.3 %)      4,110,914       (44.7 %) 

Other

     424,840       (4.5 %)      243,250       (2.6 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 43,292       (0.5 %)    $ 13,283       (0.1 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2026. Future minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Amount  

2017

   $ 8,784,895  

2018

     7,246,541  

2019

     5,622,666  

2020

     4,931,001  

2021

     4,065,075  

Thereafter

     11,001,560  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 41,651,738  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense amounted to $9,653,572 and $10,043,653 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Legal Matters

The Company is, from time to time, involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. These matters are not expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

16. Subsequent Events

Recapitalization Transactions

Conversion of Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and Redeemable Preferred Stock

On March 24, 2017, the Company engaged in a series of transactions to convert certain of its outstanding indebtedness and all of the outstanding Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.

The aggregate amount of principal and accrued interest under that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., dated March 24, 2017, and that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, dated March 24, 2017 (collectively, the “Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes”), was converted into 1,407,632 shares of Common Stock based on the conversion price per share of Common Stock as set forth in such notes of $8.40. Concurrently, all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion computed by dividing the Preferred Share Liquidation Preference per share by a conversion price per share of Common Stock of $8.40, resulting in 7,426,169 newly issued shares of Common Stock. Immediately after the conversion of the Amended

 

F-29


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and the Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the Company effected a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of the Common Stock. In connection with the foregoing transactions, the Company also increased its total number of shares of authorized Common Stock to 14,131,017 shares.

Following the 1-for-10 reverse stock split, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan to increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder to 1,695,484. In addition, the Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,425,641 shares of Common Stock to certain employees and consultants.

Additional Financing from Great Hill Partners

On March 27, 2017, the Company issued new convertible notes (the “New Convertible Notes”) to Great Hill Partners, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion rate of $8.40 per share of Common Stock. The New Convertible Notes consist of a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., in the principal amount of $3,189,350, and a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, in the principal amount of $10,650. Each New Convertible Note has a maturity date of March 27, 2018 and bears interest at an annual rate of 8%.

1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split

On July 14, 2017, the Company effectuated the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split. Under the terms of the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split, each share of common stock, issued and outstanding as of such effective date, was automatically reclassified and changed into 0.749895 shares of common stock, without any action by the stockholders. Fractional shares were rounded down to the nearest whole share. All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split for all periods presented.

Amendment of Deerpath Facility

On March 27, 2017, in connection with the Deerpath Facility, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement (the “Second Amendment”), dated March 27, 2017, by and among the Company, Deerpath Funding, LP (the “Agent”), and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which, among other things, the lenders agreed to waive any default arising from the Company’s failure to comply with the Deerpath Facility’s Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio financial covenant during the fourth quarter of 2016, and also agreed not to require testing of any of the financial ratio covenants under the Deerpath Facility for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2017, the loans under the Deerpath Facility will bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), if such IPO is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. Upon the first fiscal quarter upon which the Company is in compliance with the Deerpath Facility’s financial ratio covenants, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, and so long as there is no default or potential event of default under the Deerpath Facility, the applicable interest rate on the loans under the

 

F-30


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Deerpath Facility will be LIBOR plus 7.00%. Under the Second Amendment, the Company could be required to make a mandatory prepayment of the debt under the Deerpath Facility equal to $1.3 million upon the earliest of any of the following events: (i) if the Company does not consummate the IPO by December 31, 2017, (ii) if the Company fails to comply with the financial ratio covenants under the Deerpath Facility for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, or (iii) if the Company fails to deliver monthly financial statements as of, and for the period ending on March 31, 2018.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

 

    As of
March 31, 2017
    As of
December 31, 2016
 

Assets

   

Current assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,455,539     $ 1,912,421  

Inventories, net

    801,338       948,194  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    264,149       1,318,137  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    6,521,026       4,178,752  

Property and equipment, net

    8,049,624       8,552,674  

Intangible assets, net

    24,152,657       25,654,823  

Goodwill

    17,746,570       17,746,570  

Other non-current assets

    1,067,614       1,015,079  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 57,537,491     $ 57,147,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity/(Deficit)

   

Current liabilities

   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 835,323     $ 1,162,675  

Accrued compensation

    1,040,249       1,504,034  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

    262,500       418,750  

Deferred revenue

    4,478,318       4,593,076  

Convertible note due to related party

    3,202,844        

Current portion of deferred rent

    142,021       192,569  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    9,961,255       7,871,104  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    2,553,012       2,471,734  

Deferred tax liability

    76,261       59,536  

Convertible note due to related party

          11,634,592  

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt issuance costs

    6,290,626       6,350,320  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    18,881,154       28,387,286  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)

   

Redeemable preferred stock, Redeemed and converted as of March 31, 2017. $0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016; Liquidation Preference $61,392,824 at December 31, 2016 (Note 8)

          61,392,824  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   

Common stock at March 31, 2017, $0.001 par value; 14,131,017 shares authorized and 8,907,579 shares issued and outstanding and $0.001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized and 74,559 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 (Note 7)

    891       75  

Additional paid in capital

    74,967,461       67,187  

Accumulated deficit

    (36,312,015     (32,699,474
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    38,656,337       (32,632,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 57,537,491     $ 57,147,898  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2017     2016  

Net revenues

   $ 13,990,094     $ 15,091,646  

Cost of revenues and operating expenses

    

Cost of revenues

     5,128,753       5,318,360  

Center operations

     5,686,637       5,562,707  

General and administrative expenses

     3,010,386       3,178,297  

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201,585       2,180,417  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues and operating expenses

     16,027,361       16,239,781  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,037,267     (1,148,135
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     561,631       390,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before provision
for income taxes

     (2,598,898     (1,539,052

Provision for income taxes

     17,900       6,743  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (2,616,798     (1,545,795

Less preferred rights dividend on redeemable preferred stock

     (995,743     (1,130,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (3,612,541   $ (2,676,794
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (14.81   $ (36.80

Weighted-average number of shares used in calculating loss per share attributable to common stockholders (Note 9):

    

Basic and diluted common shares

     243,848       72,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Preferred Stock (Unaudited)

 

     Redeemable
preferred stock
 
     Shares      Amount  

Balance, December 31, 2016

     10,000      $ 61,392,824  

Preferred rights dividend on redeemable preferred stock

        995,743  

Redeemed and preferred stock conversion (Note 6)

     (10,000      (62,388,567
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2017

          $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) (Unaudited)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)
 

Balance , December 31, 2016

    74,559     $ 75     $ 67,187     $ (32,699,474   $ (32,632,212

Conversion of Redeemable Preferred Stock

    7,425,388       743       62,387,824             62,388,567  

Conversion of Convertible Note

    1,407,632       141       11,825,633             11,825,774  

Beneficial Conversion Feature

                147,877             147,877  

Change in par value

          (68     68              

Redeemable preferred stock dividends

                      (995,743     (995,743

Stock-based compensation

                538,872             538,872  

Net loss

                      (2,616,798     (2,616,798
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance , March 31, 2017

    8,907,579     $ 891     $ 74,967,461     $ (36,312,015   $ 38,656,337  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

Three months ended March 31,

   2017     2016  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (2,616,798   $ (1,545,795

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     2,201,585       2,180,417  

Deferred tax

     16,725       (4,369

Paid-in-kind interest expense capitalized to convertible note

     193,917       221,483  

Change in value of beneficial conversion feature

     147,987        

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     27,806       27,980  

Stock-based compensation expense

     538,872       6,652  

Changes to operating assets and liabilities

    

Inventories

     146,856       161,995  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,053,988       (433,252

Other non-current assets

     (52,535     (32,069

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (327,352     (626,104

Accrued compensation

     (463,785     64,284  

Deferred revenue

     (114,758     (980,358

Deferred rent

     30,730       180,486  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     783,238       (778,650
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property, equipment, and intangible assets

     (196,370     (923,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (196,370     (923,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Principal payment on term loans

     (43,750      

Principal payment on subordinated notes

     (200,000      

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note

     3,200,000        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,956,250        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,543,118       (1,702,014

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     1,912,421       3,772,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 5,455,539     $ 2,070,591  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest paid

   $ 138,551     $ 93,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities

    

Dividends on preferred redeemable stock accrued

   $ 995,743     $ 1,130,999  

Paid-in-kind interest expense capitalized convertible note

     193,917       221,483  

Conversion of convertible notes to equity

     11,825,774        

Conversion of preferred redeemable stock to equity

     62,388,567        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

General

YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) are primarily engaged in building and operating yoga studios. The Company was formerly known as YWX Holdings, Inc. and changed its name to YogaWorks, Inc. on April 10, 2017. The Company operates under the brand name YogaWorks and Yoga Tree and offers primarily yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs, and yoga-related retail merchandise across its studios. In addition to its studio locations, YogaWorks offers online yoga instruction and programming through its MyYogaWorks web platform, which provides subscribers with a highly curated catalog of over 1,000 yoga classes.

On March 24, 2017, the Company effectuated a 1-for-10 reverse stock split (the “1-for-10 Reverse Split”). Under the terms of the 1-for-10 Reverse Split, each share of common stock, issued and outstanding as of such effective date, was automatically reclassified and changed into one-tenth of one share of common stock, without any further action by the stockholders. Fractional shares were rounded down to the nearest whole share. All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 1-for-10 Reverse Split for all periods presented.

On July 14, 2017, the Company effectuated a 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split (the “1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split”). Under the terms of the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split, each share of common stock, issued and outstanding as of such effective date, was automatically reclassified and changed into 0.749895 shares of common stock, without any further action by the stockholders. Fractional shares were rounded down to the nearest whole share. All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split for all periods presented.

The accompanying financial statements are prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Markets

The Company operates in regional markets across the U.S. As a result of the clustering of the studios in key geographic markets, and the flexibility offered to students to use different studios in a regional market, the Company does not report net revenues on an individual studio basis or report same studio sales. The Company prefers to analyze the financial results on a regional market basis. Given the focus on acquisitions, the Company may acquire stores in an existing regional market to capture more regional market share which may take some market share from the existing studios.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

As of March 31, 2017, the Company owned and operated 50 yoga studios in 6 regional markets. The following table illustrates the studio locations by regional market:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2017     2016  

Regional Market

   Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
    Number of
Studios
     Percentage of
Net Revenues(1)
 

Los Angeles

     17        42     17        40

Orange County (California)(2)

     4        7     5        9

New York City

     5        14     5        14

Northern California

     13        25     13        27

Boston

     3        4     2        3

Baltimore/Washington D.C.

     8        8     7        7

 

(1) For the three months ended March 31. Assumes that any net revenues for teacher training, workshops and MyYogaWorks.com for such period are allocated to the regional markets on a proportional basis based on the market’s share of total studio net revenues for such period.
(2) Reflects closure in the first quarter of 2016 of one studio in Orange County (California).

The Company operates in a number of regional operating segments; however, the Company meets the aggregation criteria of ASC 280 and therefore reports as one reportable segment. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker, determines the Company’s strategy and makes operating decisions for the regional operating segments, and assesses performance and allocates resources based on performance of the Company’s regional operating segments. The Company derives revenue from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

The financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company expects to incur further GAAP losses over the next several years as it continues to incur amortization of intangible assets from the acquisition of the Company in 2014 by Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC (collectively, “Great Hill Partners”) and has been dependent on funding growth through the incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities.

The Company had a net loss of $2,616,798 and $1,545,795, net cash provided/(used) by operating activities of $783,241 and $(778,650) for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $(36,312,015) and $(21,237,084) as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company also had a negative working capital of $3,440,229 at March 31, 2017, which is mainly due to deferred revenue. The primary sources of liquidity include cash on hand of $5,455,539, cash flows from operating activities, availability under the credit facility with Deerpath Funding LP of approximately $13,000,000 as of March 31, 2017 (see Note 6) and convertible promissory notes issued from time to time to Great Hill Partners, including the convertible promissory notes issued on March 27, 2017 in the aggregate principal amount of $3,200,000 (see Note 6). The Company expects that ongoing requirements for working capital, debt service and planned capital expenditures will be adequately funded from these sources for at least the next twelve months from the March 31, 2017. There can be no assurance that the Company will sustain positive cash flows from

 

F-38


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

operations or achieve profitability and incremental funding from Great Hill Partners may be required as needed. If available funds are not adequate the Company may need to obtain additional funding or scale back operations.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of YogaWorks, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant estimates include stock-based compensation, deferred revenue recognition, income taxes, purchase price allocation, valuation of intangible assets and goodwill and useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents balances at these institutions are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). From time to time, deposits may exceed the FDIC coverage limits.

Fair Value Measurements

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities are stated at historical cost which

 

F-39


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments at prevailing market rates. The carrying amount of the long-term debt approximates the fair value of the convertible promissory notes and term loans, as the interest rates are variable except for the GHP Convertible Notes and approximate the interest rates presently available to the Company.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. The Company’s inventory consists of clothing, yoga props, media (DVDs and books) and home products (home décor and miscellaneous food and beverage items). Inventories are valued on a first-in first-out cost method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

          Years  

Computer equipment and purchased software

        3  

Furniture and fixtures

        5  

Leasehold improvements

  

Useful life or remaining lease term, whichever is shorter

Other equipment

        5  
     

 

 

 

Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred, while renewals or betterments are capitalized.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. The Company accounts for the purchase of intangible assets in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” Intangible assets are based on their acquisition cost. Applicable long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, are amortized or depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives, the estimated period that the assets will generate revenue, or the statutory or contractual term. Estimates of useful lives and periods of expected revenue generation are reviewed periodically for appropriateness and are based upon management’s judgment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets other than goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If an evaluation of recoverability is required, the estimated undiscounted future cash flows directly associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount. If the estimated future cash flows from the use of an asset are less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.

Goodwill

The Company’s goodwill relates to the 2014 acquisition of the predecessor to YogaWorks, Inc. (the “Predecessor”) by Great Hill Partners and acquisitions of three yoga companies in San Francisco,

 

F-40


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Boston and Baltimore in 2015. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in an acquisition accounted for as a business purchase. Goodwill is not amortized but rather is tested for impairment on an annual basis and if there is a triggering event or circumstances require, on an interim basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other”. The Company performs its impairment test annually in the fourth quarter of the year or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If the Company decides that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit more likely than not exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. If the Company performs the two-step process, the first step of the goodwill impairment test is used to identify potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The fair value of a reporting unit is determined using valuation techniques based on estimates, judgments and assumptions management believes are appropriate in the circumstances. No impairment was recognized to goodwill for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2016.

Debt Issuance Cost

The Company capitalizes costs incurred in connection with the incurrence of debt and records the debt issuance costs as a reduction to the debt amount. These costs are amortized and included in interest expense over the life of the borrowing or term of the credit facility using the effective interest method. Debt issuance cost amortization amounted to $27,806 and $27,980 for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Leases

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment, and accounts for these leases in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840 Leases. In accordance with ASC 840, rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis with a liability for deferred rent recognized for the difference in the expense recorded, tenant improvement allowances and the current cash payments required under the terms of the leases.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenues primarily from the sale of yoga classes, workshops, teacher training programs and yoga-related retail merchandise, net of discounts, refunds and returns at the time they are granted. Customers typically pay upfront for their services. Yoga classes are principally sold in two formats—class packages and memberships. Class packages are based on a fixed number of classes, while memberships provide unlimited classes over a certain time period. Membership, class package, workshop and teacher training revenues are generally paid in advance. There are primarily two types of memberships, monthly memberships and paid-in-full memberships (for six or twelve months), and revenue is recognized over the membership period. Class package revenue is recognized based on aggregate usage patterns. Workshop and teacher training revenue is deferred until the date of the event or is recognized over the period the event takes place. The deferred revenue balance as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $4,478,318 and $4,593,076, respectively.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

The Company’s deferred revenue balance is reduced by refunds in the reporting period which results in less revenue recognized over the service term than originally anticipated. The accounts receivable balance as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $99,992 and $63,736, respectively.

Revenue for retail merchandise is recognized at the time of sale when the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the stores. Taxes collected from the customer are recorded on a net basis. Sales returns by customers for yoga-related retail merchandise sales have historically not been material. The Company sells gift cards to its customers. The gift cards sold to customers have no stated expiration dates and are subject to actual and/or potential escheatment rights in several of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company recognizes income from gift cards when redeemed by the customer. The Company does not estimate gift card breakage. The gift card liability balance was $395,144 and $442,947 as of March 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and is included in deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of direct costs associated with delivering the services, which mainly include teacher payroll and related expenses, and cost of physical goods sold (such as yoga clothing and accessories).

Center Operations

Center operations consist of costs for studio rent, utilities, compensation and benefits for studio staff, sales support staff and management, and sales and marketing expenses, as well as certain studio level general and administrative expenses. The Company recognizes these costs as an expense when incurred.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include corporate rent, marketing, office expenses, and compensation and benefits costs for regional management and other regional support staff, executive, finance and accounting, human resources, information technology, administration, business development, legal and other support-function personnel. General and administrative expenses also include fees for professional services, insurance and licenses, as well as acquisition-related costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization includes the depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment, and the amortization expense of intangible assets.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation for all equity awards made to employees based on the estimated fair value of such awards as of the grant date. The expense is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period (the vesting period, generally four years). Fair value of shares of Common Stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology (see Note 10) and fair value of options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Using this option-pricing model, the fair value of each employee award is estimated on the grant date. The fair value is

 

F-42


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility of the share price of comparable public companies. The expected life is determined using the “simplified method” permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin Numbers 107 and 110 (the midpoint between the term of the agreement and the weighted average vesting term). The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury security at a constant maturity with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option granted. The dividend yield is zero, as the Company has never declared a cash dividend.

The Company recognizes equity-based compensation expense for only those options expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The Company measures tax assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the Company expects to recover or settle those temporary differences. The Company recognizes the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company provides a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets unless, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company follows guidance in ASC 740, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. Therefore, there will only be recognition where a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on taxes, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of March 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has no material uncertain tax positions to be accounted for in the financial statements; accordingly, no interest or penalties on taxes were recognized for the three months end March 31, 2017 and for the year ended 2016. The Company is subject to U.S federal income tax examination from 2012 onward and state income tax examination from 2011 onward.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (“EPS”)

The Company calculates earnings per share attributable to common stockholders in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earning Per Share.” Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive common shares, such as stock options.

Potentially dilutive common shares are calculated in accordance with the treasury stock method, which assumes that proceeds from the exercise of all options are used to repurchase common stock at market value. The amount of shares remaining after the proceeds are exhausted represents the potentially dilutive effect of the securities.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

3.   Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has availed itself of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. The effective dates for recent accounting pronouncements noted below reflects the private company transition dates.

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in this ASU simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test and eliminating the requirement for a reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment. Instead, under this pronouncement, an entity would perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and would recognize an impairment change for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized is not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects will be considered, if applicable. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The amendments in this ASU provide a robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted and the standard should be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on the financial statements and related disclosures.

4.   Property and Equipment

The major classes of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     As of
March 31, 2017
    As of
December 31, 2016
 

Computer equipment and purchased software

   $ 1,078,110     $ 1,070,769  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,390,761       3,383,360  

Leasehold improvements

     21,195,845       21,073,627  

Other equipment

     161,678       184,747  

Construction-in-progress

     43,625       22,201  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     25,870,019       25,734,704  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (17,820,395     (17,182,030
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,049,624     $ 8,552,674  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense includes property and equipment, leasehold improvements and purchased software. The Company incurred depreciation expense of $660,802 and $612,513, for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

5.   Related Party

The Company paid an expense reimbursement fee to an affiliate of Great Hill Partners, the owner of a majority of the Common Stock, in the amount of $25,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.

On March 24, 2017, all of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and the convertible promissory notes issued to Great Hill Partners on June 3, 2015 were converted into shares of Common Stock (see Note 8). On March 27, the Company issued new convertible notes to Great Hill Partners, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $8.40 per share of Common Stock (see Note 7).

 

6.   Debt

Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs, consists of the following:

 

     As of
March 31,
2017
    As of
December 31,
2016
 

Term loan matures on July 26, 2020. Outstanding borrowings bear interest annually at LIBOR plus 8% as of March 31, 2017

   $ 6,912,500     $ 6,956,250  

Subordinated notes matured and paid on February 8, 2017. Outstanding borrowings bear interest annually at the applicable federal rate of 1%

           200,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, excluding debt issuance costs

     6,912,500       7,156,250  

Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization

     (359,374     (387,180
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     6,553,126       6,769,070  

Current portion of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs

     (262,500     (418,750
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion and debt issuance costs

   $ 6,290,626     $ 6,350,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Term Loans

In July 2015, the Company obtained a 5-year $20.0 million senior secured term loan facility with Deerpath Funding LP (the “Deerpath Facility”). The Company borrowed $5.0 million in July 2015 (the “Initial Term Loan”), and had the ability, upon meeting certain conditions, to borrow up to an additional $15.0 million. Borrowings under the Deerpath Facility carried an annual interest rate of LIBOR + 7%. The proceeds from the Initial Term Loan were used to pay all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s credit facility with a previous lender.

In December 2015, the Company borrowed an additional $2.0 million under the Deerpath Facility for general corporate purposes, thereby increasing the principal amount of the loans and reducing the incremental borrowing availability under the Deerpath Facility, in each case, by an equivalent amount. As of March 31, 2017, there remains $13.1 million of incremental borrowing capacity under the Deerpath Facility.

Loans under the Deerpath Facility are secured by substantially all the assets of the Company. The terms of the Deerpath Facility require the Company to maintain a senior debt to EBITDA ratio not to exceed 3.00 to 1.00 and a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00, as of any testing date. In addition, the Company is required to keep an unrestricted cash balance of $250,000 at all times and

 

F-45


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

submit audited consolidated financial statements within 120 days after the year-end. The Company was not able to comply with the financial statement reporting deadline under the Deerpath Facility with respect to delivery of its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and received a waiver from the lender thereunder for such noncompliance.

Amendment of Deerpath Facility

On March 27, 2017, in connection with the Deerpath Facility, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement (the “Second Amendment”), dated March 27, 2017, by and among the Company, Deerpath Funding, LP (the “Agent”), and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which, among other things, the lenders agreed to waive any default arising from the Company’s failure to comply with the Deerpath Facility’s Senior Debt to EBITDA ratio financial covenant during the fourth quarter of 2016, and also agreed not to require testing of any of the financial ratio covenants under the Deerpath Facility for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, effective as of January 1, 2017, the loans under the Deerpath Facility will bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8.00%, with a decrease to LIBOR plus 7.50% upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), if such IPO is consummated on or prior to December 31, 2017 and results in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $25.0 million. Upon the first fiscal quarter upon which the Company is in compliance with the Deerpath Facility’s financial ratio covenants, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, and so long as there is no default or potential event of default under the Deerpath Facility, the applicable interest rate on the loans under the Deerpath Facility will be LIBOR plus 7.00%. Under the Second Amendment, the Company could be required to make a mandatory prepayment of the debt under the Deerpath Facility equal to $1.3 million upon the earliest of any of the following events: (i) if the Company does not consummate the IPO by December 31, 2017, (ii) if the Company fails to comply with the financial ratio covenants under the Deerpath Facility for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2018, or (iii) if the Company fails to deliver monthly financial statements as of, and for the period ending on March 31, 2018.

Convertible Notes

On June 3, 2015, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC in the amount $10,212,769 and $34,102, respectively. The convertible promissory notes accrue interest at 8% annually. The convertible promissory notes had an original maturity date of June 2, 2016, but the holders of the notes agreed to extend the maturity of the convertible promissory notes until their conversion into capital stock of the Company, which occurred on March 24, 2017. Payment of cash interest is subordinated to indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility. For so long as payment of cash interest is so subordinated, deemed interest shall be capitalized for each interest payment date (“PIK Interest”) and added to the principal amount of the notes. The convertible promissory notes were originally convertible into shares of (1) Redeemable Preferred Stock at a conversion price per share equal to $5,047.93 and (2) Common Stock at a conversion price per share price equal to $0.10, with each $1.00 principal amount under the convertible promissory notes to be allocated 99.9822% to conversion into Redeemable Preferred Stock and 0.0178% to conversion into common stock. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance of the convertible promissory notes amounted to $11,634,592, including total cumulative PIK interest of $1,387,721.

The aggregate amount of principal and accrued interest under that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill

 

F-46


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

Equity Partners V, L.P., dated March 24, 2017, and that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, dated March 24, 2017 (collectively, the “Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes”), was converted into 1,407,632 shares of Common Stock based on the conversion price per share of Common Stock as set forth in such notes of $8.40. Concurrently, all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion computed by dividing the Preferred Share Liquidation Preference per share by a conversion price per share of Common Stock of $8.40, resulting in 7,426,169 newly issued shares of Common Stock. Immediately after the conversion of the Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and the Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the Company effected a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of the Common Stock. In connection with the foregoing transactions, the Company also increased its total number of shares of authorized Common Stock to 14,131,017 shares.

On March 24, 2017, the convertible promissory notes were amended so that the convertible promissory notes were convertible into Common Stock at a conversion price of $8.40 per share, and immediately thereafter, the entire outstanding balance of the convertible promissory notes were converted into Common Stock. Because Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC held all of the convertible promissory notes and owned a substantial majority of the Common Stock and all of the Redeemable Preferred Stock both before and after the conversion of the Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes on March 24, 2017, no gain was recognized in the statement of operations from the conversion of these notes.

Subordinated Notes

In connection with the acquisition of certain studios in 2015, the Company issued two subordinated promissory notes with principal amounts of $200,000 and $500,000 on September 8, 2015 and October 27, 2015, respectively, which matured on February 8, 2017 and October 27, 2016, respectively. The outstanding principal balance of $200,000 under the subordinated promissory notes was fully repaid in February 2017.

Additional Financing from Great Hill Partners

On March 27, 2017, the Company issued new convertible notes (the “New Convertible Notes”) to Great Hill Partners, in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of Common Stock at a conversion rate of $8.40 per share of Common Stock. The New Convertible Notes consist of a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., in the principal amount of $3,189,350, and a Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, in the principal amount of $10,650. Each New Convertible Note has a maturity date of March 27, 2018 and bears interest at an annual rate of 8%.

Interest expense for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 related to the aggregate amount of outstanding indebtedness under the Deerpath Facility, and was $191,812 and $141,555. In addition, PIK interest expense under the convertible promissory notes was $194,026 and $221,483 for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

7.   Common Stock

Dividends

The holders of Common Stock are not entitled to receive dividends unless declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends were declared for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 and year ended 2016.

Voting

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share at all meetings of stockholders.

Liquidation

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share in the remaining assets of the Company following payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company.

Conversion of Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and Redeemable Preferred Stock

On March 24, 2017, the Company engaged in a series of transactions to convert certain of its outstanding indebtedness and all of the outstanding Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.

The aggregate amount of principal and accrued interest under that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P., dated March 24, 2017, and that certain Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note made by the Company in favor of Great Hill Investors, LLC, dated March 24, 2017 (collectively, the “Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes”), was converted into 1,407,632 shares of Common Stock based on the conversion price per share of Common Stock as set forth in such notes of $8.40. Concurrently, all of the outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock, with the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion computed by dividing the Preferred Share Liquidation Preference per share by a conversion price per share of Common Stock of $8.40, resulting in 7,426,169 newly issued shares of Common Stock. Immediately after the conversion of the Amended and Restated 2015 GHP convertible promissory notes and the Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the Company effected a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of the Common Stock. Accordingly, except as otherwise indicated, all common share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-10 reverse stock split as though it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented. In connection with the foregoing transactions, the Company also increased its total number of shares of authorized Common Stock to 14,131,017 shares.

Following the 1-for-10 reverse stock split, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan to increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder to 1,695,484. In addition, the Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,425,641 shares of Common Stock to certain employees and consultants.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

8.   Preferred Stock

Redeemable Preferred Stock

On March 24, 2017, the Company engaged in a series of transactions to convert certain of its outstanding indebtedness and all of the outstanding Redeemable Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. (See Note 6). Because Great Hill Equity Partners, V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC held all of the Redeemable Preferred Stock and owned a substantial majority of the Common Stock both before and after the conversion of the Redeemable Preferred Stock on March 24, 2017, there is no impact on earnings per share as a result of this conversion.

 

9.   Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The components of basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Three months
ended

March 31,
2017
    Three months
ended

March 31,
2016
 

Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Net loss

   $ (2,616,798   $ (1,545,795

Dividend attributable to participating securities

     (995,743     (1,130,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to YogaWorks, Inc. common stockholders

   $ (3,612,541   $ (2,676,794
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average outstanding shares of common stock

     243,848       72,735  

Dilutive effect of:

    

Equity incentive plans

            

Convertible debt

            
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock and common stock equivalents

     243,848       72,735  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic and Diluted

   $ (14.81   $ (36.80
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the quarters ended March 31, 2017, and 2016, there were outstanding options to purchase 1,289,013 and 832 shares of Common Stock outstanding, respectively, which were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because it would be anti-dilutive.

 

10. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Valuation

To estimate certain expenses and record certain transactions, it is necessary for the Company to estimate the fair value of its shares of Common Stock. Given the absence of a public trading market for the shares of Common Stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Practice Guide, “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation”, the Company exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and

 

F-49


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

subjective factors to determine its best estimate of the fair value of its membership units. Factors considered included:

 

    recent equity financings and the related valuations;

 

    the estimated present value of the Company’s future cash flows;

 

    industry information such as market size and growth;

 

    market capitalization of comparable companies and the estimated value of transactions such companies have engaged in; and

 

    macroeconomic conditions.

Common Stock Options and Grants

During the quarter ended March 31, 2017, option awards for 1,425,641 shares of Common Stock were granted under the amended 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan. With the exception of accelerated options, the typical options vest over four years from the grant date, with 25% of the award vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vesting over the next 36 months. Stock compensation expense related to these equity awards was recorded based upon the estimated fair value of the shares amortized over the vesting period. Fair value of the common stock is estimated using a generally accepted valuation methodology and the fair value of the options is calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Stock compensation expense of $538,742 and $6,653 was recorded in general and administrative expense for the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Unamortized stock compensation expense amounted to $982,311 as of March 31, 2017 and is expected to be expensed ratably over the remaining vesting period.

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

     232     $ 9.20  

Granted

     1,425,641       8.40  

Vested/Released

     (298,727     8.40  

Cancelled

     (137,049     8.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested at March 31, 2017

     990,097       8.40  
  

 

 

   

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of each option grant. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the stock price of comparable public companies. The Company estimates the expected term based upon the historical exercise behavior of employees. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term equal to the expected term of the option assumed at the date of grant. The Company estimated a zero forfeiture rate for these stock option grants as the awards have short vesting terms and have a low probability of forfeiture based on the recipients of the stock options.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

The fair values of stock options granted have been estimated utilizing the following assumptions:

 

Quarters Ended March 31,

 
     2017     2016  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 5.88     $ 8.40  

Exercise Price of common stock option

     8.40       9.20  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.10     2.50

Expected term (in years)

     5.95       6.25  

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Expected volatility

     40     44

Stock options as of March 31, 2017 are summarized as follows:

 

Range of exercise
prices

   Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options
     Options
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Exercisable
Options
 

$8.40 - $9.20

     1,289,013        9.99      $ 8.40        298,938      $ 8.40  

On March 24, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company amended the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan to increase the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder to 1,695,484 shares.

 

11.   Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was (0.96)% and (0.44)%, respectively. We evaluate our effective income tax rate at each interim period and adjust it as facts and circumstances warrant. The difference between federal income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and reported income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 was primarily related to the impact of the valuation allowance and state income taxes.

At March 31, 2017, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. The Company believes that there are no uncertain tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that will produce a material effect to the financial statements over the next 12 months. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code, or IRC, Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurred within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Section 382 and 383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss carryforwards. Since there is a full valuation allowance applied to the deferred taxes, a Section 382 limitation will not have an effect on the deferred taxes or the income tax rate.

The Company is undergoing an examination of its federal income tax return filed for the 2015 tax year by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company is currently not under examination by state and local tax authorities.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

YogaWorks, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

12.   Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Matters

On June 5, 2017, a letter was sent to the California Labor & Workforce Development Agency alleging the Company’s itemized wage statements did not comply with the California Labor Code (the “Wage Statement Claim”). As part of these alleged violations, penalties under the Private Attorneys General Act of 2004 and relevant sections of the California Labor Code are being sought on behalf of the State of California and allegedly aggrieved employees. Neither the outcome of the alleged claims, nor the amount and range of potential damages or exposure associated with the allegations can be assessed with certainty, and any damage award or settlement amount could be substantial.

In addition to the Wage Statement Claim, from time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance with respect to the outcome of any legal proceeding, and the Company could suffer monetary liability from the outcome of the Wage Statement Claim described above or other claims that may be made in the future that could be material to the Company’s results of operations. Other than the Wage Statement Claim, the Company believes there are no pending lawsuits or claims that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, capital resources or results of operations.

 

13. Subsequent Events

1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split

On July 14, 2017, the Company effectuated the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split. Under the terms of the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split, each share of common stock, issued and outstanding as of such effective date, was automatically reclassified and changed into 0.749895 shares of common stock, without any action by the stockholders. Fractional shares were rounded down to the nearest whole share. All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the 1-for-1.333520 Reverse Split for all periods presented.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

EACH STUDIO REFLECTS ITS LOCAL COMMUNITY, MAKING ACQUISITIONS ORGANIC TO US. Baltimore Los Angeles Orange County New York San Francisco Boston


Table of Contents

 

Through and including             , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

5,000,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

Cowen    Stephens Inc.    Guggenheim Securities

 

Roth Capital Partners    Imperial Capital

 

 

 

            , 2017

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 9,330  

FINRA filing fee

     12,575  

Exchange listing fee

     150,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     318,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     1,000,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     325,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     8,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

     177,095  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,000,000  
  

 

 

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes the board of directors of a corporation to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in any such action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Some of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 1, 2014, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

  1. In July 2014, in connection with formation of YogaWorks, Inc., we issued 10,000 shares of preferred stock for the aggregate principal amount of $50,479,317 and 67,491 shares of common stock for the aggregate principal amount of $9,000. The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split and the 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split.
  2. On March 24, 2017, in connection with the recapitalization transactions described in the accompanying prospectus, we did the following transactions:

 

  a. issued 7,426,169 shares of our common stock in exchange for 10,000 shares of our outstanding preferred stock, at a conversion rate of $8.40 for each share of common stock issued; and
  b. issued 1,407,632 shares of our common stock, at a conversion price of $8.40 per share of common stock, in exchange for all of the 2015 GHP Convertible Notes.

The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split and the 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split.

 

  3. On March 27, 2017, we issued the 2017 GHP Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3.2 million, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $8.40 per share of common stock. The preceding information gives effect to the subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  4. On or after March 24, 2017, we granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2014 Plan, covering an aggregate of 1,444,388 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $8.40 per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 155,794 shares were cancelled without being exercised. The preceding information gives effect to the subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  5. Prior to March 24, 2017, we granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2014 Plan, covering an aggregate of 833 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $9.20 per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 389 shares were cancelled without being exercised and options to purchase 3 shares were exercised. The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  6. Prior to March 24, 2017, we sold an aggregate of 6,294 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of approximately $17,873 upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards and individual issuances of stock. The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
  7. On or after March 24, 2017, we sold an aggregate of 1,499 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of approximately $13,800 upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards and individual issuances of stock. The preceding information gives effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock that occurred in March 2017 and a subsequent 1-for-1.333520 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the issuance of securities in the transaction described in paragraph (1) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the issuance of securities in the transaction described in paragraph (2) above under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraph (3) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. We claimed such exemption on the basis that (1) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information and (2) appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in such transactions.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (4), (5) and (6) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

  (a) Exhibits . See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules . All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Culver City, California, on the 17 th day of July, 2017.

 

    YOGAWORKS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Vance Chang

    Vance Chang
    Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Rosanna McCollough, Vance Chang and Kurt Donnell, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of YogaWorks, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

Rosanna McCollough

  

President & Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 17, 2017

/s/ Vance Chang

Vance Chang

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 17, 2017

*

Peter L. Garran

   Director   July 17, 2017

*

Michael A. Kumin

   Director   July 17, 2017

*

Michael J. Gerend

   Director   July 17, 2017

*

Brian Cooper

   Director   July 17, 2017

 

*By:

 

/s/ Vance Chang

Vance Chang

Attorney-in-fact

    

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number  

  

Exhibit Description

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1#    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, currently in effect.
3.2#    Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.
3.3#    Bylaws, currently in effect.
3.4#    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.
4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
5.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1#    Loan Agreement, dated July 24, 2015, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., Whole Body, Inc., Deerpath Funding, LP, and the other parties thereto.
10.2#    First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated December 23, 2015, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., Whole Body, Inc., Deerpath Funding, LP, and the other parties thereto.
10.3#    Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., Whole Body, Inc., Deerpath Funding, LP, and the other parties thereto.
10.4+#    YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
10.5+#    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
10.6+#    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the YWX Holdings, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
10.7+    YogaWorks, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
10.8+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the YogaWorks, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.
10.9+#    Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.10+#    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2017, by and between Whole Body, Inc. and Rosanna McCollough.
10.11+#    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2017, by and between Whole Body, Inc. and Vance Chang.
10.12+#    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2017, by and between Whole Body, Inc. and Suzanne Dawson.
10.13+#    Employment Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2017, by and between Whole Body, Inc. and Kurt Donnell.
10.14#    Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc., Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P. and Great Hill Investors, LLC.
10.15#    Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc. and Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P.
10.16#    Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated March 27, 2017, by and among YWX Holdings, Inc. and Great Hill Investors, LLC.
10.17+    YogaWorks, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.
10.18+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the YogaWorks, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan.

 

1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number  

  

Exhibit Description

21.1#    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1#    Power of Attorney (see page II-6).

 

 

# Previously filed.

 

+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

2

Exhibit 1.1

YogaWorks, Inc.

Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[                    ], 2017

C OWEN AND C OMPANY , LLC

Stephens Inc.

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

As Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Cowen and Company, LLC

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. I NTRODUCTORY . YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to sell, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, to the several underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (the “ Underwriters ,” or, each, an “ Underwriter ”), an aggregate of [5,000,000] shares of common stock, $0.001 par value (the “ Common Stock ”) of the Company. The aggregate of [5,000,000] shares so proposed to be sold is hereinafter referred to as the “ Firm Stock ”. The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, up to an additional [750,000] shares of Common Stock (the “ Optional Stock ”). The Firm Stock and the Optional Stock are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Stock ”. Cowen and Company, LLC (“ Cowen ”), Stephens Inc., and Guggenheim Securities, LLC are acting as representatives of the several Underwriters and in such capacity are hereinafter referred to as the “ Representatives .”

2. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY

(i) R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY . The Company represents and warrants to the several Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of each Closing Date (as defined below), and agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

  (a)

Registration Statement . A registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (File No. 333-218950) (including all amendments thereto filed prior to the execution of this Agreement, the “ Initial Registration Statement ”) in respect of the Stock has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”). The Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (a copy of which, as filed but, excluding exhibits thereto, has previously been delivered to you) have been declared effective by the Commission and conform in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “ Rules and Regulations ”). Other than (i) the Initial Registration Statement, (ii) a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations (a “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ”), (iii) any Preliminary Prospectus (as defined below), (iv) the Prospectus (as defined below) contemplated by this Agreement to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations in accordance with Section 4(i)(a) hereof, and (v) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below), no other document with respect to the offer and sale of the Stock has heretofore been filed with the Commission. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has


  been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Rules and Regulations is hereinafter called a “ Preliminary Prospectus ”). The Initial Registration Statement including all exhibits and amendments thereto and including the information contained in the Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective is hereinafter collectively called the “ Registration Statement .” If the Company has filed a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus, in the form filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Rules and Regulations, is hereinafter called the “ Prospectus .”

 

  (b) General Disclosure Package . As of the Applicable Time (as defined below) and as of the Firm Closing Date (as defined below) or the Option Closing Date (as defined below), as the case may be, neither (i) the General Use Free Writing Prospectus(es) (as defined below) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the Pricing Prospectus (as defined below), and the information included on Schedule D hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”), nor (ii) any individual Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below), nor (iii) the bona fide electronic roadshow (as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) of the Rules and Regulations); nor (iv) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below), in each case for (ii) through (iv), when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included or will include any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to information contained in or omitted from the Pricing Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below), in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriters’ Information (as defined in Section 17). As used in this paragraph (b) and elsewhere in this Agreement:

Applicable Time ” means [            ] [A/P].M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such other time as agreed to by the Company and the Representatives.

General Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is identified on Schedule C to this Agreement.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Rules and Regulations relating to the Stock in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) of the Rules and Regulations.

Limited Use Free Writing Prospectuses ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

Pricing Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Stock that is included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time.

Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below) that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

  (c)

No Stop Orders; No Material Misstatements . No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus relating to the proposed

 

2


  offering of the Stock has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act has been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission, and the Pricing Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to information contained in or omitted from the Pricing Prospectus, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriters’ Information.

 

  (d) Registration Statement and Prospectus Contents . At the Applicable Time and at respective times the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto became or become effective and at each Closing Date, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, at the time the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto was issued and at each Closing Date, conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the foregoing representations and warranties in this paragraph (d) shall not apply to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriters’ Information.

 

  (e) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus . Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Stock or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representatives as described in Section 4(i)(f), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and did not, does not and will not include, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the foregoing representations and warranties in this Section 2(e) shall not apply to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriters’ Information.

 

  (f) Distribution of Offering Materials . The Company has not, directly or indirectly, distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and other materials, if any, permitted under the Securities Act. The Company will file with the Commission all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses (other than a “road show” as described in Rule 433(d)(8) of the Rules and Regulations) in the time and manner required under 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations to the extent required thereby.

 

  (g)

Emerging Growth Company . From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or

 

3


  through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communications) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

  (h) Not an Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, and at the date hereof, the Company was not, and the Company currently is not, an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations

 

  (i) Testing the Waters Communications . The Company (a) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than those Testing-the-Waters Communications consented to by the Representatives, and (b) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives, or executives of the Company accompanied by the Representatives, to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than those Written Testing-the-Waters Communications which the Company has previously notified and provided to the Representatives in writing.

 

  (j) Organization and Good Standing . The Company and each of the subsidiaries of the Company (each, a “ Subsidiary ”, and collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”) have been duly organized and are validly existing as corporations or other legal entities in good standing (or the foreign equivalent thereof) under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization. The Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business and are in good standing as foreign corporations or other legal entities in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification and have all power and authority (corporate or other) necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to so qualify or have such power or authority would not (i) have, singularly or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (ii) impair in any material respect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate any transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (any such effect as described in clauses (i) or (ii), a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the Subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement. The Subsidiaries listed in Schedule B to this Agreement are the only “significant subsidiaries” (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) of the Company.

 

  (k) Underwriting Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

  (l) The Stock . The Stock to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder has been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Stock is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

 

  (m)

Capitalization . The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth under the heading “Capitalization” in the Pricing Prospectus, and all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in material compliance with federal and state securities laws, and conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. All of the Company’s options, warrants or other securities with the right to purchase or exchange any

 

4


  securities for shares of the Company’s capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and were issued in material compliance with federal and state securities laws. None of the outstanding shares of Common Stock were issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. As of the date set forth in the General Disclosure Package, there were no authorized or outstanding shares of capital stock, options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than those described above or accurately described in all material respects in the General Disclosure Package. Since such date, other than as described in the General Disclosure Package, the Company has not issued any securities other than Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of warrants or upon the exercise of stock options or other awards outstanding under the Company’s stock option plans, options or other securities granted or issued pursuant to the Company’s existing equity compensation plans or other plans, and the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to employee stock purchase plans. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, accurately and fairly present in all material respects the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

 

  (n) Capitalization of Subsidiaries . All the outstanding shares of capital stock (if any) of each Subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and, except to the extent set forth in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are owned by the Company directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries, free and clear of any claim, lien, encumbrance, security interest, restriction upon voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party.

 

  (o) No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, the issuance and sale of the Stock by the Company, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will not (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, constitute a default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, claim or charge upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries are a party or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries are bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws (or analogous governing instruments, as applicable) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court or governmental or regulatory agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. A “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition that gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company of any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  (p)

No Consents Required . Except for the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and applicable state securities laws, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) and the Nasdaq Global Market in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Stock by the Underwriters and the listing of the Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, qualification or registration (each an “ Authorization ”) with, any court, governmental or regulatory agency or body, foreign or domestic, which has not been made, obtained or taken and is not in full force and effect, is required for the execution, delivery and

 

5


  performance of this Agreement by the Company, the issuance and sale of the Stock or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, in any such case as would reasonably be expected to impair in any material respect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate any transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and no event has occurred that allows or results in, or after notice or lapse of time or both would allow or result in, revocation, suspension, termination or invalidation of any such Authorization or any other impairment of the rights of the holder or maker of any such Authorization.

 

  (q) Independent Auditors . BDO USA, LLP, who has certified certain financial statements and related schedules of the Company and its Subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries within the meaning of Article 2-01 of Regulation S-X and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “ PCAOB ”).

 

  (r) Financial Statements . The financial statements, together with the related notes and schedules included in the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and in the Registration Statement fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position and the results of operations and changes in financial position of the Company and the Subsidiaries at the respective dates or for the respective periods therein specified. Such statements and related notes and schedules have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved except as may be set forth in the related notes included in the General Disclosure Package. Other than the financial data set forth in the column entitled “Unaudited Non-GAAP Combined Year Ended December 31, 2014,” the summary and selected financial data included in the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement under the captions “Summary Consolidated Financial Data” and “Selected Financial Data,” respectively, fairly present in all material respects the information shown therein as at the respective dates and for the respective periods specified and in the case of financial data presented for the fiscal years of 2015 and 2016, are derived from the consolidated financial statements set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

  (s) No Material Adverse Change . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sustained, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package, (i) any material loss or interference with the Company and its Subsidiaries’ business (considered as one enterprise) from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or action, order or decree of any court or governmental or regulatory authority; (ii) any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or (iii) any material adverse changes, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, management, financial position, business prospects, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, otherwise, in each case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), than as set forth or contemplated in the General Disclosure Package.

 

  (t) Legal Proceedings . Except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, there is no legal or governmental proceeding pending to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the subject that is required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and is not described therein, or which, singularly or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no such proceedings are, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened or contemplated by governmental or regulatory authorities or threatened by others.

 

6


  (u) No Violation or Default . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws (or analogous governing instrument, as applicable), (ii) in default in any respect, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property or assets is subject, or (iii) in violation in any respect of any law, ordinance, governmental rule, regulation or court order, decree or judgment to which it or its property or assets may be subject except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such violation or default that would not, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (v) Licenses or Permits . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, authorizations and permits issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate local, state, federal or foreign governmental or regulatory agencies or bodies that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, the “ Governmental Permits ”) except where any failures to possess or make the same would not, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all such Governmental Permits, except where the failure so to comply would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; all such Governmental Permits are valid and in full force and effect, except where the validity or failure to be in full force and effect would not, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received notification of any revocation, modification, suspension, termination or invalidation (or proceedings related thereto) of any such Governmental Permit which would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (w) Investment Company Act . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is or, after giving effect to the offering of the Stock and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will be required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

  (x) No Stabilization . Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors or affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or intended to stabilize or manipulate the price of any security of the Company, or which might in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

 

  (y)

Intellectual Property . The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess the valid right to use all, (i) valid and enforceable patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark registrations, service marks, service mark registrations, Internet domain name registrations, copyrights, copyright registrations, licenses, trade secret rights (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”), and (ii) inventions, software, works of authorships, trademarks, service marks, trade names, databases, formulae, know how, Internet domain names and other intellectual property (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary confidential information, systems, or procedures) (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Assets ”) necessary to conduct business as currently conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries as a whole, and as proposed to be conducted and described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided that with respect to Intellectual Property Rights and Intellectual Property Assets owned by third parties, the foregoing representation is made solely to the Company’s knowledge. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any opinion from their legal counsel concluding that any activities of their respective businesses infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, valid and enforceable Intellectual Property Rights of any other person, and have not received written notice of any challenge which to their knowledge is still pending, by any other person to the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights or Intellectual Property Assets owned or used by the Company or its Subsidiaries, in

 

7


  each case that would cause a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company and its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses as now conducted do not give rise to any infringement of, any misappropriation of, or other violation of, any valid and enforceable Intellectual Property Rights of any other person, in each case that would cause a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, all licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property Rights described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are valid, binding upon, and enforceable by or against the parties thereto in accordance to its terms. The Company has complied in all material respects with, and is not in breach nor has received any asserted or threatened claim of breach of any Intellectual Property license, and the Company has no knowledge of any breach or anticipated breach by any other person to any Intellectual Property license. Except as described in the General Disclosure Package, there are no claims against the Company alleging the infringement by the Company of any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, trade secret, license in or other intellectual property right or franchise right of any person. The Company has at all times materially complied with all applicable laws relating to privacy, data protection and the collection and use of personal information collected, used or held for use by the Company in the conduct of the Company’s business. No claims have been asserted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company alleging a violation of any person’s privacy or personal information or data rights that would cause a Material Adverse Effect and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not breach or otherwise cause any violation of any law related to privacy, data protection, or the collection and use of personal information collected, used, or held for use by the Company in the conduct of the Company’s business. The Company takes reasonable measures to ensure that such information is protected against unauthorized access, use, modification or other misuse.

 

  (z) Title to Real and Personal Property . The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in and (in the case of real property) to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real or personal property which are material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, claims and defects, except such as (i) are described in the General Disclosure Package, (ii) that do not, singularly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) would not reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (aa) No Labor Dispute . Except as described in the General Disclosure Package, there is (i) no significant unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries, before the National Labor Relations Board, any state or local labor relation board or any foreign labor relations board, and no significant grievance or significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against it, and (ii) no labor disturbance by or dispute with, employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is contemplated or threatened, that could reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware that any key employee or significant group of employees of the Company or any Subsidiary plans to terminate employment with the Company or any such Subsidiary.

 

  (bb)

Compliance with ERISA . Except as would not reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “ Code ”)) or event set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the thirty (30)-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,

 

8


  (ii) each employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with applicable law, including ERISA and the Code, (iii) neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries have incurred or would reasonably be expected to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any defined benefit pension plan (as defined in ERISA), and (iv) each pension plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and, to the Company’s knowledge, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would, singularly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

 

  (cc) Environmental Laws and Hazardous Materials . The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all federal, state and local rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and protection of health and safety or the environment which are applicable to their businesses (“ Environmental Laws ”), except where such non-compliance would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (dd) Taxes . The Company and its Subsidiaries each (i) have timely filed all necessary federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, and all such returns were true, complete and correct, (ii) have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes, for which it is liable, including, without limitation, all sales and use taxes and all taxes which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to withhold from amounts owing to employees, creditors and third parties, and (iii) do not have any tax deficiency or claims outstanding or assessed or, to its knowledge, proposed against any of them, except those, in each of the cases described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, that would not, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (ee) Insurance . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries carry, or are covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties. To the Company’s knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (ff) Accounting Controls . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries maintains a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act (the “ Exchange Act Rules ”)) that has been designed to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the General Disclosure Package, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (A) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated), and (B) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

  (gg) Minute Books . The minute books of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have been made available to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, and with respect to such books, (i) to the Company’s knowledge, no material transaction of the Company and its Subsidiaries, is not disclosed in such books, and (ii) such books accurately reflect in all material respects the material transactions referred to in such minutes.

 

  (hh)

No Undisclosed Relationships . No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders (or analogous interest holders), customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its affiliates on the other

 

9


  hand, which is required to be described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and which is not so described.

 

  (ii) No Registration Rights . Except as described in the General Disclosure Package, no person or entity has the right to require registration of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries because of the filing or effectiveness of the Registration Statement or otherwise, except for persons and entities who have expressly waived such right in writing or who have been given timely and proper written notice and have failed to exercise such right within the time or times required under the terms and conditions of such right.

 

  (jj) No Broker’s Fees . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Underwriters for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (kk) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries . Except as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company.

 

  (ll) PFIC . The Company is not a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1296 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1966, and the Company is not likely to become a PFIC.

 

  (mm) Forward-Looking Statements . No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in either the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

  (nn) Listing . The Stock has been approved for listing subject to notice of issuance on Nasdaq (the “ Exchange ”). A registration statement has been filed on Form 8-A pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, which registration statement complies in all material respects with the Exchange Act.

 

  (oo) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Company’s officers or directors, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) to the extent applicable to the Company, its officers or directors, prior to the execution of this Agreement, including Section 402 related to loans.

 

  (pp) No Unlawful Payments . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary, has (i) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or (iv) made any other unlawful payment.

 

  (qq) Statistical and Market Data . The statistical and market related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate, and such data agrees in all material respects with the sources from which they are derived.

 

  (rr)

Compliance with Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the

 

10


  Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its Subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or threatened.

 

  (ss) Compliance with OFAC .

 

  (i) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any director, officer or employee thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is: (A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor (B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

  (ii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person: (A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or (B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

  (iii) For the past five (5) years, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

  (tt) No Associated Persons; FINRA Matters . Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(1)) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, or is an associated person (within the meaning of Article I, Section 1(ee) of the By-laws of FINRA) of, any member firm of FINRA.

Any certificate signed by or on behalf of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company (and not by any such officer of the Company in his or her personal capacity) to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

3. P URCHASE , S ALE AND D ELIVERY OF O FFERED S ECURITIES . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of shares of Firm Stock set forth opposite the names of the Underwriters in Schedule A hereto.

The purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters to the Company for the Firm Stock will be $[        ] per share (the “ Purchase Price ”).

The Company will deliver the Firm Stock to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, or issued in such names and in such

 

11


denominations as the Representatives may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or prior to 12:00 Noon, New York time, on the second (2 nd ) full business day preceding the Firm Closing Date against payment of the aggregate Purchase Price therefor by wire transfer in federal (same day) funds to an account at a bank specified by the Company payable to the order of the Company for the Firm Stock sold by them all at the offices of Latham & Watkins, 355 South Grand Avenue, Suite 100, Los Angeles, California 90071. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligations of each Underwriter hereunder. The time and date of the delivery and closing shall be at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on [            ], 2017, in accordance with Rule 15c6-1 of the Exchange Act. The time and date of such payment and delivery are herein referred to as the “ Firm Closing Date ”. The Firm Closing Date and the location of delivery of, and the form of payment for, the Stock may be varied by agreement between the Company and the Representatives.

For the purpose of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Stock as contemplated by the Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Stock. The price per share to be paid for the Optional Stock shall be the Purchase Price. The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of shares of Optional Stock specified in the written notice delivered by the Representatives to the Company described below and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase such shares of Optional Stock. The option granted hereby may be exercised as to all or any part of the Optional Stock at any time, and from time to time, provided however , that notice of such exercise must be delivered not more than thirty (30) days subsequent to the date of this Agreement. No Optional Stock shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Stock previously has been, or simultaneously is being, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Stock or any portion thereof may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company.

The option granted hereby shall be exercised by written notice being given to the Company by the Representatives setting forth the number of shares of the Optional Stock to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Optional Stock. Each date and time for delivery of and payment for the Optional Stock (which may be the Firm Closing Date, but not earlier) is herein called the “ Option Closing Date ” and shall not be earlier than two (2) business days nor later than five (5) business days after written notice is given to the Company, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Representatives. The Option Closing Date and the Firm Closing Date are herein called the “ Closing Dates .”

The Company will deliver the Optional Stock to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, issued in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or prior to 12:00 Noon, New York time, on the second (2 nd ) full business day preceding the Option Closing Date against payment of the aggregate Purchase Price therefor by wire transfer in federal (same day) funds to an account at a bank acceptable to the Representatives payable to the order of the Company. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligations of each Underwriter hereunder. The Option Closing Date and the location of delivery of, and the form of payment for, the Optional Stock may be varied by agreement between the Company and the Representatives.

The several Underwriters propose to offer the Stock for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. F URTHER A GREEMENTS O F T HE C OMPANY

(i) F URTHER A GREEMENTS O F T HE C OMPANY . The Company agrees with the several Underwriters:

 

  (a)

Required Filings; Amendments or Supplements; Notice to the Representatives . To prepare the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if necessary, and file such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission by 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date hereof, and the Company shall at the time of

 

12


  filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Rules and Regulations; to prepare the Prospectus containing information previously omitted at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations not later than the second (2 nd ) business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by the Securities Act; to notify the Representatives as soon as reasonably practicable of the Company’s intention to file or prepare any supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement or to the Prospectus and to make no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or to the Prospectus to which the Representatives shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after a reasonable period to review; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any supplement to the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication has been filed and to furnish the Underwriters with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rules 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, as the case may be; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, of the suspension of the qualification of the Stock for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or for additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification, and promptly to use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order.

 

  (b) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) the completion of the distribution of the Firm Stock within the meaning of the Securities Act, and (ii) completion of the Lock-Up Period (as defined below).

If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

  (c)

Permitted Free Writing Prospectus . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Stock that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations unless the prior written consent of the Company and the Representatives have been received (each, a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus ”); provided that the prior written consent of the Representatives hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus included in Schedule C hereto. The Company represents that it has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 of the Rules and Regulations applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including the requirements relating to timely filing with the

 

13


  Commission, legending and record keeping and will not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that such Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder. The Company will satisfy the condition in Rule 433 of the Rules and Regulations to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

 

  (d) Ongoing Compliance . If, at any time prior to the date when a prospectus relating to the Stock is required to be delivered (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act), any event occurs or condition exists as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made when the Prospectus is delivered (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Rules and Regulations), not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act, that the Company will promptly notify the Representatives thereof and upon their request will prepare an appropriate amendment or supplement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance and will use its reasonable best efforts to have any amendment to the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as practicable. The Company will furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of such amendment or supplement. In case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Rules and Regulations) relating to the Stock, the Company upon the request of the Representatives will prepare promptly an amended or supplemented Prospectus as may be necessary to permit compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and deliver to such Underwriter as many copies as such Underwriter may reasonably request of such amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

 

  (e) Amendment to General Disclosure Package . If the General Disclosure Package is being used to solicit offers to buy the Stock at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur as a result of which, in the judgment of the Company or in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriters, it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, or to make the statements therein not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file and not superseded or modified, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package to comply with any law, the Company promptly will prepare, file with the Commission (if required) and furnish to the Underwriters and any dealers an appropriate amendment or supplement to the General Disclosure Package.

 

  (f) Amendment to Issuer Free Writing Prospectus . If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at the subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives so that any use of the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriters’ Information.

 

14


  (g) Delivery of Registration Statement . To the extent not available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“ EDGAR ”), upon the request of the Representatives, to furnish promptly to the Representatives and to counsel for the Underwriters a signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto filed with the Commission, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith.

 

  (h) Delivery of Copies . Upon request of the Representatives, to the extent not available on EDGAR, to deliver promptly to the Representatives in such number of the following documents as the Representatives shall reasonably request: (i) conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission (in each case excluding exhibits), (ii) each Preliminary Prospectus, (iii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (iv) the Prospectus (the delivery of the documents referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph (h) to be made not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement), (v) conformed copies of any amendment to the Registration Statement (excluding exhibits), and (vi) any amendment or supplement to the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (the delivery of the documents referred to in clauses (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (h) to be made not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day following the date of such amendment or supplement).

 

  (i) Earnings Statement . To the extent not available on EDGAR, to make generally available to its stockholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen (16) months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) of the Rules and Regulations), an earnings statement of the Company and its Subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158); and to the extent not available on EDGAR, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act as are necessary in order to provide the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

 

  (j) Blue Sky Compliance . To take promptly from time to time such actions as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Stock for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to continue such qualifications in effect, and to comply with such laws, for so long as required to permit the offer and sale of Stock in such jurisdictions; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to (i) qualify as foreign corporations in any jurisdiction in which they are not so qualified, (ii) file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

 

  (k) Reports . Upon request, during the period of five (5) years from the date hereof, to deliver to each of the Underwriters, (i) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and (ii) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed. However, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is timely filing reports on EDGAR, it is not required to furnish such reports or statements to the Underwriters.

 

  (l)

Lock-Up . During the period commencing on and including the date hereof and ending on and including the one-hundred and eightieth (180th) day following the date of this Agreement, (the “ Lock-Up Period ”) the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives (which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of the Representatives), directly or indirectly offer, sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of, or announce the offering of, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, any Common Stock, options, rights or warrants to acquire Common Stock or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock (other than is

 

15


  contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Stock) or publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however , that the Company may (i) issue Common Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) issue Common Stock and options to purchase Common Stock, shares of Common Stock underlying options granted and other securities, each pursuant to any director or employee stock option plan, stock ownership plan or dividend reinvestment plan of the Company in effect on the date hereof and described in the General Disclosure Package; (iii) issue Common Stock pursuant to the conversion of securities or the exercise of warrants, which securities or warrants are outstanding on the date hereof and described in the General Disclosure Package; (iv) sell or issue, or enter into an agreement to sell or issue, shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock in connection with (1) mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, property or other assets, (3) joint ventures or (4) strategic alliances; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (assuming full exercise or conversion of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants of the Company into Common Stock); and further provided that each recipient of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock pursuant to this clause (iv) shall execute a “lock-up agreement” substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto; and (v) adopt a new equity incentive plan, and file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of securities to be issued pursuant to such new equity incentive plan, and issue securities pursuant to such new equity incentive plan (including, without limitation, the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or other securities issued pursuant to such new equity incentive plan), provided that (1) such new equity incentive plan satisfies the transaction requirements of General Instruction A.1 of Form S-8 under the Securities Act, and (2) this clause (v) shall not be available unless each recipient of shares of Common Stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock, pursuant to such new equity incentive plan shall be contractually obligated to execute a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto. The Company will cause each person and entity listed in Schedule E to furnish to the Representatives, prior to the Firm Closing Date, a “lock-up” agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto. With respect to any securities bound by such “lock-up” agreements, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions against any transfers not in compliance with such “lock-up” agreements.

 

  (m) Release of Lock-Up . If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three (3) business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit II hereto through a major news service at least two (2) business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

  (n) Delivery of SEC Correspondence . To supply the Representatives with copies of all correspondence to and from, and all documents issued to and by, the Commission in connection with the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act or any of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

  (o) Press Releases . Prior to the Firm Closing Date, not to issue any press release or other communication directly or indirectly or hold any press conference with respect to the Company, its financial condition, earnings, business affairs or business prospects (except for routine oral marketing communications in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of the Company and of which the Representatives are notified), without the prior consent of the Representatives (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), unless in the judgment of the Company and its counsel, and after notification to the Representatives, such press release or communication is required by law.

 

16


  (p) Compliance with Regulation M . Until the Representatives shall have notified the Company of the completion of the resale of the Stock, that the Company will not, and will use its reasonable best efforts to cause its affiliated purchasers (as defined in Regulation M under the Exchange Act) not to, either alone or with one or more other persons, bid for or purchase, for any account in which it or any of its affiliated purchasers has a beneficial interest, any Stock, or attempt to induce any person to purchase any Stock; and not to, and to use its reasonable best efforts to cause its affiliated purchasers not to, make bids or purchases for the purpose of creating actual, or apparent, active trading in or of raising the price of the Stock.

 

  (q) Registrar and Transfer Agent . To maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Stock.

 

  (r) Use of Proceeds . To apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds,” and except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Stock hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

  (s) Exchange Listing . To use its reasonable best efforts to list for quotation the Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

  (t) Performance of Covenants and Satisfaction of Conditions . To use its reasonable best efforts to do and perform all things required to be done or performed under this Agreement by the Company prior to each Closing Date and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the delivery of the Stock.

5. P AYMENT OF E XPENSES . The Company agrees to pay, or reimburse if paid by any Underwriter, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated or this Agreement is terminated: (a) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Stock and any taxes payable in that connection; (b) the costs incident to the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; (c) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and distribution of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto, this Agreement and any closing documents by mail, telex or other means of communications; (d) the reasonable and documented fees and expenses (including related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters, subject to limit set forth in Section 5(h)) incurred in connection with securing any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Stock and any filings made with FINRA; (e) any applicable listing or other fees; (f) the reasonable and documented fees and expenses (including related fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters, subject to limit set forth in Section 5(h)) of qualifying the Stock under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 4(j)) and of preparing, printing and distributing wrappers, blue sky memoranda and legal investment surveys; (g) the cost of preparing and printing stock certificates; (h) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Stock; (i) the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters ( provided, that the fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters under this Section 5 shall not exceed $15,000 in the aggregate), and (j) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Stock, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the officers of the Company and such consultants, including 50% of the cost of any aircraft or other transportation chartered in connection with the road show (it being understood that the Underwriters will be responsible for the remaining 50%), and (k) all other costs and expenses incident to the offering of the Stock or the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s independent accountants; provided that, except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section 5 and in Sections 9 and 10, the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including the fees and expenses of their counsel not contemplated herein and the travel and lodging expenses of

 

17


the Underwriters not contemplated herein, any transfer taxes on the resale of any Stock by them and the expenses of advertising any offering of the Stock made by the Underwriters.

6. C ONDITIONS OF U NDERWRITERS ’ O BLIGATIONS . The respective obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, when made and as of the Applicable Time and on such Closing Date, of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:

 

  (a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Orders . The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives; the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus shall have been filed with, the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by, and in compliance in all material respects with, the Rules and Regulations and in accordance with Section 4(i)(a), and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, shall have become effective immediately upon its filing with the Commission; and FINRA shall have raised no unresolved objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the terms of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (b) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for the Company . Latham & Watkins LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives such counsel’s written opinion and negative assurance letter, as counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and each dated such Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Exhibit III hereto.

 

  (c) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for the Underwriters . The Representatives shall have received from DLA Piper LLP (US) counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions and negative assurance letter, dated such Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Underwriters may reasonably require, and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

  (d) Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from BDO USA, LLP a letter, addressed to the Underwriters, executed and dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that they are an independent registered accounting firm with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and PCAOB and (ii) stating the conclusions and findings of such firm, of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters, with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

  (e) Bring Down Comfort . On the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and on such Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a letter (the “ bring-down letter ”) from BDO USA, LLP addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Closing Date confirming, as of the date of the bring-down letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as the case may be, as of a date not more than three (3) business days prior to the date of the bring-down letter), the conclusions and findings of such firm, of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters, with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by its letter delivered to the Representatives concurrently with the execution of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6(d).

 

18


  (f) Officer’s Certificate . The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of its Chief Executive Officer or President and its Chief Financial Officer stating in their respective capacities as officers of the Company on behalf of the Company that (i) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (including, for avoidance of doubt, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement), or any post-effective amendment thereto, shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or, to their knowledge, threatened by the Commission, (ii) for the period from and including the date of this Agreement through and including such Closing Date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect, (iii) to their knowledge as of such Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date, and (iv) there has not been, subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package, any Material Adverse Effect in the financial position or results of operations of the Company, or any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

  (g) No Material Adverse Effect . Since the date hereof, (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have sustained any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, and (ii) there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, prospects, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case, otherwise than as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 6(g), is, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or delivery of the Stock on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the General Disclosure Package.

 

  (h) No Legal Impediment to Issuance . No action shall have been taken and no law, statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental or regulatory agency or body which would prevent the issuance or sale of the Stock; and no injunction, restraining order or order of any other nature by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction shall have been issued which would prevent the issuance or sale of the Stock or materially and adversely affect or potentially materially and adversely affect the business or operations of the Company.

 

  (i)

Market Conditions . Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in any of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Exchange, or trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market, NASDAQ Global Market, NASDAQ Capital Market or the NYSE MKT LLC or in the over-the-counter market, or trading in any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market, shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices or maximum range for prices shall have been established on any such exchange or such market by the Commission, by such exchange or market or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by Federal or state authorities or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, (iii) the United States shall have become engaged in hostilities, or the subject of an act of terrorism, or there shall have been an outbreak of or escalation in hostilities involving the United States, or there shall have been a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States, or (iv) there shall have occurred such a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such) as to make it, in the

 

19


  judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or delivery of the Stock on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

  (j) Exchange Listing . The Exchange shall have approved the Stock for listing therein, subject only to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution.

 

  (k) Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of such Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its Subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate Governmental Authorities of such jurisdictions.

 

  (l) Lock Up Agreements . The Representatives shall have received the written agreements, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto, of the officers, directors, stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders of the Company listed in Schedule E to this Agreement.

 

  (m) Secretary’s Certificate . The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a Secretary’s Certificate of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and customary for the type of offering contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (n) Additional Document . On or prior to such Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representative such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

7. I NDEMNIFICATION AND C ONTRIBUTION .

 

  (a) Indemnification of Underwriters by the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless:

Each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers, managers, members, employees, representatives and agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “ Underwriter Indemnified Parties ,” and each an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”) against any loss, claim, damage, expense or liability whatsoever (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Common Stock, including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically) (“ Marketing Materials ”), or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Marketing Materials, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse each Underwriter Indemnified Party promptly upon demand for any documented legal fees or other out-of-pocket expenses, in each case, reasonably incurred by that Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigating, or preparing to defend, or defending against, or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred

 

20


in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding, as such fees and expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company and the Subsidiaries shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission from any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Marketing Materials, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for use therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriters’ Information.

The indemnity agreement in this Section 7(a) is not exclusive and is in addition to any other liability which the Company might have under this Agreement or otherwise, and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available under this Agreement, at law or in equity to any Underwriter Indemnified Party.

 

  (b) Indemnification of the Company by the Underwriters . Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “ Company Indemnified Parties ” and each a “ Company Indemnified Party ”) against any loss, claim, damage, expense or liability whatsoever (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Company Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of that Underwriter specifically for use therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriters’ Information, and shall reimburse the Company Indemnified Parties promptly on demand for any documented legal or other out-of-pocket expenses, in each case, reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, investigation or proceeding, as such fees and expenses are incurred. This indemnity agreement is not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which the Underwriters might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available under this Agreement, at law or in equity to the Company Indemnified Parties.

 

  (c)

Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure; and, provided, further, that the failure to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7. If any such action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (which counsel shall not, except with the written consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party). After

 

21


  notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such action, except as provided herein, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under Section 7 for the cost of any separate legal counsel or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action other than for reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense of such action but the fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable costs of investigation) shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized in writing by the Company in the case of a claim for indemnification under Section 7(a) or the Representatives in the case of a claim for indemnification under Section 7(b), (ii) such indemnified party shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within a reasonable period of time after notice of the commencement of the action or the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, in which case, if such indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of (or, in the case of a failure to diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, to continue to defend) such action on behalf of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party shall be responsible for legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action; provided , however , that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all such indemnified parties (in addition to any local counsel), which firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives if the indemnified parties under this Section 7 consist of any Underwriter Indemnified Party or by the Company if the indemnified parties under this Section 7 consist of any Company Indemnified Parties. Subject to this Section 7(c), the amount payable by an indemnifying party under Section 7 shall include, but not be limited to, (x) reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel to the indemnified party and any other expenses in investigating, or preparing to defend or defending against, or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any action, investigation, proceeding or claim, and (y) all amounts paid in settlement or satisfaction of any of the foregoing. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever, in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 7 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall be liable for settlement of any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever that is effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with its written consent, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement.

 

  (d)

If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 7(a) or 7(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid, payable or otherwise incurred by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), as incurred, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the

 

22


  Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Stock, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 7(d) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) of this Section 7(d) but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other with respect to the statements, omissions, acts or failures to act which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Stock purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the Stock purchased under this Agreement, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement, omission, act or failure to act; provided that the parties hereto agree that the written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of the Underwriters for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, consists solely of the Underwriters’ Information.

 

  (e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to Section 7(d) above were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to Section 7(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding referred to in Section 7(d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Stock exceeds the amount of any damages which the Underwriter has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission, act or alleged act or failure to act or alleged failure to act. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 7 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

8. T ERMINATION . The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be terminated by the Representatives, in their absolute discretion by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock if, prior to that time, any of the events described in Sections 6(g), 6(h) or 6(j) have occurred or if the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under this Agreement.

9. R EIMBURSEMENT OF U NDERWRITERS ’ E XPENSES . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if (a) this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 8, (b) the Company shall fail to tender the Stock for delivery to the Underwriters for any reason not permitted under this Agreement, (c) the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under this Agreement, or (d) the sale of the Stock is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth herein is not satisfied or because of the refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to satisfy any condition or to comply with the provisions hereof, then in addition to the payment of amounts in

 

23


accordance with Section 5, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Underwriters’ counsel and for such other documented out-of-pocket expenses as shall have been reasonably incurred by them in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Stock, including, without limitation, documented travel and lodging expenses of the Underwriters, and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representatives; provided that if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9 by reason of the default of one or more Underwriters, the Company shall not be obligated to reimburse any defaulting Underwriter on account of expenses to the extent incurred by such defaulting Underwriter provided further that the foregoing shall not limit any reimbursement obligation of the Company to any non-defaulting Underwriter required under this Section 9.

10. S UBSTITUTION OF U NDERWRITERS . If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase shares of Stock hereunder on any Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares to be purchased by all Underwriters on such Closing Date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall so default and the aggregate number of shares with respect to which such default or defaults occur is more than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares to be purchased by all Underwriters on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such shares by other persons are not made within forty-eight (48) hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate.

If the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters are required hereby or agree to take up all or part of the shares of Stock of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters on such Closing Date as provided in this Section 10, (i) the Company shall have the right to postpone such Closing Date for a period of not more than five (5) full business days in order that the Company may effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees promptly to file any amendments to the Registration Statement or supplements to the Prospectus which may thereby be made necessary, and (ii) the respective numbers of shares to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters shall be taken as the basis of their underwriting obligation for all purposes of this Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability to the Company or the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its default hereunder. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except that the representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, agreements and other statements set forth in Section 2, the obligations with respect to expenses to be paid or reimbursed pursuant to Sections 5 and 9 and the provisions of Section 7 and Sections 11 through 21, inclusive, shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect.

11. A BSENCE OF F IDUCIARY R ELATIONSHIP . The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  (a) each Underwriter’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature, the Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Stock and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Representatives has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether any of the Representatives has advised or is advising the Company on other matters;

 

  (b) the price of the Stock set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives, and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

  (c)

it has been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the

 

24


  Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

  (d) it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

12. S UCCESSORS ; P ERSONS E NTITLED TO B ENEFIT OF A GREEMENT . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the several Underwriters, the Company and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons mentioned in the preceding sentence, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provisions herein contained, this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of such persons and for the benefit of no other person; except that the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities of the Company contained in this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties, and the indemnities of the several Underwriters contained in this Agreement shall be for the benefit of the Company Indemnified Parties. It is understood that each Underwriter’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and the Underwriters do not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Stock from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

13. S URVIVAL OF I NDEMNITIES , R EPRESENTATIONS , W ARRANTIES , ETC . The respective indemnities, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by them respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any person controlling any of them and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Stock. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, including without limitation any termination pursuant to Section 8 or Section 10, the indemnities, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements forth in Sections 2, 5, 7 and 9 and Sections 11 through 21, inclusive, of this Agreement shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect at all times.

14. N OTICES . All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:

 

  (a) if to the Underwriters, shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex, facsimile transmission or email to Cowen and Company, LLC, Attention: Head of Equity Capital Markets, Fax: 646-562-1249 with a copy to the General Counsel, Fax: 646-562-1124; with a copy to Christopher Paci at christopher.paci@dlapiper.com and Ann Lawrence at ann.lawrence@dlapiper.com, DLA Piper LLP (US), 550 S. Hope Street, Los Angeles, California 90071; and

 

  (b) if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex, facsimile transmission or email to YogaWorks, Inc., 5780 Uplander Way, Culver City, California 90230, Attention: Kurt Donnell, email kurtd@yogaworks.com, with a copy to Steven B. Stokdyk at steven.stokdyk@lw.com, Latham & Watkins LLP, 355 South Grand Avenue, Suite 100, Los Angeles, California 90071.

provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 7 shall be delivered or sent by mail, or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its acceptance telex to the Representatives, which address will be supplied to any other party hereto by the Representatives upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof.

15. D EFINITION OF C ERTAIN T ERMS . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) “ affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations, (b) “ business day ” means any day on which the Exchange is open for trading and (c) “ subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

25


16. G OVERNING L AW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, including without limitation Section  5-1401 of the New York General Obligations. The Company irrevocably (a) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) agrees that all claims in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding may be heard and determined by any such court, (c) waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any immunity from the jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process, (d) agrees not to commence any such suit, action or proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

17. U NDERWRITERS ’ I NFORMATION . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “Underwriters’ Information” consists solely of the following information: (a) the last paragraph on the front cover page concerning the terms of the offering by the Underwriters in the Prospectus; and (b) the following statements concerning the Underwriters under the heading “Underwriting” in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (i) the first sentence of the last paragraph of section entitled “Discounts and Commissions,” (ii) the section entitled “Discretionary Accounts,” (iii) the second sentence of the third bullet in the section entitled “Stabilization,” (iv) the second sentence of the last paragraph in the section entitled “Lock-Up Agreements,” [and (v) the third sentence in the section entitled “Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares.”]

18. A UTHORITY OF THE R EPRESENTATIVES . In connection with this Agreement, the Representatives will act for and on behalf of the several Underwriters, and any action taken under this Agreement by the Representatives, will be binding on all the Underwriters.

19. P ARTIAL U NENFORCEABILITY . The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph, clause or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph, clause or provision hereof. If any section, paragraph, clause or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

20. G ENERAL . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. In this Agreement, the masculine, feminine and neuter genders and the singular and the plural include one another. The section headings in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or modified, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, only by a writing signed by the Company and the Representatives.

21. C OUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, including by facsimile or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

26


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided for that purpose below.

 

Very truly yours,
YogaWorks, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Accepted as of

the date first above written:

C OWEN AND C OMPANY , LLC

S TEPHENS I NC .

G UGGENHEIM S ECURITIES , LLC

Acting on their own behalf

and as Representatives of several

Underwriters listed on Schedule A to this

Agreement.

 

By: C OWEN AND C OMPANY , LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By: S TEPHENS I NC .
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By: G UGGENHEIM S ECURITIES , LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE A

 

Name

   Number of Shares of
Firm Stock to be
Purchased
     Number of Shares of
Optional Stock to be
Purchased
 

Cowen and Company, LLC

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stephens Inc.

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Roth Capital LLC

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


SCHEDULE B

Significant Subsidiaries

Whole Body, Inc. (Delaware)

Yoga Works, Inc. (California)


SCHEDULE C

General Use Free Writing Prospectuses

[None]


SCHEDULE D

Pricing Information

Firm Stock to be Sold: [            ] shares

Offering Price: $[    ] per share

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions: [    ]%

Estimated Net Proceeds to the Company (after underwriting discounts and commissions, but before transaction expenses): $[        ]


SCHEDULE E

Rosanna McCollough

Suzanne Dawson

Vance Chang

Kurt Donnell

Peter L. Garran

Michael A. Kumin

Michael J. Gerend

Brian Cooper

Great Hill Equity Partners V, L.P.

Great Hill Investors, LLC


Exhibit I

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

(separately attached)


Exhibit II

YogaWorks, Inc.

[Date]

YogaWorks, Inc. announced today that Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and Guggenheim Securities, LLC, the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of [    ] shares of common stock, is [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [    ] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors][an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on                 , 20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit III

Form of Company Counsel Opinion

(separately attached)

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

CUSIP Holder ID Insurance Value Number of Shares DTC Certificate Numbers 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Total Transaction XXXXXX XX X XXXXXXXXXX 1,000,000.00 123456 12345678 123456789012345 PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 Num/No. Denom. Total 1234567 123456 123456 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND . ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.001 COMMON STOCK Certificate Number ZQ00000000 THIS CERTIFIES THAT YOGAWORKS, INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample Shares * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares* **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT www.computershare.com FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF YogaWorks, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the Bylaws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED DD-MMM-YYYY FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME President COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME Secretary By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE & MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE CUSIP XXXXXX XX X June 30, 2014


LOGO

YOGAWORKS INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. YOGAWORKS, INC. COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS, HER OR ITS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT -Custodian (until age ) and not as tenants in common (Cust) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE _ (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) _ _ Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature: Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

Exhibit 5.1

 

   355 South Grand Avenue, Suite 100
   Los Angeles, California 90071-1560
   Tel: +1.213.485.1234  Fax: +1.213.891.8763
   www.lw.com   
LOGO    FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
   Barcelona    Moscow
   Beijing    Munich
   Boston    New York
   Brussels    Orange County
   Century City    Paris
   Chicago    Riyadh
July 17, 2017    Dubai    Rome
   Düsseldorf    San Diego
   Frankfurt    San Francisco
   Hamburg    Seoul
   Hong Kong    Shanghai
   Houston    Silicon Valley
   London    Singapore
   Los Angeles    Tokyo
   Madrid    Washington, D.C.
   Milan   

YogaWorks, Inc.

5780 Uplander Way

Culver City, California 90230

 

  Re: Form S-1 Registration Statement File No. 333-218950
     Initial Public Offering of up to 5,000,000 Shares of Common Stock of YogaWorks, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 5,750,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on June 23, 2017 (Registration No. 333-218950) (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”), other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers and have


July 17, 2017

Page 2

 

LOGO

 

been issued by the Company against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.” We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 

Exhibit 10.7

YOGAWORKS, INC.

2017 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the YogaWorks, Inc. 2017 Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), by linking the individual interests of the members of the Board, Employees and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of Directors, Employees and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

2.1 “ Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 12. With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 12.6, or which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.

2.2 “ Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

2.3 “ Applicable Law ” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation: (a) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (b) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (c) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

2.4 “ Award ” shall mean an Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, an Other Stock or Cash Based Award or a Dividend Equivalent award, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan.

2.5 “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan.

2.6 “ Award Limit ” shall mean with respect to Awards that shall be payable in Shares or in cash, as the case may be, the respective limit set forth in Section 3.2.

2.7 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.8 “ Change in Control ” shall mean and includes each of the following:

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any


“person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; provided , however , that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) any acquisition the results of which is described in Sections 2.8(c)(i), 2.8(c)(ii) or 2.8(c)(iii); or (iv) in respect of an Award held by a particular Holder, any acquisition by the Holder or any group of persons including the Holder (or any entity controlled by the Holder or any group of persons including the Holder); or

(b) The Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board;

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination, (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions, or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i) after which the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.8(c)(ii) as beneficially owning more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; and

(iii) after which at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Successor Entity were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such transaction; or

(d) The date which is ten (10) business days prior to the completion of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or any portion of an Award) that provides for a deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its sole discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

2.9 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder, whether issued prior or subsequent to the grant of any Award.


2.10 “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board described in Article 12 hereof.

2.11 “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.

2.12 “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.13 “ Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or advisor engaged to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement or any successor form thereto.

2.14 “ Continuous Service ” shall mean uninterrupted service in the capacity of an Employee, Consultant and/or Director.

2.15 “ Covered Employee ” shall mean any Employee who is, or could become, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.16 “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

2.17 “ Director Limit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

2.18 “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 10.2.

2.19 “ DRO ” shall mean a “domestic relations order” as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

2.20 “ Effective Date ” shall mean the day prior to the Public Trading Date, provided that the Plan has been adopted by the Board on or prior to such date, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

2.21 “ Eligible Individual ” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined by the Administrator.

2.22 “ Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or of any Subsidiary.

2.23 “ Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per-share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

2.24 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.25 “ Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 13.1(c).

2.26 “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

(a) If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Capital Market, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) listed on any national market system, or (iii) quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;


(b) If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted after the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering and prior to the Public Trading Date, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.27 “ Greater Than 10% Stockholder” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) or parent corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code).

2.28 “ Holder ” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award.

2.29 “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

2.30 “ Incumbent Directors ’ shall mean for any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.8(a) or 2.8(c)) whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3rds) (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the twelve (12)-month period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.

2.31 “ Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.

2.32 “ Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

2.33 “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but does not meet the applicable requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

2.34 “ Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 6. An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided , however , that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

2.35 “ Option Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

2.36 “ Organizational Documents ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other similar organizational documents relating to the creation and governance of the Company, and (b) the Committee’s charter or other similar organizational documentation relating to the creation and governance of the Committee.


2.37 “ Other Stock or Cash Based Award ” shall mean a cash payment, cash bonus award, stock payment, stock bonus award, performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 10.1, which may include, without limitation, deferred stock, deferred stock units, performance awards, retainers, committee fees and meeting-based fees.

2.38 “ Performance-Based Compensation ” shall mean any compensation that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

2.39 “ Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows:

(a) The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization and (E) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (xiv) expenses; (xv) working capital; (xvi) earnings or loss per share; (xvii) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (xviii) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (xix) regulatory achievements or compliance (including, without limitation, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product); (xx) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxi) market share; (xxii) achievement of subscriber and/or attendance-based metrics; (xxiii) acquisition-related goals; (xxiv) growth of specific lines of business; (xxv) sourcing and/or execution of partnerships; (xxvi) economic value; (xxvii) employee satisfaction, recruitment and/or retention goals; (xxviii) customer retention and satisfaction goals; (xxix) achievement of studio, website, mobile and/or content visit and/or usage goals; and (xxx) brand recognition, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

(b) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Goals. Such adjustments may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: (i) items related to a change in Applicable Accounting Standards; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; (vii) items related to the sale or disposition of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments, (xii) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws; (xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; (xix) items attributable to expenses incurred in connection with a reduction in force or early retirement initiative; (xx) items relating to foreign exchange or currency transactions and/or fluctuations; or (xxi) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in Applicable Law, Applicable Accounting Standards or business conditions. For all Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such determinations shall be made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.40 “ Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria. Depending on the


Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business unit or an individual. The achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards.

2.41 “ Performance Period ” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to, vesting of, and/or the payment in respect of, an Award.

2.42 “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined in the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (or any successor form thereto), or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator in accordance with Applicable Law.

2.43 “ Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

2.44 “ Prior Plan ” shall mean the Company’s 2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.45 “ Program ” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under the Plan.

2.46 “ Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

2.47 “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean Common Stock awarded under Article 8 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

2.48 “ Restricted Stock Units ” shall mean a contractual right awarded under Article 9 to receive Shares (or their equivalent value) at a future date.

2.49 “ Section  409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date.

2.50 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.51 “ Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock.

2.52 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean an Award entitling the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion thereof (to the extent then-exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of such Award from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Award by the number of Shares with respect to which such Award shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.

2.53 “ SAR Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

2.54 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.


2.55 “ Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, in any case, upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

2.56 “ Termination of Service ” shall mean:

(a) As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Continuous Service and any Termination of Service, including, without limitation, whether a Termination of Service has occurred, whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of any Program, Award Agreement or otherwise, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then-applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Subsidiary employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain an Subsidiary following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

ARTICLE 3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares .

(a) Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 13.2, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards (including, without limitation, Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan is the sum of (i) 1,901,598, plus (ii) any Shares which, as of the Effective Date, are subject to awards under the Prior Plan which are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the Effective Date are not issued under the Prior Plan, plus (iii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2018 and ending on and including January 1, 2027 equal to the lesser of (a) 5% of the Shares outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board; provided , however , that no more than 3,803,195 Shares may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options. Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.


(b) If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited or expire or an Award is settled for cash (in whole or in part), the Shares subject to such Award, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, become available for new Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the following Shares shall not be added to the Shares authorized for grant under Section 3.1(a) and shall not be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan: (i) Shares tendered by a Holder or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) Shares tendered by the Holder or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award; (iii) Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof; and (iv) Shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of Options. Any Shares repurchased by the Company under Section 8.4 at the same price paid by the Holder so that such Shares are returned to the Company shall again be available for Awards. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

(c) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

3.2 Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Section 13.2, the maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one person during any calendar year shall be 300,000 and the maximum aggregate amount that may be paid in cash to any one person during any calendar year with respect to one or more Awards payable in cash shall be $3,000,000; provided , however , that the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of the following events to occur after the Public Trading Date: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1); (b) the issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date, if any, on which the “reliance period” described under U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.162-27(f)(2) expires pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, Shares subject to Awards which are canceled shall continue to be counted against the Award Limit.

ARTICLE 4.

GRANTING OF AWARDS

4.1 Participation . The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan. Except for any Non-Employee Director’s right to Awards that may be required pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy as described in


Section 4.6, no Eligible Individual or other Person shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan and neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other Persons uniformly. Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the Plan or any Program shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual or other Person participate in the Plan.

4.2 Award Agreement . Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such Award as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion (consistent with the requirements of the Plan and any applicable Program). Award Agreements evidencing Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

4.3 Limitations Applicable to Section  16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.4 At-Will Service . Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue as an Employee, Director or Consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Subsidiary, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary.

4.5 Foreign Holders . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or applicable Program to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange or other Applicable Law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with Applicable Law (including, without limitation, applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange); (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable; provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3.1, the Award Limit or the Director Limit; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange.

4.6 Non-Employee Director Awards .

(a) Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written nondiscretionary formula established by the Administrator (the “ Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ”), subject to the limitations of the Plan. The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. The


Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy may be modified by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion.

(b) Director Limit . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or in the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a Non-Employee Director as compensation for services as a Non-Employee Director during any fiscal year of the Company may not exceed $500,000 (the applicable amount, the “ Director Limit ”).

ARTICLE 5.

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS INTENDED TO QUALIFY AS PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION

5.1 Purpose . The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, (a) determine whether an Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, and (b) at any time after any such determination, alter such intent for any or no reason. If the Administrator, in its sole discretion, decides to grant an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation (other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right), then the provisions of this Article 5 shall control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan or any applicable Program; provided , however , that, if after such decision the Administrator alters such intention for any reason, the provisions of this Article 5 shall no longer control over any other provision contained in the Plan or any applicable Program. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may (i) grant Awards to Eligible Individuals that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals or any such other criteria and goals as the Administrator shall establish, but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 and that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, and (ii) subject any Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation to additional conditions and restrictions unrelated to any Performance Criteria or Performance Goals (including, without limitation, continued employment or service requirements) to the extent such Awards otherwise satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 with respect to the Performance Criteria and Performance Goals applicable thereto. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Covered Employee shall be determined on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards.

5.2 Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards . To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award which is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any Performance Period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Administrator shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Eligible Individuals, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period based on the Performance Criteria, and (d) specify the relationship between the Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Administrator shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned under such Awards, the Administrator (i) shall, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, have the right to reduce or eliminate the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Administrator may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period, but (ii) shall in no event have the right to increase the amount payable for any reason.

5.3 Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, as to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Holder must be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary throughout the Performance Period. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award


Agreement, a Holder shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to such Awards for a Performance Period only if and to the extent the Performance Goals for such Performance Period are achieved.

5.4 Additional Limitations . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award which is granted to an Eligible Individual and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

ARTICLE 6.

GRANTING OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

6.1 Granting of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals . The Administrator is authorized to grant Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

6.2 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options . The Administrator may grant Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of the Company’s present or future “parent corporations” or “subsidiary corporations” as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the fair market value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted. Any interpretations and rules under the Plan with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Neither the Company nor the Administrator shall have any liability to a Holder, or any other Person, (a) if an Option (or any part thereof) which is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, or (b) for any action or omission by the Company or the Administrator that causes an Option not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, including, without limitation, the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option or the grant of an Option intended as an Incentive Stock Option that fails to satisfy the requirements under the Code applicable to an Incentive Stock Option.

6.3 Option and Stock Appreciation Right Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share subject to each Option and Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the exercise price of any Substitute Award shall be determined in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 424 and 409A of the Code.


6.4 Option and SAR Term . The term of each Option (the “ Option Term ”) and the term of each Stock Appreciation Right (the “ SAR Term ”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Option Term or SAR Term, as applicable, shall not be more than (a) ten (10) years from the date the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, is granted to an Eligible Individual (other than a Greater Than 10% Stockholder), or (b) five (5) years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder (unless otherwise determined by the Administrator) or the first sentence of this Section 6.4 and without limiting the Company’s rights under Section 11.7, the Administrator may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option or the SAR Term of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder or otherwise, and may amend, subject to Section 11.7 and 13.1, any other term or condition of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right relating to such Termination of Service of the Holder or otherwise.

6.5 Option and SAR Vesting . The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, the applicable Program or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (a) no portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, and (b) the portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall automatically expire on the date of such Termination of Service.

6.6 Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights; Early Exercise of Options . The Administrator may provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, and shall also have the same exercise price, vesting schedule and remaining term as the substituted Option. The Administrator may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement that the Holder may exercise an Option in whole or in part prior to the full vesting of the Option in exchange for unvested shares of Restricted Stock with respect to any unvested portion of the Option so exercised. Shares of Restricted Stock acquired upon the exercise of any unvested portion of an Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

ARTICLE 7.

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 Exercise and Payment . An exercisable Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part. However, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares. Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 7 shall be in cash, Shares (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.

7.2 Manner of Exercise . All or a portion of an exercisable Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the stock plan administrator of the Company or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed or otherwise acknowledge electronically by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right or such portion thereof;


(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law.

(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 11.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes for the Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by the Administrator in accordance with Sections 11.1 and 11.2.

7.3 Notification Regarding Disposition . The Holder shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option which occurs within (a) two (2) years from the date of grant (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) of such Option to such Holder, or (b) one (1) year after the date of transfer of such Shares to such Holder. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Holder in such disposition or other transfer.

ARTICLE 8.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

8.1 Award of Restricted Stock . The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan or any applicable Program, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate. The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock to the extent required by Applicable Law.

8.2 Rights as Stockholders . Subject to Section 8.4, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the Plan, any applicable Program and/or the applicable Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares to the extent such dividends and other distributions have a record date that is on or after the date on which the Holder to whom such Restricted Stock are granted becomes the record holder of such Restricted Stock; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to the Shares may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 8.3. In addition, with respect to a share of Restricted Stock with performance-based vesting, dividends which are paid prior to vesting shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of Restricted Stock vests.

8.3 Restrictions . All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement. By action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the applicable Program or Award Agreement.

8.4 Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock . Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, if no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable


restriction period, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration on the date of such Termination of Service. If a price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a cash price per Share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the applicable Program or Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that upon certain events, including, without limitation, a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall not lapse, such Restricted Stock shall vest and cease to be forfeitable and, if applicable, the Company shall cease to have a right of repurchase.

8.5 Section 83(b) Election . If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall deliver a copy of such election to the Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service along with proof of the timely filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service.

ARTICLE 9.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator.

9.2 Term . Except as otherwise provided herein, the term (if any) of a Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

9.3 Purchase Price . The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Holder to the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

9.4 Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Subsidiary, one or more Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance and/or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator.

9.5 Maturity and Payment . At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units, which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Holder (if permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided , however , that, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and set forth in an Award Agreement, and subject to compliance with Section 409A, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur following the later of (a) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the end of calendar year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests; or (b) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests. On the maturity date, the Company shall, in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement and subject to Section 11.4(f), transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined by the Administrator.


ARTICLE 10.

AWARD OF OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

10.1 Other Stock or Cash Based Awards . The Administrator is authorized to (a) grant Other Stock or Cash Based Awards, including awards entitling a Holder to receive Shares or cash to be delivered immediately or in the future, to any Eligible Individual, and (b) determine whether such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Program, the Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including the term of the Award, any exercise or purchase price, performance goals, including the Performance Criteria, transfer restrictions, vesting conditions and other terms and conditions applicable thereto, which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator, and may be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan, as stand-alone payments, as a part of a bonus, deferred bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement and/or as payment in lieu of compensation to which an Eligible Individual is otherwise entitled.

10.2 Dividend Equivalents . Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator, either alone or in tandem with another Award, based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates with respect to dividends with record dates that occur during the period between the date the Dividend Equivalents are granted to a Holder and the date such Dividend Equivalents terminate or expire, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time and subject to such restrictions and limitations as may be determined by the Administrator. In addition, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such Award shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

ARTICLE 11.

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS

11.1 Payment . The Administrator shall determine the method or methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or Shares held for such minimum period of time as may be established by the Administrator, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided , however , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator in its sole discretion, or (e) any combination of the above permitted forms of payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

11.2 Tax Withholding . The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Holder to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the


Plan or any Award. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, allow a Holder to satisfy such obligations by any payment means described in Section 11.1 hereof, including, without limitation, by allowing such Holder to have the Company or any Subsidiary withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase no greater than the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the maximum statutory withholding rates in the Holder’s applicable jurisdiction(s) for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such taxable income (or such other number as would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries). The Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

11.3 Transferability of Awards .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 11.3(b) and 11.3(c):

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than (A) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or (B) subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed;

(ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for or otherwise subject to the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or the Holder’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed, and any attempted disposition of an Award prior to satisfaction of these conditions shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 11.3(a)(i); and

(iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise any exercisable portion of an Award granted to such Holder under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO. After the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder or a Permitted Transferee of such Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option (unless such Incentive Stock Option is intended to become a Nonqualified Stock Option) to any one or more Permitted Transferees of such Holder, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than (A) to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder, or (B) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award to any Person other than another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder); and (iii) the Holder (or transferring Permitted Transferee) and the receiving Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law, and (C) evidence the transfer. In addition, and further notwithstanding Section 11.3(a) hereof, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder to transfer Incentive Stock Options to a trust that constitutes a Permitted Transferee if, under Section 671 of the Code and other Applicable Law, the Holder is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Incentive Stock Option while it is held in the trust.


(c) Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), a Holder may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Holder and any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as the Holder’s beneficiary with respect to more than fifty percent (50%) of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; provided , however , that the change or revocation is delivered in writing to the Administrator prior to the Holder’s death.

11.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares .

(a) The Administrator shall determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with Applicable Law and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements and representations as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law.

(b) All share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law. The Administrator may place legends on any share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares (including, without limitation, restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock).

(c) The Administrator shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

(e) The Company, in its sole discretion, may (i) retain physical possession of any stock certificate evidencing Shares until any restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and/or (ii) require that the stock certificates evidencing such Shares be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Holder deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Shares.

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

11.5 Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions . All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by a Holder upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award and any payments of a portion of an incentive-based bonus


pool allocated to a Holder) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not such claw-back policy was in place at the time of grant of an Award, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

11.6 Prohibition on Repricing . Subject to Section 13.2, the Administrator shall not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (a) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per Share, or (b) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares.

11.7 Amendment of Awards . Subject to Applicable Law, the Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including, but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or settlement, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Holder’s consent to such action shall be required unless (a) the Administrator determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Holder, or (b) the change is otherwise permitted under the Plan (including, without limitation, under Section 13.2 or 13.10).

11.8 Data Privacy . As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Holder explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 11.8 by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Holder’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries may hold certain personal information about a Holder, including but not limited to, the Holder’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock held in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, details of all Awards, in each case, for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan and Awards (the “ Data ”). The Company and its Subsidiaries may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of a Holder’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries may each further transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the Holder’s country, or elsewhere, and the Holder’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. Through acceptance of an Award, each Holder authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Holder’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Holder may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Holder will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Holder’s participation in the Plan. A Holder may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Holder, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Holder, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Holder or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Holder’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Holder may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Holder refuses or withdraws his or her consents as described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Holders may contact their local human resources representative.


ARTICLE 12.

ADMINISTRATION

12.1 Administrator . The Committee shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein). To the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, and with respect to Awards that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, including Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the Committee shall take all action with respect to such Awards, and for purposes of all such actions shall consist solely of two (2) or more Non-Employee Directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. Additionally, to the extent required by Applicable Law, each of the individuals constituting the Committee shall be an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 12.1 or the Organizational Documents. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Organizational Documents or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, (a) appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment, (b) Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board, and (c) vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the terms “Administrator” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board, and (ii) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 12.6.

12.2 Duties and Powers of Administrator . It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, all Programs and Award Agreements, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and any Program as are not inconsistent with the Plan, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement; provided , however , that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not materially and adversely affected by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 11.5 or Section 13.10. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee in its capacity as the Administrator under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

12.3 Action by the Administrator . Unless otherwise established by the Board, set forth in any Organizational Documents or as required by Applicable Law, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

12.4 Authority of Administrator . Subject to the Organizational Documents, any specific designation in the Plan and Applicable Law, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

(a) Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual (including, without limitation, any Awards granted in tandem with another Award granted pursuant to the Plan);


(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any Performance Criteria or performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and claw-back and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;

(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited or surrendered;

(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h) Establish, adopt or revise any Programs, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement;

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

(k) Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Section 13.2.

12.5 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding and conclusive on all Persons.

12.6 Delegation of Authority . The Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article 12; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees with respect to Awards intended to constitute Performance Based Compensation, or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided , further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under any Organizational Documents and Applicable Law (including, without limitation, Section 162(m) of the Code). Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation or that are otherwise included in the applicable Organizational Documents, and the Board or Committee, as applicable, may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 12.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, and the Board or the Committee may abolish any committee at any time and re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority.


ARTICLE 13.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.1(b) and subject to the limitations contained in Section 11.6, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section 11.5 and Section 13.10, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, materially and adversely affect any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 13.1(a), the Board may not, except as provided in Section 13.2, increase the limit imposed in Section 3.1 on the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, the Award Limit or the Director Limit without approval of the Company’s stockholders.

(c) No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date (such anniversary, the “ Expiration Date ”). Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan, the applicable Program and the applicable Award Agreement.

13.2 Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events .

(a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of the Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to: (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit); (ii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (iv) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan. Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 13.2(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of changes in Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the inequitable dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits provided under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards:

(i) To provide for the termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property with a value equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, which value may be determined by reference to the level of attainment of applicable Performance Goals (as applicable) if determined by the Administrator (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 13.2 the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment);


(ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares of the Company’s stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future;

(iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement;

(v) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(vi) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator may require a Holder to execute a release of claims, in a form prescribed by the Company, as a condition to the Holder’s receipt of payment in connection with a Change in Control for or in respect of any Award granted or issued under the Plan.

(c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 13.2(a) and 13.2(b):

(i) The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted (and the adjustments provided under this Section 13.2(c)(i) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company); and/or

(ii) The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitation in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, and adjustments of the Award Limit).

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, unless the Administrator elects to (i) terminate an Award in exchange for cash, rights or property, or (ii) cause an Award to become fully exercisable and no longer subject to any forfeiture restrictions prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, pursuant to Section 13.2, such Award shall continue in effect or be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation.

(e) In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for an Award, the Administrator may cause (i) any or all of such Award to terminate in exchange for cash, rights or other property pursuant to Section 13.2(b)(i), or (ii) any or all of such Awards to become fully exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all of such Awards to lapse. If any such Award is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Holder in advance that such Award shall be fully exercisable on or prior to the Change in Control and contingent upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, and such Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period if not exercised.

(f) For the purposes of this Section 13.2, an Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award


immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to an Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per-share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

(g) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(h) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, no adjustment or action described in this Section 13.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent it would (i) with respect to Awards which are granted to Covered Employees and are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, cause such Award to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, (ii) cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, (iii) result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or (iv) cause an Award to be subject to income inclusion under Section 409A.

(i) The existence of the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and/or the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(j) In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

13.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders . The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan. Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval; provided , however , that such Awards shall not be exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions thereon shall not lapse and no Shares shall be issued pursuant thereto prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders; and provided , further , that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve (12) month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

13.4 No Stockholders Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein or in an applicable Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner of such Shares.

13.5 Paperless Administration . In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.


13.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Subsidiary: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose including, without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.

13.7 Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Law (including, but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Law. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may take whatever actions it deems necessary or appropriate to effect compliance with Applicable Law, including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate Applicable Law. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

13.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act . The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

13.9 Governing Law . The Plan and any Programs and Award Agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

13.10 Section 409A . To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A, the Plan, the Program pursuant to which such Award is granted and the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. In that regard, to the extent any Award under the Plan or any other compensatory plan or arrangement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to Section 409A, and such Award or other amount is payable on account of a Participant’s Termination of Service (or any similarly defined term), then (a) such Award or amount shall only be paid to the extent such Termination of Service qualifies as a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A, and (b) if such Award or amount is payable to a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A, then to the extent required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such Award or other compensatory payment shall not be payable prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, or (ii) the date of the Participant’s death. To the extent applicable, the Plan, any Program and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may (but is not obligated to), without a Holder’s consent, adopt such amendments to the Plan and any applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (A) exempt the Award from Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under Section 409A. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to the tax treatment of any Award under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company shall have no obligation under


this Section 13.10 or otherwise to take any action (whether or not described herein) to avoid the imposition of taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and shall have no liability to any Holder or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute non-compliant, “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to the imposition of taxes, penalties and/or interest under Section 409A.

13.11 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

13.12 Indemnification . To the extent permitted under Applicable Law and the Organizational Documents, each member of the Administrator shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Organizational Documents, as a matter of law or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

13.13 Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

13.14 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation on                     , 2017.

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of YogaWorks, Inc., a Delaware corporation on                     , 2017.

Executed on this      day of                     , 2017.

 

 

Name:
Title:

Exhibit 10.8

YOGAWORKS, INC.

2017 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

YogaWorks, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2017 Incentive Award Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”), set forth below (the “ Option ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Grant Notice and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “ Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

 

Optionee:   

[                     ]

Grant Date:   

[                     ]

Vesting Commencement Date:   

[                     ]

Exercise Price per Share:   

$[ ● ] /Share

Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option:   

[                     ] Shares

Expiration Date:   

[                     ]

Vesting Schedule:    The Option shall become vested with respect to one-fourth (1/4th) of the Shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and with respect to one-forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter (rounded down to the nearest whole Share until the last vesting date), subject to the Optionee’s Continuous Service through the applicable vesting date.
Termination:    The Option shall terminate on the Expiration Date set forth above or, if earlier, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

Type of Option:         ☐  Incentive Stock Option    ☐  Non-Qualified Stock Option

By his or her signature below, the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Agreement. The Optionee has reviewed the Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and/or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or the Agreement, or relating to the Option. If the Optionee either is married or in a registered domestic partnership, his or her spouse or registered domestic partner has signed the Consent of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner attached to this Grant Notice as Exhibit B .

 

YOGAWORKS, INC.    OPTIONEE   
By:        By:     
Print Name:        Print Name:     
Title:        Address:     
Address:   5780 Uplander Way        
  Culver City, CA 90230    Email:     


EXHIBIT A

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) and the Stock Option Grant Notice to which this Option Agreement is attached (the “ Grant Notice ”), the Company hereby grants to the Optionee under the Plan an Option to purchase the number of Shares indicated in the Grant Notice at the exercise price per share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”).

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1 Plan Incorporated by Reference . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Option Agreement, this grant of an Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference and which shall control in the event of any inconsistency between this Option Agreement and the Plan.

ARTICLE II.

GRANT OF OPTION

2.1 Grant of Option . In consideration of the Optionee’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the Option to purchase any part or all of the aggregate number of Shares set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Option Agreement. Unless designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.

2.2 Exercise Price . The exercise price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided , however , that the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the Optionee is a Greater Than 10% Stockholder as of the Grant Date, the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to the Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date.

2.3 Consideration to the Company . In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, the Optionee agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary.

ARTICLE III.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

3.1 Commencement of Exercisability .

(a) Subject to this Article III, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

A-1


(b) No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable as of the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and the Optionee.

3.2 Duration of Exercisability . Any installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative. Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.

3.3 Expiration of Option . The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice;

(b) If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Optionee is a Greater Than 10% Stockholder as of the Grant Date, the expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date;

(c) The date that is three (3) months from the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service for any reason; provided , however, that, if such Termination of Service is due to the Optionee’s death or disability, then the date determined by this Section 3.3(c) shall be the date that is one (1) year from such Termination of Service, as applicable; or

(d) The start of business on the date of the Optionee’s Termination of Service by the Company for “cause” (as defined in the Optionee’s effective, written employment or other service agreement with the Company or an Affiliate thereof or, if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not contain a definition of “cause,” then “cause” shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion).

The Optionee acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more than three (3) months after the Optionee’s Termination of Service, other than by reason of death or disability, will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

3.4 Special Tax Consequences . The Optionee acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Option and such other options shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent necessary to comply with the limitations imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code. The Optionee further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking the Option and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE IV.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

4.1 Person Eligible to Exercise . Subject to Section 5.2 hereof and Section 11.3(c) of the Plan, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof, be exercised by the deceased Optionee’s beneficiary or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution, subject to Section 11.3(c) of the Plan.

 

A-2


4.2 Partial Exercise . Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof. However, the Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional shares.

4.3 Manner of Exercise . The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the stock administrator of the Company (or any other person or entity designated by the Company) of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof:

(a) A written or, if so determined by the Administrator, electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Optionee or other person then-entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

(b) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes for the Shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Section 4.4 hereof;

(c) Any other representations or documents as may be required in the Administrator’s sole discretion to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations, the rules of any securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded or any other applicable law; and

(d) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion).

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.

4.4 Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price and any tax withholding shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) Cash;

(b) Check;

(c) With the consent of the Administrator, delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate exercise price and/or applicable tax withholding; provided , that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale;

(d) With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of other Shares which have been held by the Optionee for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price, and/or applicable tax withholding, of the Shares with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised;

(e) With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price, and/or applicable tax withholding, of the Shares with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised; or

(f) With the consent of the Administrator, such other form of legal consideration as may be acceptable to the Administrator.

 

A-3


4.5 Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates . The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares or issued Shares which have been purchased on the open market. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 11.4 of the Plan.

4.6 Rights as Stockholder . The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13.2 of the Plan.

ARTICLE V.

OTHER PROVISIONS

5.1 Administration . The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Option Agreement as provided in the Plan. All interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons.

5.2 Transferability of Option . Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereof, the Option shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 11.3 of the Plan.

5.3 Adjustments . The Optionee acknowledges that the Option is subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Option Agreement and Article 13 of the Plan.

5.4 Tax Consultation . The Optionee understands that the Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the grant, vesting and/or exercise of the Option, and/or with the purchase or disposition of the Shares subject to the Option. The Optionee represents that the Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants the Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of such shares and that the Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

5.5 Notification of Disposition . If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares acquired under this Option Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two (2) years from the Grant Date with respect to such Shares or (b) within one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to the Optionee. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Optionee in such disposition or other transfer.

5.6 Optionee’s Representations . The Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, make such written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or the Company’s counsel.

5.7 Section 409A . This Option Agreement and the Grant Notice shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Administrator may, in its discretion, adopt such amendments to the Plan, this Option Agreement or the Grant Notice or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an available exemption thereof; provided , however , that the Administrator shall have no obligation to take any such action(s) or to indemnify any person from failing to do so.

 

A-4


5.8 Amendment, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Option Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board; provided, however , that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Option Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of the Optionee.

5.9 Not a Contract of Service Relationship . Nothing in this Option Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue to serve as an Employee, Director, Consultant or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the Optionee.

5.10 Limitations Applicable to Section  16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Option Agreement, if the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the Option and this Option Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Option Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

5.11 Conformity to Securities Laws . The Optionee acknowledges that the Plan and this Option Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as well as all applicable state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

5.12 Limitation on the Optionee’s Rights . Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Option Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. The Plan, in and of itself, has no assets. The Optionee shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Common Stock as a general unsecured creditor with respect to Options, as and when payable hereunder.

5.13 Successors and Assigns . The Company or any Subsidiary may assign any of its rights under this Option Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Article 5, this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

5.14 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto, if any) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.

5.15 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Option Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to the Optionee at the Optionee’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by reputable overnight courier or by certified mail (return receipt requested) through the United States Postal Service.

 

A-5


5.16 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Option Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

5.17 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Option Agreement.

 

A-6


EXHIBIT B

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR REGISTERED DOMESTIC PARTNER

I,                     , spouse or registered domestic partner of                     , have read and approve the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Consent of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner is attached and the Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) attached to the Grant Notice. In consideration of issuing to my spouse or registered domestic partner the shares of the common stock of YogaWorks, Inc. set forth in the Grant Notice, I hereby appoint my spouse or registered domestic partner as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Option Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Option Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Option Agreement or any shares of the common stock of YogaWorks, Inc. issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Option Agreement.

 

Dated: 

         
      Signature of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.17

YOGAWORKS, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PROGRAM

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “ Board ”) of YogaWorks, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) shall be eligible to receive equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Program (this “ Program ”), which was adopted by the Board on July 16, 2017, and shall become effective on the day prior to the Public Trading Date (as defined in the Plan (as defined below) (the “ Effective Date ”).

1.     Equity Compensation . Members of the Board who are not employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “ Non-Employee Director ”) shall be eligible to receive grants of restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) covering shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) in consideration of their service on the Board, as described in this Section 1. The RSU awards described in this Section 1 (the “ Awards ”) shall be granted under, and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of, the Company’s 2017 Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time, or any other then-applicable Company equity incentive plan or any stand-alone equity award agreement (in any case, the “ Plan ”) and shall be evidenced by the execution and delivery of award agreements in substantially the form(s) approved by the Board from time to time.

(a)     Annual Awards . Subject to the terms contained in Section 1(e) below, at each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders after the Effective Date (each, an “ Annual Meeting ”), the Company shall grant to each Non-Employee Director as of the date of such Annual Meeting who will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such Annual Meeting (whether due to initial election, reelection or continuing term) an award of RSUs (any such award, an “ Annual Award ”) with a Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) as of the grant date equal to $100,000 or, in the case of the Non-Employee Director who will serve as the Chair of the Audit Committee of the Board immediately following such Annual Meeting, $120,000, each rounded down to the nearest whole RSU (the applicable dollar value, the “ Annual Award Value ”).

(b)     Pro-Rated Awards . Subject to the terms contained in Section 1(e) below, the Company shall grant to any Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the Effective Date and between Annual Meetings (rather than at an Annual Meeting), on the date of such initial election or appointment, a pro-rated Annual Award determined by multiplying the applicable Annual Award Value by a fraction, the numerator of which equals 365 minus the number of days since the prior Annual Meeting and the denominator of which equals 365.

(c)     IPO Awards . Subject to the terms contained in Section 1(e) below, the Company shall grant to each Non-Employee Director who is serving on the Board as of the Effective Date, an initial, one-time award of RSUs (an “ IPO Award ” and, together with the Annual Awards, the “ Director Awards ”) with a Fair Market Value equal to the applicable Non-Employee Director’s Annual Award Value, rounded down to the nearest whole RSU.

(d)     Employee Directors . Members of the Board who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company will not be eligible to receive any compensation for Board service under this Program.


(e)     Vesting Terms . Each Director Award shall vest in full on the first (1 st ) anniversary of the date of grant (or, if earlier, upon the Annual Meeting next-following the applicable grant date), subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing to serve on the Board through the applicable vesting date.

2.     Reimbursements . The Company shall reimburse each Non-Employee Director for all reasonable, out-of-pocket travel and other business expenses incurred by such Non-Employee Director in the performance of his or her duties to the Company, subject to such Non-Employee Director’s timely substantiation of such expenses, in each case, in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policies and procedures as in effect from time to time.

3.     Amendment; Termination . This Program shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. This Program may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time, without advance notice, in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions of this Program shall supersede any prior equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors.

*  *  *  *  *

 

2

Exhibit 10.18

YOGAWORKS, INC.

2017 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE

YogaWorks, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2017 Incentive Award Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”) hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Participant ”), an award of restricted stock units (the “ RSUs ”). Each RSU represents the right to receive one (1) share of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (each, a “ Share ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof if applicable vesting conditions are satisfied. This award of RSUs is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”), the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit  A (together, the “ Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Each RSU is hereby granted in tandem with a corresponding Dividend Equivalent, as further described in the Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

 

Participant:

   [                    ]

Grant Date:

   [                    ]

Total Number of RSUs:

   [                    ]

Vesting Schedule:

   The RSUs granted hereunder will vest in full on the earlier to occur of (i) the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Grant Date or (ii) the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders to occur next-following the Grant Date, subject to the Participant’s Continuous Service through such date.

Termination of RSUs and

Dividend Equivalents:

   All RSUs that have not become vested as of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason (after taking into account any accelerated vesting that may occur in connection with such Termination of Service, if any), and all Dividend Equivalents associated with such RSUs (if any), in each case, will be automatically forfeited by the Participant upon such Termination of Service without payment of any consideration therefor.


By his or her signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has reviewed this Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or the Agreement. In addition, by signing below, the Participant also agrees that the Company may satisfy any withholding obligations in accordance with Section 3.1 of this Agreement by withholding Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon vesting of the RSUs, or, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, by using any other method permitted by Section 3.1 of the Agreement or Section 11.2 of the Plan. If the Participant is either married or in a registered domestic partnership, his or her spouse or registered domestic partner has signed the Consent of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner attached to this Grant Notice as Exhibit  B .

 

YOGAWORKS, INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

    Print Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Address:  

 

Address:   5780 Uplander Way      

 

  Culver City, CA 90230     Email:  

 

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “ RSU Agreement ”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which this RSU Agreement is attached (the “ Grant Notice ”), the Company hereby grants to the Participant under the Plan a number of RSUs indicated in the Grant Notice and their corresponding Dividend Equivalents.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1     Plan Incorporated by Reference . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this RSU Agreement, the RSUs and tandem Dividend Equivalents granted hereby are subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference and which shall control in the event of any inconsistency between this RSU Agreement and the Plan.

ARTICLE II.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RSUS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

2.1     Grant of RSUs . In consideration of the Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice, the Company hereby grants to the Participant an award of RSUs, together with an equivalent number of tandem Dividend Equivalents, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this RSU Agreement. In consideration of this grant of RSUs, the Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or its affiliates. Unless and until an RSU has vested in the manner set forth in the Grant Notice, the Participant will have no right to receive any Shares or other payment in respect of the RSUs.

2.2     Vesting of RSUs . The RSUs shall vest and become nonforfeitable, if at all, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice.

2.3     Payment of RSUs . RSUs that become vested and nonforfeitable in accordance with the Grant Notice will be paid to the Participant in Shares as soon as practicable after such RSUs vest, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the applicable vesting date (with the actual payment date within such period determined by the Administrator). Subject to Section 3.1 hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Participant (or any transferee permitted under Section 3.5 hereof) a number of Shares equal to the number of RSUs that vest on the applicable vesting date (either by delivering one or more certificates for such Shares or by entering such Shares in book entry form, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Shares cannot be issued pursuant to Section 11.4 of the Plan (or any successor provision thereto) or are delayed under Section 3.3 hereof, the Shares shall be issued pursuant to the preceding sentence as soon as administratively practicable after the Administrator determines that Shares can be issued in accordance with such Section.

2.4     Forfeiture and Termination of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents . The RSUs and Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to forfeiture and termination as provided in the Grant Notice.

 

A-1


2.5     Dividend Equivalents .

(a)    Each RSU granted hereunder is hereby granted in tandem with a corresponding Dividend Equivalent, which Dividend Equivalent will remain outstanding from the Grant Date until the earlier of the payment or forfeiture of the RSU to which it corresponds. Pursuant to each outstanding Dividend Equivalent, the Participant shall be entitled to receive payments in an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared, if any, on the Share underlying the RSU to which such Dividend Equivalent relates, payable in the same form and amounts as dividends or distributions are paid to each holder of a Share (unless another form of payment is determined by the Administrator). Any such amounts, if any, shall be payable only if and to the extent that the RSU to which such Dividend Equivalent relates vests, and only as and when the Share underlying such RSU is paid to the Participant in accordance with Section 2.3 above.

(b)    The Participant shall not be entitled to any payment under a Dividend Equivalent with respect to any dividend with an applicable record date that occurs prior to the Grant Date or after the termination of such RSU for any reason, whether due to payment, forfeiture of the RSU or otherwise. Dividend Equivalents and any amounts that may become distributable in respect thereof shall be treated separately from the RSUs and the rights arising in connection therewith for purposes of the designation of time and form of payments required by Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE III.

TAX WITHHOLDING; RESTRICTIONS

3.1     Tax Withholding . Without limiting any other provision of the RSU Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to withhold Shares otherwise deliverable in connection with the vesting of the RSUs or, in the Administrator’s discretion, to require a cash payment (or other form of payment determined in accordance with Section 11.2 of the Plan) by or on behalf of the Participant and/or to deduct from other compensation payable to the Participant, in any case, any amounts required by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect to the grant, vesting and/or payment of the RSUs and/or the Dividend Equivalents. The Company shall have no obligation to make any payment in any form under this RSU Agreement or under any RSU or Dividend Equivalent issued in accordance herewith unless and until such tax obligations have been satisfied.

3.2     Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates . Any Shares deliverable under this RSU Agreement may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares or issued Shares which have been purchased on the open market. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares issued under this RSU Agreement prior to fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 11.4 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance of such Shares shall not be delayed to the extent that such delay would result in a violation of Section 409A of the Code. In the event that the Company delays the issuance of any Shares because it reasonably determines that the issuance of such Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law, such issuance shall be made at the earliest date at which the Administrator reasonably determines that issuing such Shares will not cause such violation, as required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii).

3.3     Rights as Stockholder . The holder of the RSUs and tandem Dividend Equivalents shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of any Shares issued under this RSU Agreement unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (as

 

A-2


evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13.2 of the Plan.

ARTICLE IV.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

4.1     Administration . The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this RSU Agreement as provided in the Plan. All interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company and all other interested persons.

4.2     Transferability of RSUs . Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereof, the RSUs and tandem Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 11.3 of the Plan.

4.3     Adjustments . The Participant acknowledges that the RSUs and tandem Dividend Equivalents are subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this RSU Agreement and Article 13 of the Plan.

4.4     Tax Consultation . The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the grant, vesting and/or payment of the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents, and/or with the disposition of the Shares underlying the RSUs. The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of such shares and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

4.5     Participant’s Representations . The Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with issuance of Shares under this RSU Agreement, make such written representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and/or the Company’s counsel.

4.6     Section  409A . This RSU Agreement and the Grant Notice shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan, this RSU Agreement or the Grant Notice or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an available exemption thereof; provided, however, that the Administrator shall have no obligation to take any such action(s) or to indemnify any person from failing to do so.

4.7     Not a Contract of Service Relationship . Nothing in this RSU Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an Employee, Director or Consultant or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the Participant.

4.8     Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this RSU Agreement, if the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents and this RSU Agreement shall be subject to any additional

 

A-3


limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this RSU Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.9     Conformity to Securities Laws . The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this RSU Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as well as all applicable state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and this RSU Agreement shall be administered, and the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents are granted, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this RSU Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

4.10     Limitation on the Participant’s Rights . Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This RSU Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. The Plan, in and of itself, has no assets. The Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Shares and/or RSUs issuable thereunder, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the RSUs, as and when payable hereunder.

4.11     Successors and Assigns . The Company or any Subsidiary may assign any of its rights under this RSU Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this RSU Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Article IV, this RSU Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

4.12     Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and this RSU Agreement (including all Exhibits hereto, if any) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4.13     Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this RSU Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by reputable overnight courier or by certified mail (return receipt requested) through the United States Postal Service.

4.14     Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement, and performance of the terms of this RSU Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

4.15     Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this RSU Agreement.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR REGISTERED DOMESTIC PARTNER

I,                     , spouse or registered domestic partner of                     , have read and approve the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Consent of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner is attached and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) attached to the Grant Notice. In consideration of issuing to my spouse or registered domestic partner the Restricted Stock Units and Dividend Equivalents set forth in the Grant Notice, I hereby appoint my spouse or registered domestic partner as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement and any Restricted Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents or any shares of the common stock of YogaWorks, Inc. issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

 

Dated:                       

 

    Signature of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner

 

B-1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Yogaworks, Inc.

Los Angeles, California

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated April 18, 2017, except the third paragraph in Note 1 and the fifth paragraph in Note 16, as to which the date is July 14, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Yogaworks, Inc., which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Los Angeles, California

July 17, 2017